thl FY24 Annual Results
As seen, worldwide
44°15 S —
170°6’ E
INTEGRATED ANNUAL
REPORT 2024
42°46’ S — 147°33’ E
creating
unforgettable
journeys
OUR PURPOSE
Sell
Rent
Buy
Build
RENT
BUILD/BUY
SELL
—— RV has great potential. Mainstream engagement
with the RV category is encouraging a new
generation of younger customers, adding new
demographics to the global community of
travellers keen to experience their world, their way.
—— The economic environment is currently uncertain,
and these headwinds could impact the speed
of the rebound in tourism. But we’re confident
that thl is well-positioned to capitalise on the
resurgence of leisure travel, with a growing rental
fleet and experience set within the RV rental and
retail sales markets.
—— Longer term, further synergies and cost-out
opportunities across our business will add to our
ability to make the RV life simpler, more accessible
and more exciting than ever before.
GLOBAL LEADERS
IN ALL ASPECTS OF RV
VERTICAL INTEGRATION:
THREE POINTS OF MARGIN CAPTURE
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl1
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Dear Shareholders
On behalf of the Board, we present the 2024 Integrated
Annual Report and consolidated financial statements for
the year ended 30 June 2024 (FY24).
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for the integrity
of this Integrated Annual Report. We have been delivering
an Integrated Annual Report for thl stakeholders since
FY19. This year, for the first time we will be publishing
a separate but related Climate Statements report of
our Climate-Related Disclosures and Greenhouse Gas
emissions (GHG / carbon footprint).
We believe the Integrated Reporting <IR> Framework
continues to provide a holistic framework for our context
and business that is increasingly relevant in today’s
complex and dynamic business environment.
The Board has applied its mind to the Integrated Annual
Report and believes that it addresses the most material
issues and presents fairly the integrated performance of
the organisation and its impacts in accordance with the
principles set out in the International Integrated Reporting
Council (IIRC) Framework. The Integrated Annual Report
has been prepared according to the IIRC guidelines. The
Integrated Annual Report was approved by the Board on
27 August 2024 and is signed on its behalf by:
Cathy Quinn ONZM
Chair
Rob Hamilton
Chair of the
Audit & Risk Committee
36°02’ S — 139°33’ E
Acknowledgement
thl acknowledges the Indigenous Peoples of the lands on
which we operate, and we pay our respects to their Elders,
past and present. We recognise their enduring ancestral
connection to our lands, waters and skies.
Our role
At a global level, thl is on a journey to build our cultural
capabilities, specifically the skills, knowledge, behaviours
and protocols required to deliver products and services in
a culturally respectful, genuine and appropriate manner.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl2
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
CONTENTS
23.
24.
26.
27.
29.
30.
32.
34.
31.
It all starts
with the RV
Rentals growth
is our focus
Securing synergies and
cost-efficiencies from our
integrated business model
Product
development –
our Future Fleet
challenge
Health, Safety and
Wellbeing, global
alignment and
growth
Our crew
thriving
Fit for the future – site and
infrastructure developments
Our future-fit sustainability
journey – the first five year
Digital transformation continues
as global systems go live
Strategy in action ———
PERFORMANCE
Our results summary 4
Achievements 5
Letter from the Chair 6
Letter from the CEO 8
ABOUT thl 16
RV worldwide 18
How we create value 20
STRATEGY IN ACTION 22
It all starts with the RV 23
Rentals growth is our focus 24
Securing synergies and cost-efficiencies
from our integrated business model 26
Product development –
our Future Fleet challenge 27
Health, Safety and Wellbeing,
global alignment and growth 29
Our crew thriving 30
Digital transformation continues
as global systems go live 31
Fit for the future – site and
infrastructure developments 32
Our future-fit sustainability journey
– the first five years 34
DISCLOSURES 36
Our Carbon Footprint 37
Our FY24 Future-Fit Health Check 38
Diversity and Inclusion Reporting 41
Enterprise Risk Management 42
FINANCIALS 47
GOVERNANCE 104
Corporate Governance 105
Remuneration 117
Board of Directors 128
Corporate information 130
Global Footprint 131
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl3
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
Our results summary
1. Excludes non-recurring items. For further information, refer to slides 6
and 33 of thl’s FY24 Annual Results presentation for reconciliations.
2. Pro forma prior corresponding period includes contribution from 12 months
of Apollo and Just go, notwithstanding that those businesses were
acquired/became wholly-owned part way through the year.
3. As at 30 June 2024.
UNDERLYING NET PROFIT
AFTER TAX
1
$51.8M
-33% (compared to pro forma
2
)
REVENUE
$922M
+5% (compared to pro forma
2
)
STATUTORY NET PROFIT
AFTER TAX
$39.4M
-21%
RENTAL FLEET
3
7,921
+10%
UNDERLYING
EBIT
1
$111.1M
-20% (compared to pro forma
2
)
FULL-YEAR DIVIDEND
9.5CPS
-37%
UNDERLYING
EBITDA
1
$206.9M
-6% (compared to pro forma
2
)
NET DEBT
3
$446M
+56%
ABOUT thl4
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
ACQUISITION OF CAMPERAGENT RV DEALERSHIP
IN ADELAIDE, FURTHER EXPANDING OUR RETAIL
CAPABILITY AND CAPACITY.
PROGRESS OF SEVEN GLOBAL DIGITAL
TRANSFORMATION PROJECTS, ALL LEADING
TO SYNERGIES AND EFFICIENCY.
MAJOR UPGRADE AND REFURBISHMENT
PROJECT FOR USA BRANCHES COMPLETED.
ALIGNMENT OF BRISBANE
MANUFACTURING WITH ACTION
MANUFACTURING.
CONTINUED RECOVERY OF
INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL AND GROWTH
IN THE RV RENTALS CATEGORY.
LATEST BRITZ EVOLVE EV PILOT UNDER WAY
IN NEW ZEALAND, UPDATED FUTURE FLEET
SCANS FOR EVERY REGION.
MOTEK FLEET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SUCCESSFUL
ROLL OUT IN THE USA, UK AND IRELAND. PROJECT
ORANGE SYNERGIES, EFFICIENCIES AND ALIGNMENT
OUTCOMES ACHIEVED.
CANADREAM CARES – RV WITH RESPECT PROGRAMME
AND NEW, GLOBAL TORUS AWARDS TO RECOGNISE
CREW DEMONSTRATING OUR CORE VALUES.
WAYS OF WORKING REVIEW USING AI AND DIGITAL
TOOLS TO CREATE A GLOBAL, DIGITALLY-LED
INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TO REALIZE
SYNERGIES AND COST-SAVING OPPORTUNITIES.
Expanded
Advancing
Refreshed
Aligned
Growth
Evolving
Delivered
Launched
Upgraded
Achievements
ABOUT thl5
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
Driving
to the
conditions
CATHY QUINN
CHAIR
Dear Shareholders
On behalf of the Board of
Directors, I am pleased to share
with you the 2024 Integrated
Annual Report for thl.
There is no doubt that the last six months
have been particularly difficult for parts of
the business. The US and UK businesses
and the Australian Retail Sales division
did not achieve their KPIs due to the
challenging economic conditions as well
as some areas of missed opportunity.
However, the New Zealand and Australian
rental businesses, which had the greatest
opportunity to benefit from the merger of
thl and Apollo, have each delivered strong
profit results and are well positioned for
the future.
Despite the negativity in the market,
thl has achieved an underlying net profit
after tax (NPAT) of $51.8 million for the
year
1
– the second-largest underlying profit
in thl’s history after FY23. The statutory
NPAT of $39.4 million was impacted by
the impairment of goodwill attributable
to the UK/Ireland business.
The underlying performance reflects
our diversification across the different
segments of the RV industry and
geographies and the benefits of the
merger with Apollo and associated cost
synergies. Our combined scale, expertise
and resources strengthen our position
in both favourable and challenging
economic conditions.
We are continuing to invest in our fleet,
our technology and our people to create a
business that is positioned to gain market
share in this tough market and to gain
greater benefits when the cycle turns.
We have maintained our dividend policy,
declaring a final FY24 dividend of 5 cents
per share, making the total FY24 dividend
9.5 cents per share and representing a 40%
payout ratio.
We have also recently completed a
refinancing of our syndicated banking
facilities, which has enabled us to
substantially grow the size of our bank
debt facilities with the addition of new
lenders ASB and Royal Bank of Canada
to the syndicate as well as improving our
covenant structure and achieving a more
favourable pricing structure. We believe
that these elements reflect thl’s balance
sheet strength and our confidence in the
long-term outlook for thl.
Operationally, the business has continued
to design and develop new product types,
focus on the continuous improvement
of the health, safety and wellbeing of our
people and embed new ways of working,
leveraging AI to improve productivity
and efficiency.
1 Excludes $12.4M goodwill impairment relating
to UK/Ireland division.
ABOUT thl6
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR
This year, we are presenting our first
remuneration report in our Integrated
Annual Report, which offers more
information on thl’s remuneration
policies and wider executive remuneration
disclosures. Moreover, later this year,
we will be providing our first climate-
related disclosures under the new
framework, after five years of disclosing
our greenhouse gas emissions and
sustainability actions as part of our
Integrated Annual Report.
As a Board and management, we are
committed to delivering on our strategy,
our vision and our values and to creating
long-term value for our shareholders. We
have a strong and capable team who are
focused on managing the impact of the
ongoing economic challenges while setting
up thl for a prosperous future. We have
an excellent working relationship with
effective and constructive engagement
between the Board and management,
which was evidenced in a positive
Board evaluation undertaken earlier this
year. I would like to acknowledge the
contribution of Debbie Birch to thl as a
Director since 2016 as she departs the
Board later this year.
The current environment is uncertain,
leading us to the view that the difficult
operating environment will continue over
the upcoming year. We believe that we are
prepared for this uncertainty, with balance
sheet strength and renewed financing
arrangements that position us well to
manage persisting economic pressures.
We will continue to focus on improving
operational performance, cost reduction
(primarily on fleet as our largest single
investment) and achieving target returns
on capital across all our businesses. We
believe this will set the business up for a
positive future.
We thank you for your trust and loyalty
and look forward to sharing our progress
and achievements with you in the future.
Sincerely,
Cathy Quinn
CHAIR
As a Board and management, we are
committed to delivering on our strategy,
our vision, and our values, and to creating
long-term value for our shareholders.
CATHY QUINN — CHAIR
UNDERLYING NET PROFIT AFTER TAX (NPAT)
$51.8M
ABOUT thl7
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR
FY24 is a year that requires deep reflection – a year with an
undeniably disappointing financial result but also one in which
we have reset and responded by realigning the business to the
practices that have historically made thl successful.
It is this realignment that should see thl
return to delivering a great return on funds
employed (ROFE) in the future. Although
there aren’t any publicly listed companies
that are directly comparable to thl, our
experience of the broader RV industry and
the rental industry indicates that thl has
fared reasonably well. In addition, our core
discipline of balance sheet management
provides thl with stability that sets us apart
from many in the industry.
The share price fall following the May 2024
downgrade was a defining moment for thl,
the Board and the management team. The
degree of reflection that I and the business
as a whole have undertaken, from the
Board right through to our frontline crew
who are shareholders, has been significant.
We have questioned ourselves deeply,
listened to shareholders, considered what
we could have done better and adjusted
where appropriate.
We recognise that the substantial decline
in profit with just two months left in the
financial year will have come as a shock
to our shareholders. The volatility of our
earnings in FY24 partly stemmed from
the pandemic. thl achieved record sales
margins as fleet values rose, but this also
Moving
forward
together
GRANT WEBSTER
CEO
exposed our earnings as demand fell in the
last quarter and we did not sell as many
vehicles as expected.
Going forward, we do expect to see greater
stability in our earnings profile as we sell the
remainder of our abnormally high-margin
vehicles, our overall vehicle sales margins
normalise, and the source of our earnings
reverts towards the rental business. Under
these circumstances, we would not expect
to see thl experience such a significant
fluctuation in profit within such a short
period of time.
Despite the reduction in our profitability
and negative broader macroeconomic
environment, we did achieve several
milestones and successes in the year.
Some of our highlights include:
•
a continued recovery of New Zealand
Rentals with significant growth and
delivering a record result with a
positive outlook for further growth
in the coming years
•
expanding our sales capabilities in
Australia by acquiring Camperagent
RV Centre, a leading motorhome and
caravan dealership in South Australia
ABOUT thl8
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
LETTER FROM THE CEO
•
investing in improving the machinery,
technology and processes in our
Australian manufacturing business
as we brought it under the Action
Manufacturing umbrella, enabling
enhancements in both efficiency
and quality
•
spending over $350 million on new fleet
and growing our global rental fleet by
10% to a fleet of 7,921 at year-end
•
launching our newest EV trial in
New Zealand and continuing our
Future Fleet work towards becoming
a more sustainable business
•
continuing the next step towards
common global technology platforms
across the business.
In particular, the last highlight is a major
ongoing digital transformation project
that will substantially change how our
business operates. The complexity of this
change and the consequential potential
benefits should not be underestimated.
Neither old Apollo nor thl had a truly global
business with all regions operating on
common systems, delivering common
detailed metrics and benchmarking.
There are significant efficiencies to
be gained through the elimination
of process duplication.
Naturally, these highlights are
overshadowed by the challenging vehicle
sales conditions that have significantly
impacted our performance for the year.
We are of the view that the vehicle sales
challenges are directly attributable to
wider economic issues, and as such, we
anticipate a recovery in this area of our
business as economic conditions improve.
We have seen RV travel lose category share
to cruise ship travel, which has experienced
a significant recovery in the last 18 months.
However, we have confidence that RV
travel is well positioned and poised for
future success. Our optimism stems
from the growing interest in RV travel
among younger demographics, the rising
population of individuals aged 65 and older
over the coming decades and the wider
shift in tourism preferences in favour of
sustainable, local travel and unique
adventures.
Summary of performance in FY24
Our FY24 results reflect a mixed set
of outcomes by business area and
geography. The overall underlying NPAT
of $51.8 million, while still a significant
number, is below what we believe to be
achievable for thl and well below the
expectations we had some months ago.
Our core rentals businesses have
performed well, particularly in markets
like New Zealand and Australia, but
challenging conditions in vehicle sales, the
return to normal sales margins in certain
markets and difficult economic conditions
have impacted our overall performance.
Positively, the New Zealand Rentals & Sales,
Action Manufacturing and New Zealand
Tourism divisions have all achieved record
EBIT results. This success is reflective of
the recovery in international tourism to
New Zealand as well as the continued
growth of Action Manufacturing following
several small acquisitions in the past
few years.
Our core rentals businesses
have performed well, particularly
in markets like New Zealand
and Australia.
GRANT WEBSTER — CEO
ABOUT thl9
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
LETTER FROM THE CEO
Unfortunately, weighing on the overall
result are disappointing results from the
US Rentals & Sales, UK/Ireland Rentals &
Sales and Australian Retail Sales divisions.
These results reflect the difficult vehicle
sales environment today. We remain
positive about the future of the US
business with several recent actions under
way, including new leadership overseeing
North America. We believe closer
integration between the US and Canadian
businesses will yield future benefits that
improve overall performance.
Merger integration
Having now spent a year and a half as
a merged business, our integration
continues positively. We are entering
another phase in the integration, including
ongoing development through our digital
transformation towards having a global
business on common platforms.
To date, our performance in achieving
synergies has been broadly in line with the
projections made at the time of the merger,
and we provide further detail on these
synergies in the Investor Presentation.
While this seems contrary to the result for
this year, a primary reason for the merger
was to enable cost synergies that neither
thl nor Apollo could access independently.
I can confidently say our result for FY24
is significantly higher than what thl
and Apollo would likely have achieved
separately without the merger.
Given the level of integration between thl
and Apollo today, we are now in a position
where there is little distinction between
merger synergy opportunities and general
cost-out and efficiency.
We are currently in the process of rebasing
our targets to capture the broader cost-out
opportunities and the incremental synergy
opportunities we’ve identified post the
merger. We intend to set these rebased
targets relative to the FY24 cost base as
opposed to a no-merger counterfactual,
enabling simpler reporting both internally
and externally.
At present, this is an ongoing project.
We intend to provide more detail on our
rebased cost-out goals at the Annual
Meeting in October.
I can confidently say our result
for FY24 is significantly higher
than the result thl and Apollo
would likely have achieved
separately without the merger.
GRANT WEBSTER — CEO
ABOUT thl10thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
LETTER FROM THE CEO
Outlook
Despite operating conditions for the
coming period being uncertain, we expect
an increase in underlying NPAT in FY25
compared to FY24.
To date, tourism has been more resilient
than other sectors amid the tough
economic circumstances as international
leisure travel has continued to recover from
the sharp decline seen in 2020.
Our current rental forward bookings
demonstrate year-on-year growth in hire
days in FY25 within our key markets of
New Zealand, Australia and North America.
However, booking intakes in recent weeks
indicate that the recovery is slowing,
potentially impacting rentals in calendar
year 2025. This indicates that it may take
longer than initially expected to return
to pre-COVID-19 levels, which aligns with
broader industry feedback and sentiment.
Fleet purchases and production for
FY25 and FY26 have been adjusted
accordingly, with lower fleet capital
expenditure planned.
We expect that vehicle sales will
remain subdued for longer in FY25 and
ultimately rebound in line with a wider
economic recovery once interest rates
fall and household financial pressures
ease, allowing for increased consumer
confidence in making large discretionary
purchases. This is supported by industry
performance indicators in both the North
American and Australian markets.
We see these headwinds as cyclical and
associated with the wider economic
downturn rather than any structural
change for the RV industry. We have a
positive longer-term outlook for the RV
category and believe it is positioned to
increase its share of the broader tourism
market. thl is well positioned within
the industry as the global leader in RV
rentals with opportunities for synergies
and cost reduction supported by balance
sheet strength and strong capital
management disciplines.
Our renewed bank debt facilities also
reflect our lenders’ confidence in thl’s
outlook and provide us with increased
flexibility to continue to invest in new
fleet and take other opportunities as
they arise in a down market when others
in our industry cannot.
thl continues its strong focus on ROFE,
and we recognise that the returns from
the US, UK/Ireland and Canada divisions
in FY24 are unacceptable. Addressing
the northern hemisphere is a key focus
for management. While we expect ROFE
in FY25 for these divisions will remain
below our 15% target, the changes we
have implemented should lead to future
improvements in ROFE, particularly in
bringing the North American businesses
more closely together.
Our future NPAT goal
We have previously stated a goal to achieve
$100 million in NPAT in FY26. In light of
the economic uncertainty that exists
currently, we understand that there may
be questions regarding the feasibility of
this target being achieved by FY26.
We continue to believe that the core
assumptions supporting our $100 million
goal are intact for thl. Nevertheless, the
economic climate in the key markets of
New Zealand and Australia and more
broadly overseas has deteriorated more
than anticipated when we set this goal
and, in our view, makes achievement of
this goal by FY26 unrealistic.
Given the prevailing economic conditions
and persisting uncertainties, it would
be inappropriate for us to set a precise
timeline for reaching our goal. We remain
steadfast in our belief that we have the
necessary components and will advance
towards our goal as tourism rebounds and
general economic conditions improve.
thl and our crew
In FY25, I will reach the milestone of
working for thl for 20 years. This is
something I never expected and, given
the nature of publicly listed companies,
is not that common. Throughout my
tenure, I have continued to be amazed
at how thl responds to challenges and
change in a way that always creates the
opportunity for more growth – growth
for crew, customer numbers, leadership
skills, footprint, financial returns and
global interest. We constantly challenge
the path we have set and make sure the
fundamentals of the business remain.
Where we are today is a testament to
our crew. They have come off a record
high, endured a decent fall, adapted and
are responding with passion, energy and
a commitment to delivery. On behalf of all
thl shareholders, I thank our crew.
Grant Webster
CEO
Where we are today is a
testament to our crew.
They have come off a
record high, endured a
decent fall, adapted, and
are responding with
passion, energy and a
commitment to delivery.
GRANT WEBSTER — CEO
ABOUT thl11thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
LETTER FROM THE CEO
126° 52’ S — 47° 39’ E
Build/Buy
In FY24, Apollo Manufacturing in
Brisbane was brought into the Action
Manufacturing family, establishing Trans-
Tasman alignment in people, process,
systems and product. This has created
integration benefits from Action’s strong
processes, commitment to a design-led
approach, greater efficiencies, ongoing
improvements in quality and driving build
costs down. The expansion of Action
Manufacturing into Australia opens future
expansion opportunities into the broader
commercial vehicle manufacturing market
in Australia.
This year, Action Manufacturing embarked
on a collaboration with Hato Hone St John
in New Zealand to create the first custom-
built electric vehicle (EV) ambulance in
Australasia. The custom-built EV has a real-
world range of 220 kilometres and delivers
specific requirements for the ambulance’s
weight and electrical demands for the
unique needs of emergency medical
response. This demonstrates Action
Manufacturing’s expertise and innovation
in designing lightweight vehicles that
can support the demands of electrical
equipment and different use cases.
The thl rental business has embarked
on a journey of organic fleet regrowth,
following the sell-down of fleet by thl and
Apollo through the pandemic. In FY24,
over $350 million was spent on new fleet
vehicles and the global rental fleet grew
by 10% to 7,921, further bolstering the
strong market position thl holds in each
operating region.
The recovery of international tourism
combined with fleet regrowth is expected
to be the key driver of profitability growth
for thl in the upcoming period. Globally,
thl today stands at 7,918 vehicles, and still
remains below pre-pandemic levels, as
does global leisure travel.
We have been actively developing new
rental segments outside of traditional
tourism. These include business models
for bookings in disaster recovery and
emergency accommodation and servicing
domestic markets for event accommodation
and mobile accommodation for the film
industry. These new business segments
emerged during the pandemic when
traditional tourism bookings declined,
and we will continue to actively pursue
opportunities to leverage new markets
going forward.
This innovative project showcases
Action Manufacturing’s design-led
philosophy and dedication to pushing
the boundaries of what is achievable
in manufacturing. It also contributes
learning for our Future Fleet programme,
including work on our second electric
RV (eRV) pilot, to address our priority
future-fit sustainability goals and thl’s
climate-related risk of the lack of supply
of suitable long-range vehicles and
innovation in commercial vehicles.
Throughout the year, Action
Manufacturing has also been progressing
a project to identify and partner with
trusted Chinese suppliers. As the RV
componentry market in China matures,
this presents substantial opportunities
for Action Manufacturing to import high-
quality, low-cost RV components sourced
from reputable Chinese suppliers. This is
expected to contribute towards overall
cost efficiency and quality enhancement
for Action Manufacturing’s products.
Motek, thl’s industry-leading bespoke
booking and scheduling software, has
been successfully launched in the UK
during the period and is on track for its
upcoming launch in Canada later this year.
The Motek system is a critical component
of thl’s one-fleet ecosystem, providing
internal teams with a portal to manage
fleets, optimise scheduling, define pricing,
manage bookings and automate branch
operations and ultimately creating cost
efficiencies and rental utilisation benefits.
The continued global rollout of Motek
represents a further step in thl aligning
its global systems and operations to
create comparable benchmarks to drive
productivity improvements. The scale of
thl’s global rental operations provides a
competitive advantage, and having aligned
systems across regions is expected to
enhance this further.
In FY24, we completed a comprehensive
back-of-house operations process review.
The insights and lessons learned from
this review are being shared across
all thl businesses globally, fostering
a culture of continuous improvement
and operational excellence.
Rent
ACTION MANUFACTURINGMOTEK – SOFTWARE
UKAUCANNZ
LAUNCHED
2024
LAUNCH
L ATE 2024
TRANS-TASMAN
ALIGNMENT
ABOUT thl12thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
OUR BUSINESS
Despite the challenging automotive sales
environment globally, thl sold over 4,100
vehicles in FY24.
thl has 24 sales locations with seven
in Australia, five in New Zealand, nine
in North America and three in the UK/
Ireland. thl sells, all of its ex-rental
vehicles exclusively through its own
retail dealerships in Australia and the
majority of its ex-rental vehicles in
New Zealand.
The recent expansion of RV Super Centre
into Hamilton and Palmerston North in
New Zealand coupled with the acquisition
of Camperagent RV Centre in Adelaide in
Australia, has further solidified thl’s build/
buy-rent-sell model across Australasia.
This continued growth and expansion
reinforces thl’s position in the New Zealand
market as the largest nationwide retailer
of RVs.
While economic headwinds are currently
affecting the demand for big-ticket
consumer discretionary goods, including
RVs, these impacts should ease as the
economic conditions improve and
interest rates decline.
Over the longer term, thl remains
positive about the outlook for the RV
category of travel, supported by positive
demographic shifts such as an ageing
population and growing interest in RV
travel among younger travellers.
The strategic acquisition of Camperagent
RV Centre in January 2024 has further
enhanced our RV sales capabilities to
enable thl to sell a greater number
of ex-rental vehicles annually. This
accelerates the turnover of the rental
fleet and reducing the age of the rental
fleet, enabling thl to achieve higher
yields at lower maintenance costs.
It also creates additional demand for
thl’s manufacturing facilities, increasing
the number of vehicles built. This
demonstrates the positive impacts and
benefits of thl’s interconnected build/
buy-rent-sell business model.
Sell
LOCATIONS – GLOBAL SALES
24
AU 7 NZ 5
NORTH AMERICA 9 UK/IRELAND 3
Kiwi Experience
Kiwi Experience had strong summer
demand until a challenging last quarter
with youth traveller demand still below
pre-COVID-19 levels. We are lucky to
have an experienced and resilient team,
strong brand and long-standing industry
relationships, connecting guests to a wide
range of experiences across New Zealand.
Our accommodation partnerships have
increased by 76% compared to pre-
pandemic levels, providing our guests
with greater choice.
Currently, the only touring company
operating Hop-On Hop Off experiences in
New Zealand, we have continued to grow
our product. Small group tours have seen
increased growth with the launch of new
tours and destinations in the South Island.
In FY25, we will be training our crew with
an emphasis on cultural capability, our
future-fit sustainability goals and delivering
the Tiaki Promise, being the commitment
to care for Aotearoa New Zealand. We will
be developing Meaningful Tours to connect
customers with authentic community,
conservation and cultural activities.
Discover Waitomo
FY24 saw the Discover Waitomo range of
small group products continue to resonate
with returning international guests and our
domestic guests.
Key focus areas for FY24 included building
on our world-class guest experience and
the continued evolution of operational
health and safety. Time and again,
customer feedback further validates just
how important our crew are in making sure
our guests have a safe, memorable and
enjoyable experience with us in Waitomo.
Noting a record Net Promoter Score
(customer feedback score) at the Waitomo
Glowworm Caves, GM Daniel Thorne said:
“Our crew are doing an exceptional job
of delivering on our vision of inspiring
Manuhiri (guests) through unforgettable
and sustainable experiences”.
FY25 looks bright, with further
opportunities to make positive
impacts on both community and key
conservation projects as part of our
future fit sustainability commitment.
Our Tourism Experiences
ABOUT thl13thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
OUR BUSINESS
We are a global leader in recreational vehicle brands, offering
enriching experiences for travellers worldwide. Our diverse range of
brands provide opportunities to embrace the RV lifestyle, with options
tailored to meet the needs and preferences of every demographic.
Signature range
Our premium brands
with the newest, most
sophisticated and
fully self-contained
motorhomes to travel
in style.
Flagship range
Our most extensive
and diverse fleets,
offering options to suit
roadtrippers’ unique
style and needs.
Adventure range
Unrivalled choice for
freedom and adventure
to find the road less
travelled.
Value range
The basics done
brilliantly, with value
around every turn.
Build/BuyRent
Action Manufacturing and its subsidiaries deliver
innovative, durable and high-quality vehicle bodies
and trailers, catering to the RV, ambulance, refrigerated
transport, logistics and mobile health sectors.
ABOUT thl14thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
OUR BRANDS
Our Retail Dealerships
Our RV Brands
* Sold under licensing arrangements
* Sold under licensing arrangements
Sell
Tourism
Our network of sales dealerships offers a wide range of quality
new and used motorhomes, campervans and caravans, after-
sales and service options and extensive retail ranges – everything
the lifetime RV owner needs.
A range of award-winning adventure experiences and
flexible touring options – from Black Water Rafting to the
Kiwi Experience travel network to free independent travel
with our app-based travel platform CamperMate.
Discover Waitomo
Embark on a journey
to explore the natural
wonders, culture and
adventure experiences
of the world-famous
Waitomo region.
Discover more.
Discover Waitomo.
Kiwi Experience
Award-winning, flexible and
adventure-filled Hop-On Hop-
Off and small group bus tours
across New Zealand, catering
to travellers seeking a unique
and social way to explore.
Travel technology
We empower independent
travellers to explore and book
unique adventures throughout
Australia and New Zealand. This
leading experiential travel platform
offers a user-friendly app available
on the App Store and Google Play
Store, along with a comprehensive
website at www.campermate.com.
ABOUT thl15thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
PERFORMANCE
OUR BRANDS
-14°19’ S — 132°34’ E
About thl
PERFORMANCE16thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
ABOUT thl
To day thl is a leading interconnected global operator in the
RV industry with comprehensive integration across the build
(manufacturing), rental and sales segments. Our rentals business
remains the cornerstone of thl, providing the largest contribution
to earnings. This vertically integrated model sets us apart from our
global competition, and in the Australasian markets where we are
fully integrated, this has enabled thl to achieve an improved return
on funds employed.
We have decades of experience constructing durable vehicles
specifically designed for the rental market that maximise returns from
the rental phase and for the strategic optimisation of value on sale.*
Our business model generates profit at each stage – during the build,
through the rental phase and on the retail sale of each RV – to extract
the greatest value from each RV throughout its lifecycle.
* thl only manufactures in New Zealand and Australia.
PERFORMANCE17thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
ABOUT thl
WHAT WE DO
— RV Rentals
— New and Ex-Rental RV Sales
— RV and Commercial Manufacturing
— Tourism Attractions & Activities
— Digital Tourism App
— RV Rentals
— Ex-Rental RV Sales
— Digital Tourism App
— RV Rentals
— Ex-Rental RV Sales
— RV Rentals
— New and Ex-Rental RV Sales
— RV Manufacturing
— Digital Tourism App
— RV Rentals
— Ex-Rental RV Sales
UK + IRECANUSAAUNZ
FOOTPRINT AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
RV worldwide
thl is the largest commercial RV rental operator in the world,
a multinational, vertically integrated RV manufacturing,
rental and retail business for motorhomes, campervans and
caravans. Our build/buy-rent-sell model and global footprint
reflects the strong expansion of the business and positions
thl positively for the future as a world-class leader in the RV
space. It’s an exciting time for the RV industry.
SA
SOUTHERN AFRICA
JPN
JAPAN
RENTAL FLEET
1,257
RENTAL FLEET
1,746
RENTAL FLEET
2,361
FRANCHISE
RENTAL FLEET
1,967
TOTAL RENTAL FLEET
7, 92 1
RENTAL FLEET
590
16%22%30%25%
7%
GLOBAL
PERFORMANCE18
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
ABOUT thl
GLOBAL FOOTPRINT
BRANDSBRANDS
BRANDSBRANDSBRANDS
LOCATIONSLOCATIONS
LOCATIONSLOCATIONSLOCATIONS
CREWCREW
CREWCREWCREW
2319
415
1419
4 712
983764
157270428
Ireland
Crew: number of employees including casual staff, as of 30 June 2024.
PERFORMANCE19
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
ABOUT thl
GLOBAL FOOTPRINT
OUR RESOURCESBUSINESS MODEL
•
Revenue, growth and financial returns.
•
Worldwide, world-class RV products and services.
•
Guest travel and tourism experiences.
•
Vertically integrated, multinational global RV business.
•
Crew engagement and wellbeing.
•
Healthy and safe workplaces.
•
People Promise to provide the tools, skills and identity to succeed.
•
Fostering a diverse and inclusive culture.
•
Building our cultural capability.
•
Deep connections in tourism and RV industry.
•
Social licence to operate at our sites and where products are used.
•
Responsible travel partnerships and programmes in each region.
•
Working with suppliers to improve supply chain transparency, risks,
sustainability performance and circularity.
•
Climate impacts and carbon emissions from our fleet and operations.
•
Transition plan to address climate-related risks and opportunities.
•
Impacts of our products in communities and destinations guests visit.
•
Promoting regenerative travel that positively impacts destinations.
•
The sensitive ecosystems in which we operate in Waitomo, New Zealand.
•
Resources used by our fleet and operations – fuel, energy and water –
and the emissions and waste our activities generate.
•
New fleet, technology, product design and development innovation.
•
Action to address our greatest climate and carbon challenge – the
emissions from our vehicle fleet.
•
Strong, long-term supplier relationships in RV and tourism sectors.
•
Complex global supply chain has social, environmental and
economic impacts.
•
Global network of sites and infrastructure expanded manufacturing
facilities, equipment and operations.
•
Future-Fit Branch Action Plans to manage impacts of water, energy,
waste and emissions, and positive impacts on communities as well
as congestion and potential impacts from freedom camping.
•
Technologies and systems to manage complexity and growth.
OUR IMPACTS AND OUTCOMES
Chair letter P.6
CEO letter P.8
About thl P.16
Financial statements P.47
HSW and Protect P.29
Cultural capability P.30
DEI Strategy and data P.41
Kiwi Experience P.13
Rentals growth P.24
Cultural capability P.30
Discover Waitomo P.13
Future Fleet P.27
Carbon footprint
and climate-related
risks and opportunities
P.37
Future-fit
health check
P.38-40
Securing synergies P.26
Product development P.27
Enterprise Risk
Management
P.42-46
Digital transformation P.31
Site and infrastructure
development
P.32
LEARN MORE
OUR PURPOSE
OUR VALUES
Creating
unforgettable
journeys
Do the right thing
Be curious
Be happy to
Enjoy the ride
INFRASTRUCTURE
Our multinational
operations, facilities
and equipment
Our global systems
and technology
KNOWLEDGE
Our knowledge,
skills and RV expertise
from our vertically
integrated build/
buy-rent-sell model
NATURE
The natural resources,
ecosystems and
destinations on
which we depend
RELATIONSHIPS
Our partners, industry
relationships and
community
connections
OUR CREW
Our talented crew and
commitment to our
core values
FINANCIAL
Our investors and
access to capital
RENT
BUILD/BUY
SELL
ACTIVE GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT
How we create value
PERFORMANCE20
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
ABOUT thl
OUR FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY JOURNEY
Systems science tells us how our economy and business
operations must be transformed if we are to thrive within
planetary boundaries.
At thl, over the last five years, we have used the 23 goals of the
Future-Fit Business Benchmark to guide our decision-making
and operational activities.
For more detail, see our sustainability progress update and
FY24 Health Check.
For information on our Climate-Related Disclosures and
our progress to combat the risks of modern slavery, see
the reports to be published on www.thlonline.com and
www.thlsustainability.com.
READ MORE > PG 34
Building long-term value through our Global Future-Fit
Sustainability Programme
Protecting the value we create through Enterprise Risk Management
TELLING OUR STORIES
TRAINING & BUILDING CAPABILITY
CLIMATE & CARBON STRATEGY
DECARBONISING OUR BUSINESS
FUTURE FLEET PROGRAMME
TRANSITIONING TO A LOW-CARBON FLEET
SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT
OUR GLOBAL FRAMEWORK AND
CIRCULAR ECONOMY PILOTS
THRIVE
SUPPORTING OUR CREW, CREATING
A HEALTHY CULTURE AND BUILDING
CULTURAL CAPABILITY
ACCELERATE
PARTNERSHIPS FOR POSITIVE IMPACTS
IGNITION
CREATING FUTURE-FIT BRANCHES
• Operational GHGs
• Product GHGs
• Renewable energy
• Product GHGs
• Products repurposed
• Sustainable procurement
• Products repurposed
• Employee health
• Living wage
• Fair employment terms
• Employee discrimination
• Employee concerns
• Community health
• Natural resources
• Operational encroachment
• Community health
• Product communications
• Product concerns
• Product harm
• Renewable energy
• Water use
• Operational emissions
• Operational GHGs
• Operational encroachment
• Operational waste
GOALS
GOALS
GOALS
GOALS
GOALS
GOALS
PERFORMANCE21
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
ABOUT thl
45°1’ S — 168°39’ E
Strategy
in action
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl22thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
STRATEGY IN ACTION
RENT
2,220
4,171
7,912
1,194
RENTAL REVENUE
It all starts
with the RV
VERTICAL INTEGRATION:
3 POINTS OF MARGIN CAPTURE
SELL
RV SALES REVENUE*
BUILD / BUY
$298M
$398M
$426M
RV MANUFACTURING
REVENUE*
RVs BUILT IN FY24**RVs BOUGHT IN FY24***
VEHICLES SOLD
GLOBALLY IN FY24
VEHICLES
WORLDWIDE
* Includes intercompany revenue that is eliminated at a group level.
** New Zealand and Australia.
*** North America and UK/Ireland.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl23thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
Rentals growth
is our focus
Our global fleet today is just shy of 8,000
vehicles, well below pre-pandemic peaks.
While there are some challenges and
softness in the pace of recovery in some
markets due to the tough economic
conditions, international tourism does
remain in recovery mode with a reasonable
runway before it returns to pre-pandemic
levels. The long-term potential for thl to
return to and exceed its previous peaks
is premised on growth of the rental fleet
as international tourism grows.
We summarise in this section some
of the key trends in the RV sector,
international tourism more broadly,
and our business today:
•
We are seeing trends in our business
globally reverting towards patterns
observed prior to the pandemic. This
includes trends in the length of stay,
booking patterns and lead times, and
marketing channels.
NATURE
INFRASTRUCTURE
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
CLIMATE & CARBONACCELERATE
At thl, our purpose is to create unforgettable journeys, and
at our heart, we are a travel and tourism business. Our rental
vehicles enable guests (both international and domestic)
to experience the diversity and wonder of the landscapes,
cultures and nature of the destinations they visit and a
sense of freedom, connection and inspiration.
35°25’ N — 54°28’ W
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl24thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
STRATEGY IN ACTION
Sustainable travel
and tourism trends
There is an increasing interest from
travellers seeking authentic, sustainable
and independent travel with opportunities
to connect with nature-based and cultural
tourism experiences. RV travel is well
placed to meet these needs. We continue
to monitor sustainable travel trends and
actively engage with tourism industry
sustainable travel initiatives, including
Tiaki Promise in New Zealand and the
Ecotourism Australia certification. In FY24,
we launched the new CanaDream Cares
– RV with Respect programme to support
guests to travel responsibly.
Climate change is increasing the
frequency of extreme weather events
impacting on destinations our guests
visit, from wildfires in Canada and the
USA to floods and cyclone events in
Australia and New Zealand. The inability
to access attractions and locations due
to infrastructure damage has been
identified as a (non-material) climate-
related physical risk for the business
over the medium to long-term. When
these situations occur, we take swift
action to support our guests, crew and
communities. Our mobile fleet provides
flexibility for guests and temporary mobile
accommodation to support disaster and
emergency responses.
•
International tourism is still recovering.
The United Nations World Tourism
Organization reported that, in the first
quarter of 2024, tourist arrivals to North
America and Oceania increased by 10%
compared to the previous year. Despite
this growth, visits to Oceania were still
15% lower and those to North America
5% lower than the first-quarter figures
of 2019.
The trends we see from a number of
countries suggest that the rebound
in leisure travel is trailing behind
overall tourism recovery, with a faster
recovery observed in travel for the
purpose of visiting friends and family.
These trends indicate that leisure
travel has a reasonable runway to
return to 2019 levels.
•
There is strong mainstream
engagement with RV travel. A recent
survey conducted among American
leisure travellers reveals that 45 million
Americans are gearing up for RV
adventures this summer. Interestingly,
the survey found that 52% of RVers
are planning trips 4–7 hours from
home, and 33% are opting for shorter
getaways, with at least one RV trip
planned within three hours of their
residence. We encourage guests to
drive less and stay longer as part of
our US Travel with Heart responsible
travel programme, including sharing
‘one tank trip’ ideas.
GROWTH IN INTERNATIONAL
VISITORS TO OCEANIA AND
NORTH AMERICA IN Q1 2024*
10%
COMPARED TO Q1 2023
* United Nations World Tourism Organization.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl25thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
North America fleet
We completed a detailed review of fleet
purchasing, specification and sale practices
across the USA and Canadian businesses,
sharing best practice to enable better
purchasing, alignment of the fleet product
offering (enabling greater cross-border transfer
in future) and selling the right vehicle at the
right time and in the right place.
While we are still in the early stages of piloting
the cross-border fleet programme, a successful
implementation should provide significant
benefits to these businesses over several
years as we start to view the rental fleet as
a single North American fleet and achieve
utilisation benefits. Improved purchasing and
sale practices should also contribute to an
improvement in the Real Depreciation Rate.*
Manufacturing alignment between
New Zealand and Australia
Achieving alignment and integration
efficiencies and improvements across
our expanded manufacturing operations
is well under way. We are taking a
strategic approach to aligning design
and manufacturing capabilities, facilities,
equipment and site locations. This means
sharing expertise, capabilities and best
practice between sites and country
operations. Our Action Manufacturing
design-led thinking disciplines and design
methodology underpin our fleet plan
product design and build process.
Securing synergies and cost-efficiencies
from our integrated business model
FINANCIAL
KNOWLEDGE
INFRASTRUCTURE
FUTURE FLEET
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
thl’s build/buy-rent-sell model across multiple jurisdictions, combined with the
merger of thl with Apollo Tourism & Leisure in November 2022, provides us with a
unique opportunity to realise synergies and cost efficiencies and share best practice
on a global basis. Realising merger synergies has been a key focus across FY24, and
we are now positioned to take our integration and cost-reduction programme to the
next stage. In FY24, we focused on two key areas:
* The Real Depreciation Rate refers to the difference
between the original purchase price and sale price for
vehicles sold, represented as an annual depreciation
percentage. It allows for no gain on sale or costs
associated with the sale or maintenance of the vehicle.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl26thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
STRATEGY IN ACTION
Uncertainty in the timing on supply
of cost-effective, low- or zero-emission
vehicle technology is considered a material
climate-related transition risk for thl over
the short to long-term (>10 years). We
continue to actively monitor for transition
tipping points and complete regional
Future Fleet Scans annually to inform
our strategy. We actively track progress
on low-emission fleet developments
and new technologies and share some
industry insights here.
At thl, our greatest sustainability challenge and highest-priority future-fit goal is addressing the emissions
from the vehicles that we build/buy-rent-sell. In 2017 when we launched our first eRV pilot in New Zealand, we
hoped to see significant development in low-emission vehicles to enable our fleet to transition by this point.
Industry progress has been frustratingly slow, and we still do not have access to commercially viable low- or
zero-emissions vehicle (ZEV) options with the range required for RV travel needs. We continue to engage with
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and industry partners globally to address this challenge.
Product development
– our Future Fleet challenge
RELATIONSHIPS
INFRASTRUCTURE
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
CLIMATE & CARBONFUTURE FLEET
•
Massive investment in battery electric
trucks is occurring internationally,
driven by regulations requiring
a transition away from fossil fuel
internal combustion engines and
growing sustainability and carbon-
emission reduction commitments.
Most automotive OEMs have
commitments and carbon emissions
reductions goals, with timeframes
between 2040 and 2050.
•
Commercial medium and heavy-duty
zero-emission trucks models are
increasingly available, with more than
160 models from over 40 OEMs. Medium-
duty battery EV deployments have
doubled. The majority are commercial
cargo vans and pickup trucks produced
by Ford and Rivian. However, the range
requirements for RV use are not currently
being met.
•
Our regional Future Fleet Scans of
global markets indicate that batteries
are currently the leading technology,
followed by hydrogen. Renewable
fuels are still in the mix and interest in
hybrid vehicles is increasing. There is
a still a need for an inflection point on
viable technology and infrastructure
for mass adoption, particularly for
commercial fleets.
•
New regulations on GHG emissions and
ZEV have created both confusion and
adaptation for fleets and manufacturers,
and this is expected to continue. Slower
than expected growth in sales of EVs has
forced several automakers to scale back
once-ambitious production plans.
•
Charging infrastructure is also a
concern. Despite record levels of
investment, a lack of reliable charging
and refuelling stations is a barrier, as are
charging times and concerns about grid
capacity and renewable energy sources
to support the transition. In the USA,
the RVIA is actively working with states,
charging companies and site hosts
to include RV-friendly electric vehicle
infrastructure and the importance
of pull-through charging as major
infrastructure funding is allocated.
Low- and zero-emission fleet deployments
in the transport industry currently are very
small-scale pilots enabling thl to learn and
prepare for the transition. We are taking
a considered approach, investing in small
trials first and considering all technologies
in the mix as we embark on our second
electric RV (eRV) pilot in New Zealand.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl27thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
Future Fleet: our new Britz eVolve
eRV pilot programme
Future-Fit Break-Even Goal 18 ‘Products
emit no greenhouse gases’ is our
greatest sustainability challenge and
we’re always aiming to move faster.
As a technology-taker, we face an
ongoing challenge of a global supply
chain focused primarily on electrifying/
decarbonising cars, light commercial
vehicles and heavy freight, not the
specialised future needs of the RV
sector: higher payload and long-
distance range. Access to renewable-
energy charging infrastructure in
tourism destinations is also an issue.
At thl, we’re undertaking our second
eRV pilot with six new vehicles on a
Ford E-Transit LWB High Roof. Designed
to be fully sustainable, our new Britz
eVolve provides a quiet, fully-electric
guest experience with a range of
~200km and no tailpipe emissions.
It sleeps two comfortably, is easy to
drive and features a shower, toilet and
cooking facilities. This initiative is led
by Action Manufacturing and building
on what we have learned from our first
eRV pilot programme in 2017–19.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl28thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT – OUR FUTURE FLEET CHALLENGE
We have built a clear understanding of our
most critical health and safety risks and
are actively managing these risks as a top
priority. Our global network of HSW Leads
provides advice, guidance and support
to our business groups, and we continue
to invest in safety equipment, facilities
improvements, training and resources
so our crew are equipped with the tools,
skills and training they need.
As we continue to take meaningful steps
on our HSW journey, we have seen a
marked increase in crew engagement,
hazard reporting and safety culture. As a
result of this increase, we have seen our
number of Lost Time Injuries increase,
albeit the total number of lost days has
decreased. Our LTIFR (Lost Time Injury
Frequency Rate*) for FY24 was 32.35,
Health, Safety and Wellbeing,
global alignment and growth
OUR CREW
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
THRIVE
Health, safety, and wellbeing (HSW) is of paramount importance at thl, and we take a positive,
proactive approach. It is a continuous journey that starts with our unwavering commitment
to HSW and flows from crew engagement through our policies and procedures to ongoing
investment in crew training and effective management and reporting systems. This is
underpinned by our focus on safety leadership, culture and an engaged crew.
We are committed to thl being a
workplace where every crew member
feels empowered to look out for their
own safety and their workmates, to
speak up when they see a risk or issue
and together own the work towards
a safer, healthier workplace every day.
Our values guide our individual and
collective commitment to provide safe
workplaces that prevent injury or illness
and improve people’s overall wellbeing.
In November 2023, leaders from across
our global businesses came together
for a three-day HSW leadership training
programme in Brisbane. This means
continuously seeking out ways to make
our environment safer, healthier and
better every day.
Protect
global safety programme
This year, we launched Protect:
a global programme focused
on preventing harm and empowering
all crew to be safer together
every day. Protect has created a
globally aligned, highly visible crew
engagement brand, with impactful
visuals, messages, resources, tools
and activities. Protect has been
implemented in all locations, with
clear and targeted safety signage,
regular Protect ‘power-up’ sessions,
content for safety huddles and easy
‘snap and solve’ reporting tools.
A highlight from the first year of
Protect was the ‘what’s your why’
contest where crew shared inspiring
photos of what matters most to them
beyond work: their ‘why’ or driving
force for keeping safe to go home
safely every day.
and we believe we have the right controls
in place to see a material reduction of this
metric into FY25.
Our HSW programme continues to
focus on protecting our crew, guests
and stakeholders from harm, a central
component of which is managing risk
in a practical way at all global locations.
We have seen an increase from 481 HSW
site-specific risks managed at the end of
FY23 to 938 at the end of FY24, giving our
leaders clear direction to safely control
hazardous activities.
12-month LTIFR*End FY23End FY24
Rental & Retail
businesses
13.7019.82
Tourism48.9162.64
Manufacturing35.9131.22
Group27.1132.35
* thl includes all Lost Time Injuries in LTIFR calculations,
including any other injury that involved any lost time
such as a Restricted Work injury that included any
lost time.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl29thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
To support our global transformation
programme, new Change Manager
roles in each country will support
business leaders to effectively implement
change projects, manage complexity,
support crew with changes and provide
assurance and feedback to improve future
transformation projects.
In FY24, we undertook a comprehensive
review of crew training to inform a new
global training and Human Resources
Information System to be deployed in FY25.
We are committed to being a business
that is open, inclusive, respectful and
culturally aware for all our crew, customers,
communities and the many stakeholders
with whom we engage. With the launch
of our first Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
(DEI) Strategy, we aim to improve the data
we gather and make a positive difference
to our crew (see page 41).
We believe that travel brings people
together and builds understanding
and connection across diverse cultures,
communities and experiences. Reflecting
our global commitment, we continued our
journey to build our cultural capability and
respectful relationships with First Nations
Peoples and promote Indigenous tourism
experiences to our guests.
We have been working hard to make
progress on our People Promise that all
crew will have the tools, training, and
identity to be successful. Through the
launch and roll out of our new thl story,
values and shared language, we have built
a collective culture and celebrate our crew
displaying our values through our monthly,
quarterly, and annual Torus Recognition
Awards. The labour market conditions
impacting crew recruitment and retention
in the previous year have eased, and we
are pleased to have experienced lower
levels of crew turnover.
Many of our crew have experienced
significant change over the past 12 months
as we continued to merge our businesses
together. This has been challenging at
times as teams adapted to new locations,
roles, systems, products and services,
and ways of working. The adaptability,
commitment and resilience shown by our
crew is to be commended. We are aware
that crew engagement in some areas has
been impacted by the level of change and
that we have more work to do.
Our crew thriving
OUR CREW
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
THRIVESUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT
We are a people business,
and our crew are key to
our success.
1. Cultural Awareness training,
Indigenous Tourism Alberta
2. Kōwhaiwhai Oranga programme,
NZ Rentals managers
3. NAIDOC Week event as part of our
Reconciliation Action Plan journey
1.
2. 3.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl30thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
•
We are moving forward at pace to develop
and implement system improvements
to bring all our global operations onto
common systems across a number of
business areas. This will be transformative
for the business. This will enable thl to
deliver multiple synergies that translate
into hard cost savings, effectively
manage operations, plan, report
and track performance.
Moving to common platforms will create
for the first time (in the history of thl or
Apollo) the system capability to look for
improvements, synergies and efficiency
opportunities across all business
groups globally. This will support global
benchmarking, KPI setting, assurance
and sharing best practice. The revenue
and efficiency benefits to be realized
from operating a single platform are
worth pursuing.
To make this happen, thl has
implemented seven major digital
transformation projects across
our global business.
Digital transformation continues
as global systems go live
FINANCIAL
KNOWLEDGE
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
CLIMATE & CARBONFUTURE FLEET
A core element of managing complexity and achieving growth
for thl globally is having the right technologies and systems in place.
While we recognise the temporary
burden this has created for the business
as we implement these changes,
this transformation is intended
to deliver outstanding returns over
the longer term.
In addition to the major transformation
projects, we are also piloting innovative
ways of working using the latest
technology tools to enable our crew
to work in a way that is connected to
share knowledge and best practice
that is efficient and enables easy global
collaboration. This will enable our crew
to co-create solutions to business needs
and drive our business forward.
1. Motek fleet management system
into Canada
2. Global dealer management
systems for retail sales, finance
and purchasing
3. A single content management
system for our websites
4. A new, global Human Resources
Information System (HRIS)
5. Global, single finance platform:
Microsoft D365
6. Databricks, a global data ‘lakehouse’
(platform)
7. A global fleet asset management
system for back-of-house process
improvements
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl31thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
STRATEGY IN ACTION
Our FY24 focus was on consolidation
and planning to set us for substantive
moves in FY25. These include new site
developments, location moves, branch
refurbishments and manufacturing site
and facility improvements. We continue
to invest in our existing sites and facilities,
improving standards, safety and
sustainability. This includes technology,
new equipment and system development
underlying infrastructure.
Our successful Ignition future-fit
branches sustainability programme has
been extended to all branches globally.
Each Branch Action Plan focuses on our
largest site-based impacts of energy,
water, waste, operational emissions
and community contribution. We also
apply a future-fit framework lens to
any site developments and changes,
assessing the impacts on future-fit
goals to make progress, working with
a future-fit mindset and methodology.
In FY25, we will develop and embed
Future-Fit Branch Action Plans into our
retail and vehicle sales operations. The
Action Manufacturing sustainability
strategy focuses on four strategic pillars:
reducing emissions, eliminating waste,
promoting wellbeing, and leading our
community and now includes Brisbane
manufacturing.
Fit for the future –
site and infrastructure
development
RELATIONSHIPS
INFRASTRUCTURE
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
CLIMATE & CARBONIGNITION
In light of our expanded global presence following the merger, we’re
reviewing and refreshing several of our sites and infrastructure in
anticipation of scaling our operations as tourism recovers.
1. Artist render of Waitomokia – our new flagship Auckland site
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl32thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
New sites – in development
We are hugely excited to be
developing Waitomokia, the new
flagship Auckland site bringing
branch, retail and head office
teams together. This will be a
transformative step, creating
a new global headquarters
for thl and connecting our
crew, customers, guests and
communities, with positive
impacts for our future-fit progress.
We have plans to develop new site
locations in Queenstown and Perth
in the coming years.
Manufacturing alignment
Our expanded manufacturing
facilities and capabilities in Australia
and New Zealand present good
opportunities to bring operations
together to better leverage sites
and investments in equipment
and facilities and to share skills
and knowledge.
Retail experience design
We have restarted our retail design
programme with a focus on
enhancing customer experiences
and product management.
Development work to improve
margins and metrics for retail will
be a focus in FY25.
Australian site moves
and changes
In Australia, we are maximising the
potential synergies, efficiencies and
ease of connection for our crew and
customers by developing shared
locations for retail and sales.
Our Adelaide branch and sales
site will move to the Camperagent
dealership site, creating a combined
rental, sales and services site
with improved sustainability
performance provided by on-
site solar energy and water
capture systems.
USA branches refreshed
We have invested in an extensive
branch refresh programme focused
on lifting standards of presentation
and functionality, improving visitor
areas and workspaces to enhance
our guest and crew experience. This
included refurbishing and updating
the three largest branches to reflect
thl new brand standards.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl33thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
STRATEGY IN ACTION
FIT FOR THE FUTURE: SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT
We initially identified three high-priority
future-fit goals to tackling our biggest
challenges and impacts and eight future-
fit goals we would progress through
addressing knowledge and data gaps
about our impacts.
We have made substantial progress on
nine of these goals but remain off-track
on Break-Even Goals 18 ‘Products emit
no greenhouse gases’ and 19 ‘Products
can be repurposed’. We will tackle
these goals head-on in FY25 as part of
our Climate Transition Plan that we are
calling Changing Gear.
The priority future-fit goals that underpin
our global sustainability programme have
been updated to reflect the progress we
have made, our expanded manufacturing
and retail vehicle sales activities and
changing context.
We remain confident that we are
focused on the highest-impact areas
of our global business. We are proud to
be recognised as a Future-Fit System-
Changer and know we must continue
to make progress. Our FY24 Future-Fit
Health Check for all 23 goals is available
on page 38.
This year, we also reviewed how
effectively we have integrated future-fit
into our decision-making throughout
the business, from global strategy to
site-based actions. We have made
good progress embedding a future-fit
mindset and methodology throughout
thl but still have more to do. In FY25,
we will further develop our approach to
applying a future-fit lens at key points in
our processes, projects and performance
reporting and within our People Plan.
Applying a future-fit lens will require
decision makers, including the Board,
Executive Team and our crew, to take a
systems-based approach when initiating
new projects. This means considering
sustainability risks and opportunities
(including impacts on and from climate
change), reporting on the project’s
future-fit performance and supporting
our crew to understand their role in
creating a sustainable future for thl.
Our future-fit sustainability
journey – the first five years
RELATIONSHIPS
INFRASTRUCTURE
OUR RESOURCES
FUTURE-FIT SUSTAINABILITY
CLIMATE & CARBONIGNITION
It has been five years since we first made a commitment to
becoming a future-fit business, using the 23 science-based
sustainability goals of the Future-Fit Business Benchmark.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl34thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
Global Sustainability Programme Progress
CLIMATE & CARBON STRATEGY
DECARBONISING OUR BUSINESS
FUTURE FLEET PROGRAMME
TRANSITIONING TO A LOW-CARBON FLEET
SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT
OUR GLOBAL FRAMEWORK AND
CIRCULAR ECONOMY PILOTS
THRIVE
SUPPORTING OUR CREW, CREATING
A HEALTHY CULTURE AND BUILDING
CULTURAL CAPABILITY
ACCELERATE
PARTNERSHIPS FOR POSITIVE IMPACTS
IGNITION
CREATING FUTURE-FIT BRANCHES
Our Climate & Carbon Strategy remains
central to progress on our future-fit journey.
In FY24, we extended our carbon inventory of
Scope 1, 2 and all material Scope 3 emissions
sources to create a new, comprehensive
baseline carbon footprint. Key to this has been
the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) software
Planet Price.
We have reviewed our global climate risks
and opportunities and further developed our
Climate-Related Disclosures (see page 37).
Future-fit progress depends on working with
our supply chain. We have implemented
‘Level 3’ of our five-year sustainable
procurement framework and will deliver
‘Level 4’ in FY25.
We have a well-established Sustainable
Procurement Policy, Supplier Code of Conduct
and sustainable procurement practices and
projects in place (such as our Global Uniform
Project) and have rolled out training for leaders.
The Global Sustainable Procurement Working
Group provides leadership, engaging suppliers
on our sustainability journey in each region.
Training will be a key focus for FY25.
We work with partners across our value
chain to progress our future-fit journey.
We are an active member of tourism and
RV industry forums such as the RVIA,
Caravan and Camping Association and the
Tourism Reconciliation Industry Network
Group in Australia and The Aotearoa Circle.
We promote responsible travel and work
with industry partners to create positive
impacts for communities and destinations.
Our greatest future-fit challenge remains
the emissions from our vehicles, and we are
frustrated by the lack of suitable low/zero-
emission, long-range RV vehicle technology.
We continue to seek solutions and have
completed our annual Future Fleet Scan
of technology tipping points, regulation
and infrastructure in each country in
which we operate.
We have been making progress where
possible, including launching our second
eRV pilot in New Zealand following our
first pilot in 2017–19.
Future-fit progress for all our crew continues.
In FY24, we developed a global Diversity,
Equity and Inclusion Strategy for thl and
continued our cultural capability journey
in each region.
Our second anti-modern slavery
statement will be published in October,
and we have embedded anti-modern
slavery roadmap actions into our
sustainable procurement framework.
Our site-based sustainability activities
are the foundation for our future-fit
work. In FY24, we extended our Future-
Fit Branch Action Plans to include
all our new businesses and locations
globally to address and improve our impacts
on energy, water, waste, operational
emissions and community contribution.
We track progress through regular Carbon
Impact reports. We also piloted new online
training modules for our crew.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl35thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSSTRATEGY IN ACTION
36°27’ N — 116°52’ W
Disclosures
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl36thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
DISCLOSURES
Our carbon footprint
FY24 is the first full-year carbon
footprint for thl as a merged
business, having previously
reported seven months’ post-
merger data in FY23.
We are disclosing our Scope 1 and 2 direct
emissions and for the first time extending
our Scope 3 indirect emissions to include
all material Scope 3 categories across our
value chain. This extended FY24 footprint
will become our new baseline year.
We have also changed the way we
calculate our emissions from this year
from an ‘equity share’ approach to an
‘operational control’ approach.* This is
appropriate with no joint ventures at thl
in the past two years. This means our
customer journey emissions, previously
reported in Scope 1, are now being
reported as Scope 3 emissions. The size
of our total footprint would be consistent
under either approach, as we are now
reporting our extended Scope 3 footprint.
This year, we will be publishing our
GHG emissions data in our Climate
Statements report, which shares
our climate-related disclosures
aligned with New Zealand Climate
Standards (NZ CS) 1, 2 and 3. We
have focused on completeness (per
NZ CS 3) for our merged entity and
extended Scope 3 data. As a result
of including our extended Scope
3 emissions, our FY24 reported
footprint will increase significantly.
We will not be sharing comparative
data for this year with FY23 data as
it would not provide a representative
comparison with our reset baseline,
which includes additional locations in
New Zealand (such as new RV Super
Centre sites), improved data for retail
and manufacturing (including for Action
Manufacturing subsidiaries) and a full
year of Apollo business data (versus
seven months in FY23), including
the CanaDream high season. FY23
and prior years’ data is available in
our FY23 Integrated Annual Report.
In FY25, we will be refining our Scope 1
and 2 science-aligned target from the
new baseline year and developing a robust
Climate Transition Plan – ‘Changing Gear’ –
to engage the business using our extended
FY24 footprint and industry data. This
will include setting interim and intensity
GHG reduction targets as part of a realistic
and evidence-based plan to mitigate
our climate risks and seek to realize
our opportunities.
* The three consolidation approaches under the
GHG Protocol Reporting Standards (and the same
for ISO 14064-1) are:
1. Equity share: a company accounts for GHG
emissions from operations according to its share
of equity in the operation. The equity share reflects
economic interest, which is the extent of rights a
company has to the risks and rewards flowing from
an operation.
2. Financial control: a company accounts for 100%
of the GHG emissions over which it has financial
control. It does not account for GHG emissions from
operations in which it owns an interest but does not
have financial control.
3. Operational control: a company accounts for 100%
of the GHG emissions over which it has operational
control. It does not account for GHG emissions from
operations in which it owns an interest but does not
have operational control.
Our Climate-Related Disclosures (CRD)
thl is a climate-reporting entity under
the New Zealand Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013. Information about
our GHG emissions, our climate risks and
opportunities and how these are being
managed will be disclosed in a separate
Climate Statements report to be published
by 31st October 2024 on: www.thlonline.com
and www.thlsustainability.com.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl37thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
We are on track and can
continue our journey
We have minor gaps but
know how to close them
We have major gaps and
need to rethink
We are off track and need
to redesign our course
Our FY24 Future-Fit Health Check
KEY – Health Check assessments, done in accordance
with the internationally-recognised Future-Fit Business
Benchmark, show how thl is performing against the
Future-Fit Break-Even Goals.
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY 24 Health Check Commentary
BE01: Renewable
Energy
PRIORITY GOAL
Renewable energy is a priority future-fit goal. In the prior year, electricity was over 25% of operational emissions (excluding
customer journey). Analysis of renewable energy in grid and purchase options is an ongoing focus in areas with high fossil
fuel in the grid mix. Our San Francisco locations switched to purchasing 100% renewable electricity in FY23, and the new
Camperagent dealership in Australia runs on solar power. Energy efficiency actions are a priority for all branches under our
Ignition programme, focusing on high-impact areas (heating, cooling, lighting, equipment). Canadian branches upgraded
to LED lights in their first year in this programme.
BE02:
Water Use
Water saving is a priority in areas experiencing high water stress, and we have assessed water stress for our new locations.
US sites have maintained a reduction in water use of 50% over the last five years by improving efficiency of high water-use
activities and crew awareness of water saving and leak detection. We are currently testing a new vehicle wash bay water
recycling system in Los Angeles and plan for our new headquarters in New Zealand to recycle 80% of wash bay water. In
Australia, work is under way on options for installing water tanks following site moves. In Waitomo, we work to manage
the health of the water in the cave and karst ecosystem and in water and wastewater treatment plants.
BE03:
Natural
Resources
Waitomo is our only location where we directly manage natural resources we operate in. Our environmental management
practices at Discover Waitomo meet a high standard, guided by the Environmental Management Plan, intensive monitoring
and oversight by the Environmental Management Advisory Group.
BE04:
Procurement
PRIORITY GOAL
Sustainable procurement is a high-priority goal, and we continue to make good progress on our global sustainable
procurement framework. Our first global modern slavery statement was published in October 2023. We have an anti-
modern slavery roadmap in place, and these actions are integrated into a five-year sustainable procurement maturity
framework. We successfully delivered level 3 Practice in FY24 through the work of the Global Sustainable Procurement
Group. We have extended our Supplier Code of Conduct engagement and include this and sustainability clauses in
contracts and tenders. A new sustainable procurement training module for leaders has been rolled out. The SpeakUp
mechanism is now available on the website for any suppliers or others to raise concerns. Future-fit hotspot assessments
were reviewed with a focus on climate and carbon and modern slavery risks. Work to better understand our supplier data is
under way, but as a global business, there is a significant amount to do to fully understand our supply chain risks.
BE05: Operational
(Chemical)
Emissions
Our branch activities do not directly generate measurable liquid, gas or solid emissions released directly into
nature. However, use of some chemical products and a potential for spills is an ongoing risk we manage. For example,
globally, we have had four spills including oil into stormwater drains, chemical AdBlue into a drain and oil spilt on the ground,
which we are addressing through a global project uplift at all locations and improving containment. We are reviewing how
we track, report and measure emissions that may occur from spills at our locations. We will be expanding the scope of this
goal to reflect our expanded manufacturing operations and next year will have separate ratings for manufacturing to reflect
our findings.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl38thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY 24 Health Check Commentary
BE06:
Operational GHGs
PRIORITY GOAL
Reducing operational GHG emissions is a high-priority future-fit goal. Operational emissions increased last health check
as new businesses and locations (an additional 20 sites) and Kiwi Experience tours also resumed. We have added new site
data to the carbon footprint, and this data is used for Carbon Impact reports to track site action plan targets and progress.
We measure, monitor and report operational emissions as part of our annual verified carbon footprint (future-fit Break-Even
Goal 18 relates to our fleet emissions). We have previously set a Science-Aligned Target for Scope 1 and 2 emissions and in
FY25 will be refining this and adding interim and intensity targets based on work undertaken in FY24 to extend our Scope 1,
2 and 3 GHG inventory.
BE07: Operational
Waste
Tackling waste to landfill continues to be a challenge and a priority for improvement in site action plans globally, taking a
refuse, reduce, reuse/repurpose then recycle approach. Successes include expanded surplus item donation programmes,
improving recycling and providing crew training. We are working with suppliers to reduce packaging waste, investigate
product stewardship options and find more circular products. Location moves and site upgrades also generated additional
waste in FY24. In manufacturing, waste reduction efforts focus on expanding recycling and repurposing of materials,
including plywood, cardboard, omnipanel offcuts, pallets and soft plastics.
BE08:
Operational
Encroachment
Our branch and manufacturing operations are generally located in developed, industrial areas with low risk of impact on
sensitive areas, ecosystems and community health. We have a Future-Fit framework to assess encroachment impacts for
new locations that considers these impacts. For the development of our new headquarters Waitomokia in Auckland, future-
fit goals have been considered throughout the design and redevelopment of the site. In Waitomo, we manage operational
impacts on communities and the cave and karst ecosystem and care for cultural sites.
BE09:
Community
Health
We continue to work with partners to protect the health of communities where we operate and where our products
impact, but we have more to do. As part of our global commitment to building our cultural capability and developing
respectful relationships with First Nations Peoples, we have cultural capability plans in place to guide this work. In Australia,
we completed our first Reflect Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) and work is under way on our next Innovate level RAP.
In Canada, 40 leaders completed a full-day cultural awareness training with Indigenous Tourism Alberta. In Aotearoa
New Zealand, our crew were given the opportunity to take te reo Māori classes and our Kōwhaiwhai Oranga groups visited
the Māori Tokikapu Marae (meeting grounds) to develop a deeper understanding of Māori culture and of the local hapū
(sub-tribe) whose caves we manage and many of whom work with us at Discover Waitomo.
BE10: Employee
Health
The business continues to have a firm focus on accelerating our health, safety and wellbeing (HSW) journey. We continue to
invest in training, systems, process and assurance as well as Protect – our new communication programme to connect our
crew to why HSW is a priority at thl. We have developed robust practices to manage our critical risks in a practical, site-based
system as we continue to challenge the effectiveness of our controls.
BE11:
Living Wage
We continue to make progress on this goal. We have extended our assessment of the Living Wage model to the UK, Ireland
and Canada in addition to the US and NZ. We will continue to regularly assess our Future-Fit Wage approach through an
annual review considering minimum wage and Living Wage reference points alongside the Consumer Price Index and any
other external or internal factors.
BE12:
Fair Employment
Terms
We have good fitness for most of the criteria for this goal in each region. We improved our fitness for this goal in the US this
year with changes to increase paid time off for crew that align with this future-fit goal. The USA variation in employment
regulations, including paid leave, had impacted this goal previously.
BE13: Employee
Discrimination
We have the policies, procedures and training in place to achieve this goal. This year, we have commenced work on our
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) Strategy, underpinned by our DEI policy. We have also extended our cultural capability
training globally. These initiatives will continue to evolve and embed through FY25.
BE14: Employee
Concerns
We achieved this goal last year with our new crew concerns anonymous reporting mechanism, our SpeakUp policy, and the
associated campaign and training have been widely communicated throughout the business and have been well received.
We will continue to promote and encourage our crew and suppliers to raise any concerns, including through SpeakUp,
mechanism available internally and externally.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl39thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
OUR FY24 FUTURE-FIT HEALTH CHECK
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY 24 Health Check Commentary
BE15:
Product
Communications
Providing guests and customers with information and support for the safe use of products is critical. We meet this goal and
regularly refresh information materials for guests, responding to feedback to continuously improve. We continue to work
with partners to promote responsible travel in each country. In FY24, we launched the new CanaDream Cares – RV with
Respect programme to guests.
BE16:
Product Concerns
We have robust mechanisms in place for customers to raise concerns at any stage, including roadside assistance so that
guests have the information and support they need before, during and after their journey. Our customers and owners
have channels in multiple languages to raise concerns and get support and advice, and we proactively manage any issues
identified. Our SpeakUp mechanism is now available online for anyone to raise concerns at: www.thlsustainability.com/
suppliers.
BE17:
Product Harm
We are committed to taking steps to minimise the risk of our products causing harm to people or the environment. This
includes issues connected to freedom camping and driving accidents in addition to traffic management on site. We share
responsible travel tips in each country (Tiaki Promise, Travel with Heart, RV with Respect and Leave No Trace) and promote
safe driving to support our customers to avoid causing harm when using our products.
BE18:
Product GHGs
PRIORITY GOAL
This is our highest priority future-fit goal with the highest impact and is the greatest challenge due to the GHG
emissions from our fleet. We continue to engage with suppliers and OEMs in each region to understand transition and
tipping points for low- or zero-emission vehicles suitable for RVs through our Future Fleet programme. We also continue to
measure and report the customer journey emissions for our rental fleet in our carbon footprint.
In FY24, our Carbon Footprint includes all locations, with an operational control approach reflecting a more accurate
representation of the changes to the business following the merger (some of the new locations were partially reported
or excluded in the FY23 footprint). The FY24 footprint also includes extended Scope 3 emissions, calculated using the AI
platform Planet Price, to capture emissions across our business value chain from upstream to downstream emissions.
BE19:
Products can be
Repurposed
PRIORITY GOAL
This goal has been reviewed and is a high-priority future-fit goal following a review of progress on previous priority
goals and reflecting our expanded manufacturing and vehicles sales activity. While recycling infrastructure and rates
for vehicles are established in each region, the complexity and variety of components and materials in a motorhome
make this a challenging goal. Repurposing begins at the design stage of manufacturing from the choice of material
to designing components to be more circular, through the use phase and then proper management to recover materials
at end of life. Understanding new product stewardship, extended producer responsibility and right to repair regulations
and opportunities for circular economy pilots is a focus for the Global Sustainable Procurement Group.
BE20:
Business Ethics
We continue to meet this goal through our Code of Ethics and a Governance and Ethics Committee, ethics training and
regular reviews.
BE21:
Right Tax
As a publicly-listed company, we engage reputable tax advisers to give us confidence that we meet the standards required
for this goal.
BE22:
Lobbying &
Advocacy
We do not undertake lobbying activities directly but continue to engage with tourism and RV industry groups. Through
engagement in these forums, we promote the importance of addressing future-fit sustainability issues and impacts as
an industry.
BE23:
Financial Assets
As a company, we do not directly manage financial investment assets beyond standard financing activities. We have
reviewed this goal and many of the risk areas identified do not apply directly to our activities or are managed in other goals.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl40thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
OUR FY24 FUTURE-FIT HEALTH CHECK
Analysis
The table reflects an overall participation
rate of women within the thl workforce
of 36.6%, the same as last year. The overall
participation rate of women in the thl
workforce (excluding manufacturing) in
FY24 was 46%.
Female representation in Senior Executive
and Management dropped marginally
to 31.3% from 32.9%. However female
representation of Middle Manager and
Supervisory Positions has increased to
40.5% from 38.6%. Female representation
of Non Managers remained static at 36.1%
from 36.4%.
New Zealand increased female
representation across all categories to
52.5% of the workforce (from 50.5% in
FY23. Australia also increased female
representation across all categories with
40.1% of the workforce, up from 36.7%
in FY23. This included a solid increase in
female representation at Senior Executive
and Management level. Our manufacturing
businesses in Australia and New Zealand
have also increased female representation
in the Middle Manager and Supervisory
positions.
In FY24, US female representation across
all categories decreased to 37.5% of
the workforce from 40.1% the previous
year. Female representation across all
categories in Canada also decreased to
44% of the workforce from 52.6% in FY23.
However, female representation at the
Senior Executive and Management level
in Canada increased by 33% (10 pts).
In the UK and Ireland business female
representation decreased across all
categories to 40.8% of the workforce
from 44.1% in FY23. However, female
representation at the Senior Executive and
Management level increased by 8.3 pts and
at the Middle Manager and Supervisory
level female representation increased by
25% (12.5 pts).
We are working to accelerate equitable
pathways at thl, guided by our global DEI
Strategy. Priorities in FY25 include fostering
and developing a diverse leadership
pipeline, proactively encouraging
diverse applicants to apply for all roles,
creating mentoring opportunities to
support emerging leaders and working
to understand and address barriers to
inclusion.
Diversity and inclusion reporting
We continue to report data on gender diversity in FY24 and share
this data here. We aim to mature our understanding of dimensions
of diversity as we move forward with our new global Diversity, Equity
and Inclusion (DEI) Strategy. We will look to report on DEI more broadly
as we improve data collection over time.
Female Representation Summary by Business Units
Female %KMP
Senior Executives
and Management
Middle Managers
and Supervisory
PositionsNon-Managers
Overall
combined Female
representation
across all categories
NZ30.0%61.5%51.6%52.5%
AU3 7. 5%34.9%41.2%40.1%
US26.7%2 7. 9 %40.0%3 7. 5%
CA40.0%52.0%41.8%44.0%
UK and IRE33.3%62.5%34.8%40.8%
ANZ Manufacturing23.1%16.9%12.0%12.9%
Combined Representative35.3%31.3%40.5%36.1%36.6%
Out of balance
(male dominant) (if <40%)
Out of balance
(female dominant)
Balance achieved (40 – 60% or more)
(i.e. female representation is achieved)
Diversity and inclusion reporting is currently
focused on female representation across
the business in four main categories: Key
Management People (KMP) representing
C-Suite executives, senior management,
middle and supervisory level management
and non-management roles. The table
below reflects the outcome of the analysis
undertaken to date.
We continue to learn, improve and
advance our commitment guided
by our DEI Strategy and Roadmap.
We are open to new and diverse
perspectives and are actively seeking input
and guidance from our crew, communities
and partners to identify needs,
opportunities and areas for focus.
The Board endorses and supports the thl
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy and
the global DEI Strategy. It has reviewed and
approved the diversity data categorisation
approach and recognises that there is
more work to be done.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl41thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
Enterprise Risk Management
At thl, we take an integrated
approach to Enterprise Risk
Management (ERM), seeking
to manage risks at all levels of
the organisation. We identify
and manage our strategic,
operational and regulatory
risks using our ERM Framework:
a suite of policies and tools such
as our ERM Policy and our online
Risk Register which allows us
to monitor our risks, including
material risks from, and
contributing to, climate change.
Risks and opportunities identified by our
operational Risk Champions are reviewed
and reported up to Risk Owners in the
Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC).
RIC provides executive-level governance
and a consistent approach to ERM across
thl. In turn, RIC reports key strategic and
‘front and centre’ operational risks up to
the Audit & Risk Committee (ARC), which
provides Board-level oversight of our ERM.
Our critical risks are detailed below,
noting that climate-related risks are
reported to the ARC. Please visit
www.thlsustainability.com for our full
Climate-Related Disclosures drafted
in accordance with the New Zealand
Climate Standards and available online
from 31 October 2024.
FY24 has seen the Responsible
Management team focus on climate
risks and opportunities with an aim to
understand how physical climate risks
could impact our business. We undertook
a Risk Simulation exercise where, with
the support of an external facilitator, we
workshopped how we would respond if
a climate-related cyclone impacted our
Australia and New Zealand businesses,
crew, customers and communities. A wide-
reaching exercise, it showed that thl has
a good resilience ‘muscle’, having been
through a number of challenging situations
over the years and across our international
locations. However, we are not complacent:
we expect that climate-related extreme
weather events will become more frequent
and severe. The Risk Simulation was a
useful exercise to test our response at an
operational level.
In February, we undertook our annual Risk
Culture survey, but this year we surveyed all
our crew rather than just key stakeholders,
with the exception of Manufacturing (as
they had recently undertaken a separate
exercise). With the merger of thl and
Apollo businesses now in the rearview
mirror, we understand that it will still
take some time for risk management
to become embedded and normalised
at all levels of the business. We were
therefore not surprised that, while our Risk
Champions and RIC members have a good
understanding of ERM, this comprehensive
survey with 1,121 responses showed that
we have more work to do in terms of
maturity, with a mixed understanding and
level of comfort with thl’s ERM framework
among our crew. There is a need for better
communication, education and resources
to improve understanding and application
of ERM within the business. This will be a
key focus for FY25.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl42thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
OUR FY24 FUTURE-FIT HEALTH CHECK
RRN
RRN
NORTHERN HEMISPHERE
US, Canada, UK, Europe
SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE
Australia, New Zealand
OPERATIONAL
OVERSIGHTREPORTING, RECOMMENDING AND ESCALATION
EXECUTIVE / SENIOR MANAGEMENT
BOARD
The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for group-wide risks, including those related to climate and modern slavery.
The Board approves thl’s Climate Statements and CRD.
The thl Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC) is comprised of thl’s Executives and Senior Managers
who are Risk Owners. The RIC oversees progress of risk management using the ERM framework. The
Chief Responsibility Officer, who has skills and knowledge of climate and modern slavery risks, oversees
the ERM framework, Climate & Carbon Strategy, including the CRD process, and the Anti-Modern Slavery
Action Plan. The CRO reports key risks up to ARC.
The Executive Team provides Management-level approval, ownership and management of thl Enterprise
Risks including those relating to climate and modern slavery. Climate Risks and Opportunities (CR&O) are
discussed at executive ‘Front & Centre’ meetings and at offsite workshops. Executive Team Risk Owners
participate in the RIC.
The Responsible
Management
(RM) Team is
led by the Chief
Responsibility
Officer (CRO)
who oversees the
ERM framework
and ‘future-fit’
sustainability
programmes
delivered by the
Sustainability
Director and the
GHG Inventory
delivered by
the Risk &
Sustainability
Manager.
RIC
EXECUTIVE TEAM
The thl Regional Risk Networks (RRNs) are comprised of thl’s Risk
Champions and Owners, including Branch / Location Managers and crew
with operational roles. Our ERM framework is implemented at this level and
new risks identified are reported up to the RIC. The RRNs are chaired by the
Risk & Sustainability Manager who is a member of the RM Team.
The thl Health, Safety & Sustainability Committee (HSSC) oversees
the operationalisation of thl’s sustainability efforts, including
the prioritisation of future-fit goals and sustainability initiatives.
The HSSC recommends the setting of science-aligned carbon
reduction targets to the thl Board, oversees thl’s sustainability
strategy and monitors thl’s progress in the achievement of its
carbon reduction targets on behalf of the thl Board.
KEY
ARC
thl
BOARD
RRN
HSCC
RM TEAM
The thl Board Audit & Risk Committee (ARC) oversees thl’s
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) system and the management of
sustainability risks (including climate and modern slavery risks). The
ARC reviews thl’s CRD and makes recommendations to the Board.
Enterprise Risk Management
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl43thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
Risk TitleRisk DescriptionImpactsRisk ControlsOur Resources
Cyber securityWithin our global digital landscape, we face
numerous cyber threats that can severely
impact operations, reputation and customer
trust. One of the most significant risks is the
potential for a data breach and unauthorised
access to sensitive information.
Financial losses due to regulatory
fines, legal settlements and
recovery costs. Loss of customer
trust may also result in reduced
revenue. Business disruption:
for business-critical systems,
productivity could be affected
along with customer service and
overall business continuity.
Implementation of appropriate cyber and data policies,
standards, software and processes outlining how we will address
cyber security risks and protecting our assets in line with our
Written Information Security Programme. Prioritising cyber
risks, undertaking regular risk assessments to identify assets
across our global landscape and implementing strategies to
mitigate risks. Employee training and awareness programmes
tailored to specific business units to share best practices for data
handling procedures and phishing prevention. Several phishing
campaigns have been initiated to address cyber threats and
enhance crew training. There is an ongoing emphasis on data
security, utilising Microsoft products for data labelling and
managing data age. thl Digital will collaborate with the business
to implement a data retention policy.
KNOWLEDGE
FINANCIAL
OUR CREW
Supply chain
disruption
Supply chain issues (shipping delays,
product shortages, manufacturing
disruptions) contributing to delays and/or a
shortage of vehicles, increased manufacture
cost, potentially causing rental booking
cancellations and delaying retail vehicle
deliveries.
Impact on delivery for customers
and/or increase in cost of vehicle
buy/build/maintenance impacting
profitability. Potential reputational
and revenue impact.
Maintain ongoing relationships and communication with
existing suppliers and potential new suppliers; regular
monitoring, review and production meetings; fleet and revenue
planning; increased raw material stock. Reforecast revenue
quarterly in line with reforecasted manufacturing assumptions;
reschedule vehicle sale plans; and explore alternative rental/sales
product types.
NATURE
FINANCIAL
RELATIONSHIP
Major market
shocks or
cyclical/abnormal
macroeconomic
factors
Global or local macroeconomic factors
or market shocks that impact supply or
demand in all or some of the markets
we operate in, including pandemic,
war, terrorism, economic recession and
geopolitical tensions. Some markets in
which thl operates remain in recession with
the potential for other markets to revert
back into recession.
Market shocks or abnormal
macroeconomic factors can
lead to a material reduction and/
or increased volatility in rental
demand, positive or negative
vehicle sales margin and overall
tourism visitor numbers. This in
turn would have a significant
impact on profitability, liquidity
and potentially capital structure.
Active monitoring of global trends and the economic
environment; agility and diversification in business models,
product offerings and across geographies. Development of
domestic tourism and non-tourism markets and non-RV-related
manufacturing. Long-term fixed costs and commitments
minimised where appropriate to maintain cost flexibility.
Monitoring of the forward-booking trends to detect changes and
adapt pricing or fleet as required. Strong fiscal management of
balance sheet through means such as having a liquid fleet asset
base and re-financing of banking facilities with greater capacity
and more favourable terms, allowing us to quickly adjust debt
levels and tolerance.
KNOWLEDGE
FINANCIAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
Long-term
global inflation
Long-term global inflation could cause
detrimental impact to vehicle sales margins
and overall business model, as seen with
OEM pricing, shipping and other supply
chain increases.
A significant reduction in
profitability could occur if long-
term inflation becomes embedded
in the manufacturing supply chain
and these cost rises are not able to
be passed on to vehicle purchasers,
causing a loss of sales margin and
threatening the overall business
model.
Fleet planning consideration given to impact on return on funds
employed (ROFE); regular meetings and active monitoring of
supply chain and availability; reviewing and adjusting fleet sales
scheduling.
FINANCIALS
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl44thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
Risk TitleRisk DescriptionImpactsRisk ControlsOur Resources
Competitor
behaviour
disrupts market
New or existing competitors entering
or expanding in the market (including
manufacturers entering the rentals space).
Peer-to-peer market continuing to grow.
Additional fleet supply and new
entrant behaviours alter market
dynamics, putting business model,
revenue and profitability at risk.
Regular fleet and pricing review; price checks; mystery shoppers;
competitor assessments; multi-channel distribution presence;
explore alternative rental / sales product types. Continued
product development based on current customer need.
KNOWLEDGE
FINANCIAL
RELATIONSHIPS
Megatrends in
tourism
Market shifts, technology advancements
and changing preference/attitudes can
cause shifts in tourism patterns and
demands both in the short and long-term.
Reduction in inbound tourism
reduces demand, impacting
profitability and ROFE.
External factors increase the
cost of air travel. Potential
reputational impact.
Maintain presence in core markets through geographic
spread of thl businesses; develop new markets; continue
to source non-tourism revenue opportunities and to
engage with tourism bodies; monitor economic/external
environment; manage balance sheet ratios, flex fleet; drive
and communicate sustainability progress to meet/anticipate
customer expectations.
NATURE
OUR CREW
Regulatory and
legal compliance
Changing governments or political contexts
can result in sudden changes in regulatory
and legal standards. With thl operating in
several countries and industries (including
tourism, automotive manufacturing and
transportation), the legislative context
is complex.
Potential legal, financial and
reputational impacts such as
exposure to litigation, revenue
loss and operational disruption.
Monitoring of upcoming legal policy and compliance
changes through engagement with legal advisers in each
region. The thl Future Fleet Global Scan highlights changing
regulation with regard to internal combustion engine vehicle
import cut-off dates and eRV charging infrastructure.
OUR CREW
FINANCIAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
Vehicle
technological
and obsolescence
risks
Our business currently relies on motorhome
manufacturing, rentals and sales. There
are several potential risks associated with
the possible poor selection of future fleet
and investment in new, low-emission
vehicle technology alongside the expected
rapid pace of technology change. Evolving
technology and regulatory changes such as
internal combustion engine sales / import
cut-off dates may cause parts for repair
to no longer be available and/or entire
vehicles to become obsolete.
Early adoption of the wrong
product (in volume) leads to having
a fleet profile that is misaligned
with demand, a lack of reduction
in emissions contributing to
climate change and financial
consequences. Obsolescence of
existing fleet has a risk that it could
lead to impairment of all or some
of fleet, operational impacts of
poor decisions and disruption to
daily activity.
Continue delivery of the Future Fleet programme including
Future Fleet eRV trials and regular external Future Fleet Global
Scans providing an overview of regulation, low-emissions
technology tipping points, renewable energy infrastructure
and climate trends. ‘Small bets often’ is the mitigation mantra.
NATURE
FINANCIAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
Labour supply
risk: recruitment
and retention
Globally, recruitment challenges are easing
with some locational hotspots and some
roles still tight on supply. Overall, we remain
in a low unemployment environment with
continued wage pressures in all jurisdictions.
The challenge continues to prepare to have
the right number of crew with the right skills
to deliver operationally. This is a particular
risk in the lead-up to peak periods.
Lack of skilled labour and
sustainable labour force/high
churn impacting operations and
customer offering. Loss or lack
of key crew members (such as
from increased cost of working
holiday visas) resulting in loss of
knowledge, skills or reputation
that could impair the execution
of the business strategic plan.
Clear strategies to retain our crew through personal
development plans, wellbeing and appropriate remuneration
for each role where possible aligned with our Future-Fit Wage.
Regarding talent acquisition, our brand as an employer of choice
has been redefined to reflect the significant opportunities of
our merged businesses and development of assets to support
effective recruitment is under way. Continue to keep watching
brief on availability of visitor working visas and permits in the
different regions in which we operate.
OUR CREW
FINANCIAL
RELATIONSHIPS
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl45thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
Risk TitleRisk DescriptionImpactsRisk ControlsOur Resources
Health, Safety &
Wellbeing (HSW)
The safety of our crew and customers
remains a critical priority to thl. The key
operational health and safety risks to
our business to proactively manage are
onsite traffic management, working at
heights, manufacturing services and
adventure tourism.
Potential for serious injury
or loss of life; financial and
reputational consequences;
operational disruption; impact
on mental health of those
directly and indirectly impacted
by a HSW event.
Protect programme embedded throughout rental and retail
business to connect the purpose of managing HSW to all crew,
especially those in high-risk environments. Regular internal
and external site audits and assessments are undertaken, with
outcomes being captured as part of ongoing risk assessments.
HSW team working within operational business units to
capitalise on global learnings and implement best practices at a
site level; process, procedure and training remains a core growth
area in the business. Ongoing assessment of high-risk tasks,
equipment and products, including assessing latest technology
that may enable risk elimination. New HSW recording system
is being rolled out throughout business with clear connection
of risks to incidents and near misses, allowing us to continue to
monitor and improve our controls.
OUR CREW
FINANCIAL
RELATIONSHIPS
Extreme weather
events, including
from climate
change
Globally, extreme weather events continue
to cause disruption and ongoing impacts
to the communities we operate in and the
destinations our customers visit. According
to the IPCC’s most recent report on climate
adaptation, disasters fuelled by the climate
crisis are already worse than scientists
originally predicted. These weather events
have the potential to impact operations and
infrastructure, cause loss of fleet and disrupt
our customers’ travel plans to tourism
destinations as well as posing a potential
safety risk.
Disruption to travel infrastructure
impacting customers, crew
or suppliers and/or impacting
operations. Disruption to our
tourism businesses including
the Discover Waitomo tours,
cave and karst ecosystem and
glowworm population.
Continue to proactively monitor potential significant events
and climate conditions and their possible impact on our
customers, crew and assets; regular training and crew
awareness/engagement. Telematics enables us to identify
who is in/near impacted areas and provide advance warning.
Consider proactive improvements to locations to minimise
impacts from weather events.
We recently undertook a climate-related extreme weather
event Risk Simulation which tested the emergency
preparedness of Australian and New Zealand leaders.
thl Climate Risks & Opportunities will be disclosed separately
in thl’s Climate Statements report in alignment with the
XRB Climate Standards. See Our carbon footprint section
of this report for more information.
NATURE
FINANCIAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
Mass safety
recalls
Voluntary or required product recalls on
OEM-built product occur from time to time
and are overseen by a regulator. All factory
recalls are controlled and managed by
the manufacturer.
Serious safety concerns could lead to
grounding of fleets and could relate to
OEM-built product or vehicle components.
Potential serious injury or
death as a result of defective
manufacturing practices,
processes or component failure.
Impacts also include operational
disruption and impacts
to reputation.
Preventive controls include targeting reputable
manufacturers and aiming to have, where possible, a diverse
range of products, putting in place service-level agreements
with major suppliers and extended warranties.
We also have procedures in place covering recall processes
with regular Steering Committee meetings and a reporting
system to verify that all vehicles are actioned or repaired.
OUR CREW
FINANCIAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl46thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSDISCLOSURES
-38°31’ S — 143°57’ E
Financials
Directors’ Statement 48
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 49
Consolidated statement of financial position 50
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 51
Consolidated statement of cash flows 52
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 53
Independent Auditor’s Report 101
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl47thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCE
FINANCIALS
Directors’ Statement
The Directors of Tourism Holdings Limited (thl) are pleased to present to shareholders,
the Annual Financial Statements for thl and its controlled entities (together the ‘Group’)
for the year ended 30 June 2024.
The Directors are responsible for presenting financial statements in accordance with
New Zealand law and generally accepted accounting practice, which present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024 and the
results of the Group’s operations and cash flows for the year ended on that date.
The Directors consider the financial statements of the Group have been prepared using
accounting policies which have been consistently applied and supported by reasonable
judgements and estimates and that all relevant financial reporting and accounting
standards have been followed.
The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been kept which enable, with
reasonable accuracy, the determination of the financial position of the Group and facilitate
compliance of the financial statements with the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Directors consider that they have taken adequate steps to safeguard the assets
of the Group, and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Internal control
procedures are also considered to be sufficient to provide a reasonable assurance as
to the integrity and reliability of the financial statements.
This document constitutes the 2024 Annual Report to shareholders of
Tourism Holdings Limited.
This Annual Report is signed on behalf of the Board by:
Cathy Quinn ONZM
Chair of the Board
27 August 2024
Rob Hamilton
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl48
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Notes
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Sales of services2.1440,583 306,988
Sales of goods2.2481,148 356,853
Total revenue921,731 663,841
Cost of sales2.2(374,179) (257,654)
Gross profit547,552 406,187
Administration expenses4(110,288) (86,926)
Operating expenses4(328,542) (238,894)
Other operating income32,374 8,487
Impairment loss14.1(12,481)–
Operating profit before financing costs
(1)
98,615 88,854
Finance income3,265 629
Finance expenses6(43,470) (23,298)
Net finance costs(40,205) (22,669)
Share of profit from associates–812
Profit before income tax expense58,410 66,997
Income tax expense7.1(19,034) (17,139)
Profit for the financial year39,376 49,858
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve movement (net of tax)
19(315) 2,233
Cash flow hedge reserve movement (net of tax)19(855) 1,697
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Equity investment reserve movement (net of tax)
19(2,281) 1,638
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the financial year(3,451) 5,568
Total comprehensive income for the financial year35,925 55,426
Earnings per shareCENTSCENTS
Basic earnings per share818.226.4
Diluted earnings per share818.126.1
(1) The consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes one non-GAAP measure (that is, operating profit
before financing costs or ‘EBIT’) which is not a defined term in New Zealand International Financial Reporting
Standards (‘NZ IFRS’). The Directors and management believe that this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful
information to assist readers in understanding the Group’s financial performance. This measure should not be viewed
in isolation and is intended to supplement the NZ GAAP measures. Therefore, it may not be comparable to similarly
titled amounts reported by other companies.
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl49thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Notes
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
10829,284659,291
Intangible assets14186,462190,315
Investments1714823,275
Derivative financial instruments261,2692,422
Right-of-use assets11130,089145,010
Deferred tax assets7.3683–
Total non-current assets1,147,9351,020,313
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
56,78576,794
Trade and other receivables2171,08364,035
Inventories13221,216181,928
Investments178266
Current tax receivables–13
Derivative financial instruments26357421
Total current assets349,523323,257
Total assets1,497,4581,343,570
Notes
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
20385,515250,715
Deferred tax liabilities7.345,49536,987
Lease liabilities126,909139,226
Employee benefits27300233
Total non-current liabilities558,219427,161
Current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
20117,157111,225
Trade and other payables2282,63362,033
Revenue in advance2369,24375,980
Employee benefits2719,91419,115
Provisions2,7523,495
Derivative financial instruments26105–
Current tax payables9,96812,903
Lease liabilities20,57920,703
Total current liabilities322,351305,454
Total liabilities880,570732,615
Net assets616,888610,955
Equity
Share capital
18516,402503,007
Cash flow hedge reserve191,1632,018
Other reserves1915,13418,081
Retained earnings84,18987,849
Total equity616,888610,955
Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2024
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
50PERFORMANCEABOUT thl50thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Notes
Share
capital
$000’s
Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$000’s
Other
reserves
$000’s
Retained
earnings
$000’s
Total
Equity
$000’s
Balance as at 1 July 2023503,0072,01818,08187,849610,955
Profit for the financial year–––39,37639,376
Other comprehensive loss
for the financial year
–(855)(2,596)–(3,451)
Total comprehensive
(loss)/income for the
financial year
–(855)(2,596)39,37635,925
Transactions with owners,
recorded directly in equity
Dividends paid9–––(42,031)(42,031)
Ordinary shares issued1812,233–––12,233
Transfers from employee
share scheme reserve
181,162–(1,754)592–
Share-based payments29––(194)–(194)
Transfer from equity
investment reserve
19––1,597(1,597)–
Balance as at 30 June 2024516,4021,16315,13484,189616,888
Notes
Share
capital
$000’s
Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$000’s
Other
reserves
$000’s
Retained
earnings
$000’s
Total
equity
$000’s
Balance as at 1 July 2022278,98332114,66437,700331,668
Profit for the financial year–––49,85849,858
Other comprehensive
income for the financial year
–1,6973,871–5,568
Total comprehensive
income for the
financial year
–1,6973,87149,85855,426
Transactions with owners,
recorded directly in equity
Ordinary shares issued for
the acquisition of Apollo
15.2,18212,889–––212,889
Ordinary shares issued as
part of consideration for
51% acquisition of Just go
15.3,188,031–––8,031
Ordinary shares issued18779–––779
Transfers from employee
share scheme reserve
182,325–(2,616)291–
Share-based payments29––2,162–2,162
Balance as at 30 June 2023503,0072,01818,08187,849610,955
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl51thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers
446,001316,907
Proceeds from sale of goods471,742352,441
Interest received3,265531
Payments to suppliers and employees(619,716)(400,085)
Purchase of rental assets(345,121)(312,082)
Interest paid(41,756)(23,542)
Net income tax (paid)/received(10,057)4,403
Net cash flows used in operating activities30(95,642)(61,427)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
43058,619
Purchase of property, plant and equipment(12,078)(7,014)
Purchase of intangibles(4,010)(5,107)
Proceeds from sale of investments1720,821–
Purchase consideration for the Camperagent acquisition15.1(11,839)–
Net cash received as part of the Apollo business combination15.2–50,602
Net cash received as part of the step acquisition of Just go15.3–4,374
Advance to joint venture–(172)
Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities(6,676)101,302
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of share options
181,780975
Proceeds from interest-bearing loans and borrowings30.3733,317417,741
Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings30.3(593,934)(400,873)
Repayment of lease liability principal 30.3(25,304)(21,938)
Dividends paid(33,354)–
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities82,505(4,095)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents(19,813)35,780
Opening cash and cash equivalents 76,79438,816
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and
cash equivalents
(196)2,198
Closing cash and cash equivalents 56,78576,794
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl52thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Index
Section A – Financial performance 56
1 Segment reporting 56
2 Revenue 60
3 Other operating income 61
4 Administration and operating expenses 61
5 Employee benefits expense 62
6 Finance expenses 62
7 Income tax 62
8 Earnings per share 65
9 Dividends 65
Section B – Assets used to generate profit 66
10 Property, plant and equipment 66
11 Right-of-use assets 68
12 Capital commitments 70
13 Inventories 70
14 Intangible assets 71
Section C – Investments 75
15 Business combinations 75
16 Material subsidiaries of Tourism Holdings Limited 78
17 Investments 78
Section D – Managing funding 79
18 Share capital 79
19 Reserves 79
20 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 80
21 Trade and other receivables 82
22 Trade and other payables 83
23 Revenue in advance 83
24 Financial instruments 84
Section E – Managing risk 87
25 Financial risk management 87
26 Derivative financial instruments 90
Section F – Other 92
27 Employee benefits 92
28 Key management personnel and related party disclosures 92
29 Share-based payments 93
30 Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows 98
31 Auditor’s remuneration 99
32 Contingencies 100
33 Subsequent events 100
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl53thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
About this report
Basis of preparation
The primary operations of Tourism Holdings Limited (the ‘Company’ or ‘thl’) and its
subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) are the manufacture, rental and sale of recreational
vehicles (RVs) including motorhomes, campervans and caravans and other tourism
related activities. The Company is domiciled in New Zealand.
Tourism Holdings Limited is a company registered under the Companies Act 1993 and
is an FMC reporting entity under Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Company’s shares are dual listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and the
Australian Securities Exchange (ticker code: THL).
The registered office is:
Level 1, 83 Beach Road
Auckland 1010
New Zealand
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared:
• in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in New Zealand (NZ GAAP)
and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting
Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as
applicable for a ‘for profit’ entity;
• in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013
and the NZX Main Board Listing Rules;
• under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain
assets and liabilities as identified in specific accounting policies; and
• in New Zealand dollars with values rounded to thousands ($000’s) unless
otherwise stated.
These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
These consolidated financial statements were approved for issue on 27 August 2024.
Throughout this document, critical accounting estimates are identified using the
following key:
Material accounting policies
Critical accounting estimates
Summary of significant accounting policies
(a) Consolidation
The Group consolidates its subsidiaries, as these are the entities over which the Group
has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to,
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date
on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that
control ceases.
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between
Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated but considered
an impairment indicator of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have
been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the
Group. Information on the Group’s subsidiaries can be found in note 16.
(b) Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured
using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates
(‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in
New Zealand dollars, rounded to the nearest thousand, which is the Company’s
functional and presentation currency.
Translation into presentation currency
The results and financial position of all the Group entities with foreign operations (none
of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency
different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency
as follows:
(i) assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position (‘balance sheet’)
presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
(ii) income and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates; and
(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are
treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl54thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Transactions and balances in the functional currency
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the
exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and
losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at
year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are recognised in profit or loss, except when deferred in equity as qualifying
cash flow hedges.
At the end of each reporting period:
(i) Foreign currency monetary items are translated using the closing rate;
(ii) Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign
currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction; and
(iii) Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are
translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was measured.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl55thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
In this section
This section explains the financial operations of thl, providing additional information
about individual items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income,
including segmental information, certain expenses and dividend distribution information.
1. Segment reporting
thl is organised into geographic and service type operating segments. They are made up
of the following business operations:
New Zealand Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental
fleet direct to the public and through a dealer network;
Action Manufacturing – Manufacturing and the sale of motorhomes and other speciality
vehicles;
Tourism – Kiwi Experience and the Discover Waitomo Caves Group experiences;
Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing – Rental of motorhomes and 4WD vehicles,
manufacture of RVs, the sale of new and used RVs and ex-rental fleet direct to the public
and through a dealer network and Australian Group Support Services;
United States Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental
fleet directly to the public and through a dealer network;
Canada Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental fleet
directly to the public and through a dealer network;
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales – Rental of motorhomes and the sale of new and ex-rental
fleet directly to the public and through a dealer network; and
Corporate – New Zealand Group Support Services and thl digital.
Section A – Financial performance
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting
provided to the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible
for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been
identified as the executive management team together with the Board of Directors
(the Board), who make strategic decisions.
Operating profit/(loss) before interest and tax is the main financial measure used by the
CODM to review the Group’s performance.
All revenue is reported to the executive team on a basis consistent with that used in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group is not reliant on any one
external individual customer for 10 per cent or more of the Group’s revenue. Operating
expenses incurred by one segment on behalf of another and recharged on a cost-recovery
basis are presented on a net basis. Intra-group dividends are presented net of
eliminations. Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the
consolidated statement of financial position. These assets and liabilities are allocated
based on the operations of the segment, and the physical location for assets.
Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets,
right-of-use assets, inventories, trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents
used in the operations of the segments. The investments and derivatives designated as
hedges of borrowings are allocated to the ‘Corporate’ operating segment as these are
managed and monitored on a Group basis.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl56thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
1. Segment reporting (continued)
2024
New Zealand
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
Action
Manufacturing
$000’s
Tourism
$000’s
Australia
Rentals, Sales &
Manufacturing
$000’s
United States
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
Canada
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
UK/Ireland
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
Corporate
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Sales of services110,6286041,952129,37087,32951,21218,9971,035440,583
Sales of goods - external37,01573,939–246,82270,06836,69216,612–481,148
Sales of goods - inter-segment–104,503––2,01299915,621–123,135
Total segment revenue147,643178,50241,952376,192159,40988,90351,2301,0351,044,866
Depreciation(20,151)(4,364)(1,464)(32,289)(23,838)(9,313)(3,960)(563)(95,942)
Amortisation(19)(16)(623)544(123)310–(1,493)(1,420)
Impairment loss––––––(12,481)–(12,481)
Other costs - external(81,797)(61,980)(26,889)(302,518)(132,481)(66,722)(32,060)(10,419)(714,866)
Other costs - inter-segment–(98,253)––(1,925)(1,022)(15,484)–(116,684)
Segment operating profit/(loss)
before finance costs
45,67613,88912,97641,9291,04212,156(12,755)(11,440)103,473
Interest income–131–319317931101,5573,265
Interest expense(3,839)(1,194)(999)(12,872)(12,516)(8,633)(3,308)(109)(43,470)
Segment profit/(loss) before income tax41,83712,82611,97729,376(11,157)4,454(16,053)(9,992)63,268
Segment income tax (expense)/benefit(11,169)(3,591)(4,357)(7,500)3,012(739)3731,889(22,082)
Segment profit/(loss) for the financial year30,6689,2357,62021,876(8,145)3,715(15,680)(8,103)41,186
Other segment disclosures
Capital expenditure
129,1832,55438582,88477,83731,97637,9103,153365,882
Non-current assets245,29324,17413,865358,319265,419167,26156,13125,8821,156,344
Total assets285,97373,87716,134525,848302,559194,03867,05940,4401,505,928
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl57thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023
New Zealand
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
Action
Manufacturing
$000’s
Tourism
$000’s
Australia
Rentals, Sales &
Manufacturing
$000’s
United States
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
Canada
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
UK/Ireland
Rentals & Sales
$000’s
Corporate
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Sales of services77,029–25,069106,41478,65612,0666,6141,140306,988
Sales of goods - external47,20447,007–132,33297,74122,37210,052145356,853
Sales of goods - inter-segment–71,497––––––71,497
Total segment revenue124,233118,50425,069238,746176,39734,43816,6661,285735,338
Depreciation(13,144)(3,394)(1,470)(22,251)(21,176)(2,959)(2,366)(665)(67,425)
Amortisation(155)(32)(621)(459)(117)(73)–(1,018)(2,475)
Other costs - external(78,806)(39,572)(16,686)(179,996)(141,635)(30,822)(16,157)(1,707)(505,381)
Other costs - inter-segment–(67,208)––––––(67,208)
Segment operating profit/(loss)
before financing costs
32,1288,2986,29236,04013,469584(1,857)(2,105)92,849
Interest income–60–408123106(45)(23)629
Interest expense(682)(752)(61)(6,285)(5,758)(4,346)(1,222)(4,192)(23,298)
Share of profit from associates––––––812–812
Segment profit/(loss) before income tax31,4467,6066,23130,1637,834(3,656)(2,312)(6,320)70,992
Segment income tax (expense)/benefit(9,260)(2,130)(1,856)(4,682)(2,042)1,810345676(17,139)
Segment profit/(loss) for the financial year22,1865,4764,37525,4815,792(1,846)(1,967)(5,644)53,853
Other segment disclosures
Capital expenditure
67,0434,03845462,725125,31549,43817,587742327,342
Non-current assets138,69926,90315,659284,072267,109195,43061,29240,3341,029,498
Total assets
(1)
170,40580,75017,538431,358305,853209,66876,43061,3011,353,303
(1) Provisional goodwill of $102.1 million at 30 June 2023 acquired from the Apollo business combination was reallocated from the Corporate segment to the Australia Rentals & Sales and New Zealand Rentals & Sales operating segments
of $95.1 million and $7.0 million respectively.
1. Segment reporting (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl58thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Reconciliation of reportable segment revenue and profit before income tax
RevenueProfit before tax
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Segment total1,044,866735,33863,26870,992
Consolidation adjustments relating to intra-group sale of goods
(1)
(123,135)(71,497)(4,858)(3,995)
Consolidated total921,731663,84158,41066,997
Reconciliation of reportable segment assets
Non-current assetsTotal assets
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Segment total1,156,3441,029,4981,505,9281,353,303
Consolidation adjustments relating to intra-group sale of goods
(1)
(8,409)(9,185)(8,470)(9,733)
Consolidated total1,147,9351,020,3131,497,4581,343,570
(1) This consolidation adjustment relates to the elimination of internal sales and purchases of rental fleet vehicles between the Group’s operating segments. Sales and purchases of rental fleet vehicles and inventory between the
Australian manufacturing, retail and rental businesses are eliminated within the Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing operating segment.
1. Segment reporting (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl59
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2. Revenue
The revenue earned by the Group is derived from the satisfaction of one or more
performance obligations, which are satisfied at a point in time or over a period
of time.
(i) Sales of services
Sales of services comprises rental income and service revenue.
Rental income
Leases in which the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards
of ownership of an asset are classified as operating leases as a lessor. Rental
income is recognised in the accounting period in which the services are rendered,
by reference to completion of the specific transaction. Where the rental covers a
period of more than one day, revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis based
on the number of days of the booking that have occurred by year-end as a
proportion of the total number of days in the booking. The portion of the revenue
that occurs after year-end is shown as revenue in advance on the statement of
financial position.
Service revenue
Service revenue comprises various performance obligations (rental add-ons such
as accessories and customer liability reduction) in which satisfaction in most cases
occurs evenly over the rental period and is recognised accordingly. The Group
recognises this revenue over time, as the customer simultaneously receives and
consumes the benefits provided by the Group’s performance.
Sales from tourism services are recognised when the service is rendered to the
customer and are recognised in the accounting period in which the performance
obligation is satisfied, being when the customer obtains the benefit from the
service. It relates to the satisfaction of a number of performance obligations at a
point in time; the contract price that is determined for any single performance
obligation is based with reference to the stand-alone price and no significant
financing components exist, as the transaction is settled within 12 months from
the transaction date. There are no costs to obtain or fulfil the contract.
The Group prices its services on a fixed basis and the pricing is fixed and
determinable when the duly executed arrangement is finalised. It has also been
determined that there are no significant financing components as part of the
Group’s sale of services arrangements.
Revenue from these sales is recognised net of the estimated discounts or other
promotions. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the
discounts, using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to the
extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
(ii) Sales of goods
The Group sells a range of RVs including motorhomes, campervans, caravans,
accessories and other merchandise. Sales are recognised when control of the
goods has transferred, being when the goods are delivered to the customer and
the customer has the ability to direct the use of the goods. It relates to the
satisfaction of a single performance obligation at a point in time; the contract price
is determined and no significant financing components exist as the transaction is
settled within 12 months from the transaction date and there are no costs to obtain
or fulfil the contract.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl60thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2.1 Sales of services
Sales of services includes revenue from rental of motorhomes, Wi-Fi, accessories,
additional services relating to the rental of motorhomes, revenue from RV repairs
and servicing and the sale of tourism experiences (for Kiwi Experience and Waitomo)
and app subscriptions income (thl digital).
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Rental revenue315,596232,853
Service revenue124,98774,135
Total sales of services440,583306,988
The expected minimum lease payments to be received on lease of motorhomes, based on
the booked rentals as of balance date, are as follows:
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Within one year27,65427,104
Within one to two years426
Total minimum lease payments27,65827,130
2.2 Sales of goods
Sales of goods includes revenue from the sale of motorhomes, caravans, other specialty
vehicles and other merchandise.
Cost of goods includes the net book value of ex-rental fleet sold and the purchase price of
new vehicles, trade-ins and retail goods sold.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Sales of goods481,148356,853
Cost of sales(374,179)(257,654)
Gross profit106,96999,199
3. Other operating income
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Other income2,5953,339
Fair value gains on financial assets recognised at fair value through
profit or loss
181,638
Gain on previously held equity instrument
(1)
–3,510
Loss on disposals of non-fleet assets(239)–
Other operating income2,3748,487
(1) For the financial year ended 30 June 2023, $3.5 million relates to the Group’s revaluation of its previously held 49%
shareholding in Just go.
4. Administration and operating expenses
Administration and operating expenses include:
Notes
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Depreciation10,1194,35467,131
Amortisation141,4202,475
Repairs and maintenance including damage repairs40,37532,259
Marketing costs13,2639,370
Information technology costs11,3257,822
Raw materials and consumables5,6483,099
Rental and lease costs5,4353,614
Transaction costs
(1)
–5,760
Net foreign exchange gain(612)(812)
(1) For the financial year ended 30 June 2023 transaction costs from the Apollo merger of $5.8 million were expensed
through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
2. Revenue (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl61thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
5. Employee benefits expense
Employee entitlements to salaries and wages and annual leave to be settled
within 12 months of the reporting date represent present obligations resulting
from employees’ services provided up to the reporting date. These are calculated
at undiscounted amounts based on remuneration rates that the Group expects
to pay.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Wages and salaries167,975120,109
Share-based payments6931,226
Other employee benefits5,7984,123
Total employee remuneration174,466125,458
6. Finance expenses
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Interest on interest-bearing loans and borrowings35,43616,949
Interest on lease liabilities8,0346,349
Total finance expenses43,47023,298
7. Income tax
The Group is subject to income taxes in multiple jurisdictions. Significant judgement
is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many
transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is subject of a
thorough review. In the event of uncertain tax positions, the Group recognises a tax
liability when there is an expected future outflow of funds to a taxation authority. In
such cases, a provision is made for the most likely amount or expected value to be
settled. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts
that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred
tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Current and deferred income tax
Income tax expenses comprises current tax and deferred tax.
Current tax is the amount of income tax payable based on the taxable profit for the
current year, plus any adjustments to income tax payable in respect of prior years.
Current tax is calculated using rates that have been enacted or substantially
enacted by balance date.
Deferred tax is the amount of income tax payable or recoverable in future periods
in respect of temporary differences and unused tax losses. Temporary differences
are differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the
financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation
of taxable profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary
differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that
taxable profits will be available, against which the deductible temporary
differences or tax losses can be utilised.
Deferred tax is not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial
recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of an asset and liability in a
transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction,
affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.
Deferred tax is recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on
investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the company can control
the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary
difference will not be reversed in the foreseeable future.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl62thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period
when the liability is settled or the asset is realised, using tax rates that have been
enacted or substantially enacted by balance date.
Current tax and deferred tax are charged or credited to profit or loss, except when
it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is
classified within equity.
7.1 Income tax expense
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Income tax expense
Current tax expense for the financial year
14,16315,182
Adjustment for prior financial years(2,048)–
Total current tax expense12,11515,182
Deferred tax expense
Increase in deferred tax assets
(5,106)(3)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities12,0251,960
Total deferred tax expense6,9191,957
Total income tax expense19,03417,139
7.2 Reconciliation of income tax expense
The tax on profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise
using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the consolidated companies.
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024 the weighted average effective tax rate was
32.6% (2023: 25.6%). The impairment of goodwill allocated to the UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales
operating segment has resulted in a higher weighted average effective tax rate and an
increase in expenses not deductible for tax purposes for the 2024 financial year.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Profit before income tax expense58,41066,997
Tax calculated at domestic rates applicable to the profits/(losses) in
the respective countries
16,40318,947
Prior year adjustments(3,345)(775)
Non-assessable income
(1)
(155)(2,454)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes5,0211,655
Recognised deferred tax on share-based payments602(234)
Adjustment from removal of depreciation on New Zealand
commercial buildings
588–
Other adjustments(80)–
Income tax expense19,03417,139
(1) The non-assessable income includes income from the Group’s equity investment in Just go to 30 September 2022
and fair value gain from acquiring the remaining 51% shareholding in Just go (note 15.3).
7. Income tax (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl63thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
7.3 Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forward to the
extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable
profits is probable.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally
enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current liabilities and
when the deferred income tax relates to the same fiscal authority.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset in the consolidated statement of financial
position and presented as a net deferred tax liability where the Group has a legally
enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and when the Group either intends
to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Deferred tax assets683–
Deferred tax liabilities(45,495)(36,987)
Net deferred tax liabilities(44,812)(36,987)
The movement in the deferred tax assets and liabilities is provided below:
2024
Opening
balance
as at
1 July
2023
$000’s
Recognised
in profit
or loss
$000’s
Recognised
in equity
$000’s
Closing
balance
as at
30 June
2024
$000’s
Tax losses45,843(2,163)–43,680
Provisions13,0467,519–20,565
Derivative financial instruments2,43272–2,504
Lease liabilities4,006(367)–3,639
Reserves1,12145(1,166)–
Deferred tax assets66,4485,106(1,166)70,388
Property, plant and equipment(92,536)(11,015)–(103,551)
Intangible assets(5,967)(1,720)–(7,687)
Derivative financial instruments(3,823)–384(3,439)
Trade and other receivables(1,109)710–(399)
Reserves––(124)(124)
Deferred tax liabilities(103,435)(12,025)260 (115,200)
Net deferred tax liabilities(36,987)(6,919)(906)(44,812)
7. Income tax (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl64thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023
Opening
balance
as at
1 July
2022
$000’s
Acquired
from
business
combina-
tions
$000’s
Recognised
in profit
or loss
$000’s
Recognised
in equity
$000’s
Closing
balance
as at
30 June
2023
$000’s
Tax losses
(1)
33,8455,7836,215–45,843
Provisions3,8504,2954,901–13,046
Derivative financial instruments6391,793––2,432
Lease liabilities2,4051,601––4,006
Reserves–804–3171,121
Deferred tax assets40,73914,27611,11631766,448
Property, plant and equipment(54,837)(24,419)(13,280)–(92,536)
Intangible assets–(6,174)207–(5,967)
Derivative financial instruments(1,639)(1,396)–(788)(3,823)
Trade and other receivables(340)(769)––(1,109)
Deferred tax liabilities(56,816)(32,758)(13,073)(788) (103,435)
Net deferred tax liabilities(16,077)(18,482)(1,957)(471)(36,987)
(1) Balances recognised and assumed from business combinations from Just go and Apollo were $2.3 million and
$16.2 million respectively.
8. Earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of
ordinary shares to assume conversion of all dilutive shares arising from the employee
share scheme (refer to note 29).
Basic and diluted profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company is
$39,376,000 (2023: $49,858,000).
20242023
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic)216,763,433189,009,054
Effect of conversion of redeemable shares and options
if exercised
1,040,2631,808,000
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)217,803,696190,817,054
9. Dividends
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability
in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are
approved by the Board.
20242023
Cents
per share$000’s
Cents
per share$000’s
2023 final dividend15.032,247––
2024 interim dividend4.59,784––
Total dividends on ordinary shares42,031–
Dividends not recognised in the consolidated
statement of financial position
Dividends determined since reporting date
2024 final dividend (refer note 33)
5.0 10,911––
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Imputation credits available for use in subsequent
reporting periods
New Zealand imputation credit account (NZD)
11,67314,682
Australia franking credit account (AUD)439 7,903
The above amounts represent the balance of the imputation and franking account as at
the end of the financial year, adjusted for:
• Imputation credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision
for income tax;
• Imputation debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability
at the reporting date; and
• Imputation credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables
at the reporting date.
7. Income tax (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl65thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
10. Property, plant and equipment
The Group estimates the residual values of the fleet in order to depreciate
motorhome assets using the straight-line method. This estimate of the useful life
and the residual value of the vehicle is based on when it is expected to be taken out
of the rental fleet. The residual value is influenced by its condition, the mileage on
the motorhome and the consumer demand within the relevant resale market. The
Group also considers the market conditions and the impact any changes could have
on the estimates as part of the overall fleet management programme. The Group
completes an annual review of the appropriateness of the residual values and useful
lives that have been used by reviewing the gains/losses made on recent sales and
forecasts of similar motorhomes. The estimated useful lives of motorhomes on the
rental fleet are 1 - 7 years. The annual depreciation rates for motorhomes, ranging
from 2% to 15% of the original costs, are influenced by the residual value at the time
of sale. If the depreciation rate increases/(decreases) by 1% for motorhomes, the
depreciation expense will increase/(decrease) by approximately $7.5 million for the
financial year (2023: $5.0 million).
Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate
their cost amounts to their residual values over their estimated useful lives.
Land and buildings are shown at historical cost, less subsequent accumulated
depreciation for buildings. Land is not depreciated. All other property, plant and
equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical
cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a
separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item
can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit
or loss during the period in which they are incurred.
Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to
allocate their cost amounts to their residual values over their estimated useful
lives as follows:
Buildings 8 - 50 years
Leasehold improvements Term of the lease
Motor vehicles (non-fleet) 3 - 14 years
Other plant & equipment 2 - 40 years
Section B – Assets used to generate profit
In this section
This section describes the assets thl uses in the business to generate profit, including:
• Property, plant and equipment
The most significant component is the motorhome fleet. Premises in general are
leased, however significant owned properties are the Waitomo Caves Visitor Centre
and the Waitomo Caves Homestead.
• Right-of-use assets
The most significant leased assets relate to the premises in New Zealand, Australia,
Canada and the United States.
• Inventories
The most significant inventory items are vehicles available for sale including ex-rental
motorhome fleet assets and new or trade-in motorhomes, campervans, and caravans.
Other inventory items include spare parts, living equipment used inside rental
motorhomes, and retail shop stock.
• Intangible assets
Intangible assets include:
– goodwill arising from the acquisitions of the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV, and
Apollo businesses;
– the cost of the Waitomo Caves leases;
– software;
– supplier relationships;
– brands; and
– trademarks and licenses.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl66thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The assets’ useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance
date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable
amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable
amount.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the
carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.
Property, plant and equipment is made up of the following assets:
• Motorhomes - this comprises the rental fleet of the New Zealand, Australian, Canadian,
United States and UK/Europe rentals businesses. Motorhomes that are available for sale
are reclassified from property, plant and equipment to inventory;
• Motor vehicles - this comprises vehicles owned by the business, including shuttles and
company cars;
• Land and buildings - this comprises owned land and buildings in Waitomo;
• Other plant and equipment - this comprises office equipment, furniture, and other plant
used to operate the business; and
• Capital work in progress - this represents capital purchases and projects that are not yet
in service. The most significant work in progress relates to the motorhome fleet built for
the next season.
2024
Motor-
homes
$000’s
Motor
vehicles
$000’s
Land
and
buildings
$000’s
Other plant
and
equipment
$000’s
Capital
work in
progress
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Net book value as at
1 July 2023
590,2521,12213,30917,33737,271659,291
Additions and
transfers from work
in progress (net)
311,4839402,0436,96135,772357,199
Additions through
business combinations
(refer note 15)
–––435–435
Disposal and write-offs(2,284)(115)–(552)–(2,951)
Reclassification of
motorhomes to
inventories
(109,922)––––(109,922)
Foreign exchange
rate movements
(3,976)–38575–(3,363)
Depreciation(64,534)(358)(2,063)(4,450)–(71,405)
Net book value as at
30 June 2024
721,0191,58913,32720,30673,043829,284
Cost833,5953,30036,11258,09673,0431,004,146
Accumulated
depreciation
(112,576)(1,711)(22,785)(37,790)–(174,862)
Net book value as at
30 June 2024
721,0191,58913,32720,30673,043829,284
10. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl67thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023
Motor-
homes
$000’s
Motor
vehicles
$000’s
Land
and
buildings
$000’s
Other plant
and
equipment
$000’s
Capital
work in
progress
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Net book value
as at 1 July 2022
301,52076411,1066,97120,848341,209
Additions and
transfers from work
in progress (net)
299,9196201,4614,93320,409327,342
Additions through
business combinations
(refer note 15)
165,460652,2438,294–176,062
Disposal and write-offs(3,391)(86)(58)(99)(3,986)(7,620)
Reclassification of
motorhomes to
inventories
(153,215)––––(153,215)
Foreign exchange rate
movements
12,5357408185–13,135
Transfers from
right–of–use assets
(1)
12,245––––12,245
Depreciation(44,821)(248)(1,851)(2,947)–(49,867)
Net book value
as at 30 June 2023
590,2521,12213,30917,33737,271659,291
Cost676,8103,05633,89658,85237,271809,885
Accumulated
depreciation
(86,558)(1,934)(20,587)(41,515)–(150,594)
Net book value
as at 30 June 2023
590,2521,12213,30917,33737,271659,291
(1) This transfer relates to Apollo vehicles purchased under a hire purchase agreement, previously accounted for under
NZ IFRS 16 Leases and recognised as a right-of-use asset.
11. Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets
The Group predominantly leases its premises in New Zealand, Australia, Canada,
United Kingdom and the United States. Lease agreements may contain both
lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in
the agreement to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative
standalone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Group is a
lessee, the Group has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components
and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.
Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of
different terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. The lease agreements do
not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets
that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for
borrowing purposes.
Right-of-use assets are measured at value comprising the following:
• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease
incentives received;
• any initial direct costs;
• restoration costs.
The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and
the expected lease term on a straight-line basis.
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the lease payments,
discounted using a discount rate derived from the incremental borrowing rate
for each relevant jurisdiction when the interest rate implicit in the lease was not
readily available. Incremental borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range
between 2.5% - 9.1% (2023: 2.5% - 9.1%). The Group is exposed to potential future
increases in variable lease payments based on the change of an index or rate,
which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When
adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the
lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
10. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl68thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Short-term and low-value leases
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are
recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of
12 months or less and predominantly relate to property leases and computer
equipment. Extension and termination options are included in a number of
property leases across the Group. In determining the lease term, management
considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to
exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option.
Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the
lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).
The assessment of the lease term is reviewed if a significant event or a significant
change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within
the control of the Group. The extension options are only exercisable by the Group
and not by the lessor. Where an extension is reasonably certain of being exercised,
that extension period and related costs are recognised on the consolidated
statement of financial position.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group uses a build-up approach
that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the
Group and makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency
and security.
2024
Buildings
$000’s
Vehicles
and
equipment
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Net book value as at 1 July 2023144,92783 145,010
Additions3,2268 3,234
Additions through business combinations (refer note 15)3,337–3,337
Modifications2,668–2,668
Termination(312)–(312)
Foreign exchange rate movements(897)(2)(899)
Depreciation(22,924)(25) (22,949)
Net book value as at 30 June 2024130,02564 130,089
Cost192,560126 192,686
Accumulated depreciation(62,535)(62) (62,597)
Net book value as at 30 June 2024130,02564 130,089
2023
Buildings
$000’s
Vehicles
and
equipment
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Net book value as at 1 July 202270,766–70,766
Additions48,72112 48,733
Additions through business combinations (refer note 15)34,37712,32546,702
Transfer to motorhome property, plant and equipment–(12,245)(12,245)
Modifications7,201–7,201
Foreign exchange rate movements1,1107 1,117
Depreciation(17,248)(16) (17,264)
Net book value as at 30 June 2023144,92783 145,010
Cost190,429136 190,565
Accumulated depreciation(45,502)(53) (45,555)
Net book value as at 30 June 2023144,92783 145,010
11. Right-of-use assets (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl69thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Cash outflows from lease liabilities
Interest paid on leases (operating activities)
8,848 6,670
Payments for lease liability principal (financing activities)25,304 21,938
Total cash outflows from lease liabilities34,15228,608
12. Capital commitments
Capital commitments relate to the build of the Group’s motorhome fleet. Purchase orders
placed for capital expenditure at balance date but not yet incurred are as follows:
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Property, plant and equipment106,372 153,436
13. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is
determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods
and work in progress comprises design costs, raw materials, direct labour, other
direct costs and related production overheads (based on normal operating
capacity). It excludes borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling
price in the ordinary course of business, less all costs necessary to sell inventories.
Ex-rental motorhomes held for sale at balance date have been reclassified as
inventory.
Inventories are made up of the following categories:
• Raw materials and work in progress - this comprises parts, factory, direct labour and
workshop stock;
• Vehicles held for sale - this mainly comprises new and ex-rental motorhome fleet, which
are now on the sale yard and goods in transit;
• Finished goods - this comprises living equipment to be used in motorhomes and retail
shop stock; and
• Inventory provision - a provision is created to allow for the value of inventory which is
obsolete or to recognise the net realisable value when it is lower than cost.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Raw materials and work in progress51,334 51,270
Vehicles held for sale148,472 120,408
Finished goods22,80212,177
Provision for obsolescence(1,392) (1,927)
Total inventories221,216 181,928
11. Right-of-use assets (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl70thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
14. Intangible assets
Brands
The Road Bear RV brand acquired in the United States rentals business
combination was valued using the relief from royalty method and recognised at
fair value at the acquisition date.
The Just go Motorhomes brand acquired in the UK rentals business combination
was valued using the relief from royalty method and recognised at fair value at the
acquisition date.
A number of rental and retail brands were acquired as part of the Apollo business
combination and were valued using the relief from royalty method and recognised
at fair value at the acquisition date. The rental brand is Apollo. Retail brands include
Windsor and Coromal, which are produced by the Australian manufacturing
facility and sold through the dealership network across Australia. The dealership
network includes Apollo RV, Sydney RV Group, Kratzmann Caravans and
Motorhomes, George Day Caravans and Motorhomes and Camperagent RV
Centre Adelaide.
Brand values are included in the net assets of the cash-generating unit (CGU).
Brands are deemed to have an indefinite life as the Group has determined that
there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the brand is expected to
generate net cash inflows for the entity. Brands are tested annually for impairment
and are carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Brands are
reviewed periodically to assess whether events and circumstances still justify the
assessment of an indefinite useful life.
Supplier relationships
These relate to Winnebago and Adria with exclusive arrangements to manufacture
and distribute Winnebago RVs and import and distribute Adria RVs in Australia.
Provisional supplier agreement values are included in the net assets of the CGU
and determined using the “with and without” valuation approach which estimates
the fair value of an asset by comparing cash flows of the business ‘with’ the asset
to the hypothetical cash flows of the business ‘without’ the asset.
Supplier relationships are included in the net assets of the cash-generating unit
(CGU). Supplier relationships are deemed to have an indefinite life as the Group has
determined that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the supplier
relationship is expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity. Supplier
relationships are tested annually for impairment and are carried at cost less any
accumulated impairment losses.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of
the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the
date of acquisition. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for
impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment
losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity
include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment
testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-
generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in
which the goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified at the lowest
level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
Trademarks, leases and licences
Trademarks, leases and licences are shown at historical cost of acquisition by the
Group less amortisation.
Amortisation of trademarks, leases and licences are calculated using the straight
line method over the life of the underlying assets. These costs are amortised over
their estimated useful lives (15-49 years).
Other intangibles
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs
incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are
amortised over their estimated useful lives (3-15 years).
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are
recognised as an expense, as incurred. Costs that are directly associated with the
production of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group,
and that will probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one
year, are recognised as intangible assets. Direct costs include the software
development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.
Computer software development and application costs are recognised as assets
and are amortised over their estimated useful lives, only if such costs create an
intangible asset that the Group controls and the intangible asset meets the
recognition criteria. Costs that are not capitalised as computer software are
expensed as incurred.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl71thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Intangible assets of the Group comprise:
• Brands – includes Road Bear RV in the United States and Apollo retail brands;
• Supplier relationships – relates to the exclusive Apollo arrangements to manufacture
and distribute Winnebago RVs and import and distribute Adria RVs in Australia;
• Goodwill – relates to the Road Bear, El Monte RV, Camperagent and Apollo
business combinations;
• Trademarks, leases and licences – includes intellectual property rights on the Fleet
technology platform and a licence to operate the Waitomo Glowworm Caves until 2027,
and licences to operate other caves in the Waitomo region, with licence terms expiring
in 2032, 2033 and 2039; and
• Other intangibles – relates to acquired software licences and software development costs.
2024
Goodwill
$000’s
Brands
$000’s
Supplier
relationships
$000’s
Trademarks,
leases and
licenses
$000’s
Other
intangibles
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Net book value as at
1 July 2023
151,6547,5337,12410,15713,847190,315
Additions––––4,0104,010
Additions through
business combinations
(refer note 15)
3,758––––3,758
Impairment loss
(refer note 14.1)
(12,061)(420)–––(12,481)
Foreign exchange
rate movements
1,350487215–2282,280
Amortisation–––(1,047)(373)(1,420)
Net book value as at
30 June 2024
144,7017,6007,3399,11017,712186,462
Cost203,0588,0207,33929,13834,942282,497
Accumulated
amortisation and
impairment
(58,357)(420)–(20,028)(17,230)(96,035)
Net book value as at
30 June 2024
144,7017,6007,3399,11017,712186,462
2023
Goodwill
$000’s
Brands
$000’s
Supplier
relationships
$000’s
Trademarks,
leases and
licenses
$000’s
Other
intangibles
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Net book value
as at 1 July 2022
34,230908–11,1979,07255,407
Additions2,475–––5,1077,582
Additions through
business combinations
(refer note 15)
113,2446,9657,228–1,039128,476
Foreign exchange rate
movements
1,705(340)(104)–641,325
Amortisation–––(1,040)(1,435)(2,475)
Net book value
as at 30 June 2023
151,6547,5337,12410,15713,847190,315
Cost197,9527,5337,12429,13835,699277,446
Accumulated
amortisation and
impairment
(46,298)––(18,981)(21,852)(87,131)
Net book value
as at 30 June 2023
151,6547,5337,12410,15713,847190,315
14. Intangible assets (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl72thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
14.1 Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
The table below details the cash-generating units (CGU) that goodwill, brands and
supplier relationships are attributable to:
2024
Goodwill
$000’s
Brands
$000’s
Supplier
relationships
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Australia Rental, Sales & Manufacturing100,2336,6747,339114,246
United States Rentals & Sales34,976926–35,902
New Zealand Rentals & Sales 7,017––7,017
Action Manufacturing2,475––2,475
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales––––
Total intangible assets with an indefinite
useful life
144,7017,6007,339159,640
2023
Goodwill
$000’s
Brands
$000’s
Supplier
relationships
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Australia Rental, Sales & Manufacturing95,1406,1857,124108,449
United States Rentals & Sales35,000929–35,929
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales12,055419–12,474
New Zealand Rentals & Sales6,984––6,984
Action Manufacturing2,475––2,475
Total intangible assets with an indefinite
useful life
151,6547,5337,124166,311
For the purpose of the annual impairment test, goodwill is allocated to the CGUs that
are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination, which represent
the Group’s operating segments (refer to note 1). The value of goodwill allocated to the
New Zealand Rentals & Sales and Action Manufacturing operating segments is not
significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of goodwill, brands,
and supplier relationships. The recoverable value for New Zealand Rentals & Sales
and Action Manufacturing are determined based on its value in use.
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales
The UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales business has experienced a longer than expected recovery
in the post COVID-19 period. As part of the annual impairment test, management has
updated its key assumptions in its value in use calculation, resulting in its recoverable
value being less than the carrying value. Subsequently, the Group impaired the carrying
value of goodwill and brands allocated to UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales and recognised an
impairment loss of $12.5 million (2023: nil) in profit or loss in the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income.
In determining the value in use, a weighted average cost of capital is used as the post-tax
discount rate. The discount rates reflect an equity beta and a market risk premium
sourced from observable market inputs.
20242023
Discount rates (%)Post-tax
Pre-tax
equivalentPost-tax
Pre-tax
equivalent
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales11.814.511.814.8
Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing and USA Rentals & Sales
The recoverable amount of the Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing and USA Rentals
& Sales is its value in use. The recoverable values are determined by discounting the
future cash flows generated from the continued use of the CGU which are based on the
latest 2025 financial year business plans and are projected for years two to five using key
assumptions to cover a five-year period. A terminal growth rate of 2.5% (2023: 2.5%) is used
to extrapolate cash flows beyond the five-year projections.
The key assumptions include rental fleet yield, utilisation and fleet size, vehicle sales
margin, and operating costs. Capital expenditure and disposal proceeds are projected
forward based on current build or purchase costs, realisable sale values and expected
fleet rotation by vehicle type. The cash flow projections and values assigned to the key
assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends and the expected
growth rates in the markets the businesses operate in and are based on both external
and internal sources of data.
The weighted average cost of capital is used as the post-tax discount rate. The discount
rates reflect an equity beta and a market risk premium sourced from observable market
inputs. The annual free cash flows are then discounted by a country specific post-tax
discount rate to arrive at a recoverable amount of the CGU which is compared to the
carrying amount.
20242023
Discount rates (%)Post-tax
Pre-tax
equivalentPost-tax
Pre-tax
equivalent
Australia Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing
(1)
12.29.2
USA Rentals & Sales11.317.08.514.4
(1) As the goodwill and intangible asset allocation following the merger with Apollo was provisional at 30 June 2023 and
there were no indicators of impairment identified, no further impairment testing was required.
14. Intangible assets (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl73thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The annual impairment test determined the recoverable value for Australia Rental, Sales &
Manufacturing is not sensitive to reasonably foreseeable changes in key management
assumptions. The following table shows the sensitivity of the recoverable value of USA
Rentals & Sales based on changes in the key management assumptions.
Key assumptions
Change in
Key assumption
Reduction in
recoverable
amount
$000’s
Increase in
recoverable
amount
$000’s
Where headroom is
reduced, would the
indicated sensitivity
result in impairment
Discount rate +/- 1.0%(10,415)12,960No
Terminal growth rate +/- 0.5%(3,899)4,368No
Rental yield+/- 5.0%(21,166)21,166Yes
Rental utilisation+/- 5.0%(16,804)16,804Yes
Vehicle sales margin+/- 2.0%(11,795)11,795No
A change in any of the key management assumptions of USA Rentals & Sales as noted
below would result in a breakeven position with no remaining headroom.
Key assumptionSensitivity to breakeven
Discount rate An increase of 1.2%
Terminal growth rate A decrease of 1.7%
Rental yield A decrease of 3.0%
Rental utilisationA decrease of 4.5%
Vehicle sales margin A decrease of 2.2%
14. Intangible assets (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl74
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15.1 Acquisition of Camperagent
On 22 January 2024, the Group entered into a sales and purchase agreement to acquire the
trading assets and liabilities (including the property lease and business intellectual property)
of Camperagent RV Service Pty Ltd and Camperagent RV Sales Pty Ltd (collectively referred
to as Camperagent). Following the completion of contractual conditions, on 31 January 2024,
the acquired assets and liabilities were transferred and recognised through a newly formed
100%-owned Australian subsidiary THL RV Sales Adelaide Pty Ltd.
The parties agreed to a cash consideration of AUD 11.0 million (NZD 11.8 million) on
31 January 2024. The following table summarises the amounts determined for the
purchase consideration and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised:
As at 31 January 2024
Fair value
$000’s
Acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised
Inventories
7,981
Property, plant and equipment435
Right-of-use assets3,337
Total assets11,753
Trade and other payables335
Lease liabilities3,337
Total liabilities3,672
Net identifiable net assets acquired8,081
Goodwill on acquisition3,758
Net assets acquired11,839
Purchase consideration – paid in cash11,839
Total fair value of the consideration11,839
The goodwill balance of $3.8 million on acquisition is attributed to expected synergies in
Australia and has been allocated to the Australia Rental, Sales & Manufacturing operating
segment (refer to note 14).
The contribution of Camperagent for the five months to the Group results for the period
ended 30 June 2024 was revenue of $16.7 million and operating loss before interest and
tax of $0.3 million. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the 2024 financial
year, the contribution to revenue and operating profit before interest and tax for the 2024
financial year is estimated at $38.6 million and $1.1 million respectively.
Section C – Investments
In this section
This section explains the investments held by thl and the acquisitions made during the
financial year.
15. Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business
combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are
acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary
comprises the:
• fair values of the assets transferred
• liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business
• equity interests issued by the Group
• fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration
arrangement, and
• fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a
business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition
date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on
an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling
interest’s proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
The excess of the consideration transferred, amount of any non-controlling interest
in the acquired entity, and acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity
interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net identifiable assets
acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of
the net identifiable assets of the business acquired, the difference is recognised
directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts
payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of
exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate,
being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an
independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability.
Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to
fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl75thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15.2 Acquisition of Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd
On 10 December 2021, the Group announced that it had entered into a conditional
Scheme Implementation Deed with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd (‘Apollo’ or ‘ATL’) to
merge through an Australian Scheme of Arrangement. Under the Scheme thl would
acquire all outstanding shares in ATL. The scheme was conditional upon thl receiving
approval to list on the Australian Securities Exchange (‘ASX’) and subject to approval of
ATL shareholders and finalisation of appropriate funding arrangements for the merged
entity. In addition, there were various court and regulatory approvals in Australia and
New Zealand, including competition regulatory clearance and other conditions specified.
Following the satisfaction of all conditions, the Group acquired ATL on the 30 November
2022 with the implementation of the Scheme of Arrangement. ATL shareholders were
issued one thl share for every 3.210987 ATL shares held resulting in 57,693,364 shares
being issued. thl’s closing share price on 30 November 2022 of $3.69 was used to calculate
the acquisition consideration of $213.9 million as per the requirements under NZ IFRS 3
Business Combinations. The consideration value is comprised of the fair value of the new
shares issued and the fair value of 898,150 ATL shares that were previously held by thl.
The following table summarises the amounts determined for the purchase consideration
and the provisional fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised:
As at 30 November 2022
Fair value
$000’s
Acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised
Cash and cash equivalents
50,602
Trade and other receivables18,724
Assets classified as held for sale59,052
Inventories92,330
Current tax receivables36
Property, plant and equipment158,101
Intangible assets14,839
Right-of-use assets44,617
Investments14,934
Deferred tax assets5,229
Total assets458,464
As at 30 November 2022
Fair value
$000’s
Trade and other payables31,003
Revenue in advance22,666
Employee benefits6,615
Provisions508
Current tax liabilities1,450
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings224,433
Deferred tax liabilities21,434
Lease liabilities38,271
Total liabilities346,380
Net identifiable net assets acquired112,084
Goodwill on acquisition101,837
Net assets acquired213,921
Purchase consideration – thl ordinary shares issued to Apollo shareholders212,889
Purchase consideration – value of Apollo shares previously held by thl1,032
Total fair value of the consideration213,921
The goodwill balance of $101.8 million on acquisition is attributed to expected synergies
in Australia and New Zealand and has been allocated to the Australia Rental, Sales &
Manufacturing ($94.9 million) and New Zealand Rentals & Sales ($6.9 million) operating
segments (refer to note 14).
The contribution of Apollo for seven months to the Group results for the period ended
30 June 2023 was revenue of $187.6 million and operating profit before interest and tax
of $24.4 million. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the 2023 financial year,
the contribution to revenue and operating profit before interest and tax for the 2023
financial year is estimated at $392.6 million and $66.5 million respectively.
15. Business combinations (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl76thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15.3 Acquisition of 51% of Just go
On 4 October 2022, thl purchased the remaining 51% shareholding in THL UK and Ireland
Limited (trading as Just go) from its joint venture partners, resulting in Just go becoming
a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. At this time thl ceased equity accounting and
consolidated the subsidiary in the Group’s financial statements from that date. Previously
the Group had a 49% shareholding in Just go, which was accounted for under the equity
method of accounting.
The parties agreed to a purchase price of GBP 5,355,000 (NZD 10.7 million), which was
satisfied through a cash payment of GBP 1,350,000 (NZD 2.7 million) and the issue of
2,941,857 new ordinary shares in thl. thl’s closing share price on 3 October 2022 was
$2.73 with the fair value of the shares issued being NZ $8.0 million.
The following table summarises the amounts determined for the purchase consideration
and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised:
As at 4 October 2022
Fair value
$000’s
Acquisition date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised
Cash and cash equivalents
7,054
Trade and other receivables828
Inventories1,305
Property, plant and equipment17,961
Intangible assets393
Right-of-use assets2,085
Total assets29,626
As at 4 October 2022
Fair value
$000’s
Trade and other payables1,457
Revenue in advance516
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings13,697
Deferred tax liabilities2,277
Lease liabilities2,085
Total liabilities20,032
Net identifiable net assets acquired9,594
Goodwill on acquisition11,407
Net assets acquired21,001
Fair value of existing 49% shareholding in Just go10,290
Purchase consideration – thl ordinary shares issued8,031
Purchase consideration – paid in cash2,680
Total fair value of the consideration21,001
NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations also requires the acquirer to re-measure its previously
held equity interest in the acquiree at its acquisition date fair value. Just go is not publicly
traded so the fair value of the previously held equity interest was derived by reference to
the consideration transferred for the remaining 51%, which is $10.7 million. As a result, a fair
value gain of $3.5 million was recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income in 2023 for the previously held 49% equity interest.
The goodwill of $11.4 million is attributable to expected synergies within the wider global
Group and its strategic position in the United Kingdom and Europe and has been
allocated to the UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales operating segment (refer to note 14).
The contribution of Just go for nine months to the Group results for the period ended
30 June 2023 was revenue of $11.4 million and operating loss before interest and tax of
$1.8 million. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the 2023 financial year, the
contribution to revenue and operating profit before interest and tax for the 2023 financial
year is estimated at $18.8 million and $0.3 million respectively.
15. Business combinations (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl77thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
16. Material subsidiaries of Tourism Holdings Limited
Material subsidiariesPrincipal activity
Country of
incorporation
Equity holding
2024
%
2023
%
Action Manufacturing Group
GP Limited
ManufacturingNew Zealand
100 100
TH2Connect GP Limitedthl digitalNew Zealand
100 100
Waitomo Caves LimitedTourismNew Zealand
100 100
Apollo Investments Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia
100 100
Apollo Motorhome Holidays Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia
100 100
Apollo Motorhome Industries Pty LtdManufacturingAustralia
100 100
Apollo RV Service & Repair Centre
Pty Ltd
Retail salesAustralia
100 100
Apollo RV West Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia
100 100
GRL Enterprises Pty LtdManufacturingAustralia
100 100
Outdoria Pty Ltdthl digitalAustralia
100 100
Sydney RV Group Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia
100 100
THL RV Sales Adelaide Pty LtdRetail salesAustralia
100 –
Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LtdRentals & salesAustralia
100 100
CanaDream IncRentals & salesCanada
100 100
THL UK and Ireland LimitedRentals & salesUnited
Kingdom
100 100
El Monte Rents IncRentals & salesUnited States
of America
100 100
All subsidiaries have 30 June balance dates.
17. Investments
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Camplify Holdings Limited–23,127
Caravans Away Limited148148
Other equities8266
Total investments23023,341
On 11 March 2024, the Group sold its 14.14% shareholding in ASX-listed peer-to-peer
RV Rental operator, Camplify Holdings Limited (CHL). In 2024, the Group realised net
proceeds from the sale of $20.8 million, based on a sale price of AU$1.90 per share.
The CHL shares were classified as a financial asset measured at fair value though
other comprehensive income with changes in fair value recognised in the equity
investment reserve.
The fair value loss through other comprehensive income, net of tax for the 2024 financial
year was $2.3 million (2023: gain, net of tax of $1.6 million). Following the sale, the
closing balances in the equity investment reserve of $1.6 million was transferred to
retained earnings.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl78thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The Group received $1.8 million (2023: $1.0 million) in cash proceeds from employees
for the exercise of 784,468 (2023: 533,361) share options during the financial year ended
30 June 2024.
19. Reserves
Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on hedging instruments
that are recognised directly in equity. The hedging instruments are used to manage
interest rate risk. Amounts are recognised in profit or loss when the associated hedged
transaction affects profit or loss.
Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are taken to
the foreign currency translation reserve. When any net investment is disposed of,
the related component of the reserve is recognised in profit or loss as part of the
gain or loss on disposal.
The closing exchange rates used to translate the statement of financial position are
as follows:
20242023
NZD/AUD0.91390.9182
NZD/USD0.60800.6075
NZD/CAD0.83300.8052
NZD/GBP0.48140.4816
Employee share scheme reserve
The employee share scheme reserve is used to recognise the accumulated value of share
options and rights granted which have been recognised in profit or loss. In accordance
with the Group’s accounting policy, amounts accumulated in the executive share scheme
reserve have been transferred to share capital on the exercise of the options or to retained
earnings when they have been forfeited.
Equity investment reserve
The equity investment reserve is used to recognise increments and decrements in the fair
value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.
Section D – Managing funding
In this section
This section summarises thl’s funding sources and financial risks.
18. Share capital
Number of
ordinary shares
Share capital
$000’s
Balance as at 1 July 2022152,060,700278,983
Ordinary share issued during the 2023 financial year:
As the consideration for Apollo merger
57,693,364212,889
As part consideration for 51% of Just go acquisition2,941,8578,031
Exercise of share options granted to employees533,3611,012
Exercise of share rights granted to employees831,6922,045
In lieu of directors' fees16,14947
Balance as at 30 June 2023214,077,123503,007
Ordinary share issued during the 2024 financial year:
Dividend reinvestment plan
2,665,8749,156
Global NZD 1000 share bonus to employees383,0241,295
Exercise of share options granted to employees784,4682,145
Exercise of share rights granted to employees313,920799
Balance as at 30 June 2024218,224,409516,402
All issued shares are fully paid and have no par value. Holders of ordinary shares are
entitled to receive dividends when declared and are entitled to one vote per share at
shareholders’ meetings.
On 29 September 2023, 1,869,755 ordinary shares were issued and allotted at the issue
price of $3.5873 per share (inclusive of a 2% discount) under the Dividend Reinvestment
Plan in respect of the 2023 final dividend. On 5 April 2024, 796,119 ordinary shares were
issued and allotted at the issue price of $3.068 per share (inclusive of a 2% discount)
under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan in respect of the 2024 interim dividend.
On 30 October 2023, 383,024 ordinary shares were issued and allotted at the issue price
of $3.38 to eligible employees as part of the Group’s global NZD$1000 share bonus.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl79thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Movement in reserves during the financial year
Cash flow
hedge
reserve
$000’s
Foreign
currency
reserve
$000’s
Employee
share
scheme
reserve
$000’s
Equity
investment
reserve
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Balance as at 1 July 202232110,9484,670(954)14,985
Change in fair value during the
financial year
2,451––1,6384,089
Deferred tax on fair value gain(687)–––(687)
Ineffective interest rate swap
transferred to profit or loss
(net of tax)
(67)–––(67)
Foreign currency translation
(net of tax)
–2,233––2,233
Value of employee services
charged to profit or loss
––2,162–2,162
Transfers to retained earnings––(291)–(291)
Transfers to share capital––(2,325)–(2,325)
Balance as at 30 June 20232,01813,1814,21668420,099
Change in fair value during the
financial year
(1,217)––(2,281)(3,498)
Deferred tax on fair value loss341–––341
Ineffective interest rate swap
transferred to profit or loss
(net of tax)
21–––21
Foreign currency translation
(net of tax)
–(315)––(315)
Value of employee services
charged to profit or loss
––(194)–(194)
Transfers to retained earnings––(592)1,5971,005
Transfers to share capital––(1,162)–(1,162)
Balance as at 30 June 20241,16312,8662,268–16,297
20. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and borrowing (borrowings) are recognised initially at fair
value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at
amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs)
and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the
borrowings using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an
unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after
the balance date.
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are
incurred, except for borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition,
construction or production of a qualifying asset, which are capitalised.
Qualifying assets are those assets that necessarily take an extended period
of time (six months or more) to get ready for their intended use.
The Group’s borrowing structure includes a syndicated corporate debt facility, asset
financiers and floor plan finance.
The Group has at 30 June 2024, multi-currency revolving credit facilities in place
with Westpac Banking Corporation, Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank
New Zealand Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited plus Australia
and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (London branch). The Guaranteeing Group
consists of Tourism Holdings Limited and all material New Zealand, Australian, United
States and United Kingdom 100% owned subsidiaries. The Guaranteeing Group has
provided first ranking security over its assets and undertaking. Certain members of the
Group also have asset finance facilities in place. In support of these asset finance facilities,
the relevant members of the Group have granted security over the assets financed under
these facilities as well as other property.
In aggregate, the total funding available exceeds the current requirements of the Group.
The Group has sufficient working capital and undrawn financing facilities to service its
operating activities and ongoing fleet investment.
19. Reserves (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl80thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The Group has the following borrowing facilities:
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Non-current
Syndicated bank borrowings
180,446107,357
Asset finance205,069143,358
385,515250,715
Current
Asset finance
63,86772,771
Floor plan finance53,29036,828
Other loans–1,626
117,157111,225
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings502,672361,940
2024
Total
facility
$000’s
Used at
reporting
date
$000’s
Unused at
reporting
date
$000’s
Syndicated bank borrowings250,544180,44670,098
Asset finance420,726268,936151,790
Floor plan finance92,68553,29039,395
Other loans1,801–1,801
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings765,756502,672263,084
2023
Total
facility
$000’s
Used at
reporting
date
(1)
$000’s
Unused at
reporting
date
$000’s
Syndicated bank borrowings250,898107,357143,541
Asset finance411,014216,129194,885
Floor plan finance54,45736,82817,629
Other loans3,4891,6261,863
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings719,858361,940357,918
(1) In July 2023, GBP borrowings of £15.0 million was subsequently repaid and the facilities closed. These borrowings
were reflected as current borrowings at 30 June 2023.
The carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings (NZD equivalent) are denominated in the
following currencies:
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
New Zealand dollar139,55238,422
Australian dollar132,67786,026
United States dollar110,375107,872
Pounds sterling41,54541,307
Canadian dollar78,52388,313
Total Interest-bearing loans and borrowings502,672361,940
Syndicated bank borrowings
The Group has committed facilities for debt funding equivalent to approximately NZD 250
million and encompass various multi-currency tranches, all with maturity dates set for July
2025. These facilities are part of a syndicated banking arrangement involving Westpac
Banking Corporation, Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited,
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, and Australia and New Zealand Banking
Group Limited (London branch). The Group’s covenants include leverage ratio, debt service
cover ratio, Guaranteeing Group coverage ratio, equity ratio and loan to value ratio. Interest
rates applicable at 30 June 2024 range from 6.1% to 7.4% p.a (2023: 7.3% to 8.7% p.a).
Asset finance
Loans from asset financiers are fully secured debt in relation to motor vehicle assets and may
only be used for the purchase of fleet assets and subject to a number of covenants ratios,
including a current ratio, debt service coverage and debt to tangible net worth ratio. Interest
rates applicable at 30 June 2024 range from 3.5% to 9.0% p.a (2023: 3.2% to 9.5% p.a).
Floor plan finance
Floor plan facilities are maintained to fund the inventory of new motorhomes and
caravans held for resale at retail sales outlets in Australia. Terms are interest only for the
first six months and then interest plus principal at a range from 8.8% to 9.3% (2023: interest
between 7.5% to 8.6% p.a plus principal). For some lenders, balances are secured through
retention of title until point of sale.
Other loans
Other loans are mortgages over land and buildings and COVID-19 support loans previously
provided to Apollo entities in the United Kingdom, were repaid during the financial year.
Covenants
The consolidated Group is subject to lending covenants across several of its borrowing
facilities. As at the date of these consolidated financial statements the Group is within the
banking covenant requirements.
20. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl81thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
21. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value plus transaction
costs and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest
method, less provision for impairment. The Group assesses on a forward-looking
basis the expected credit losses associated with its trade and other receivables
which are carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends
on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by NZ IFRS 9 Financial
Instruments, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial
recognition of the receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade and
other receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and
the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the historical credit losses
experienced. Where appropriate, the historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect
current and forward-looking information.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Trade receivables29,14832,200
Allowance for expected credit losses(502)(375)
Trade receivables - net28,64631,825
Prepayments15,52111,174
Other receivables22,40214,012
Receivable under buy-back arrangement4,5147,024
Total trade and other receivables71,08364,035
At 30 June 2024 trade and other receivables includes $4.5 million (2023: $7.0 million)
relating to vehicles purchased under a short-term buy-back arrangement. This agreement
involves purchasing vehicles to be used in the fleet for a period less than 12 months and
then sold back to the supplier. On initial recognition, thl recognised the cash paid for the
vehicles, the price expected to be received upon resale, and the balancing amount of the
two is considered the lease expense. The transaction is accounted for as a short-term lease
on the basis that:
• thl have an economic incentive to exercise their put option (sell the vehicles back to
the supplier);
• thl have the right to use the vehicles for a fixed period at a predetermined price; and
• the vehicles do not meet the definition of property, plant and equipment.
Due to low risk of the counterparties for these arrangements, the assessed expected
credit losses are immaterial.
There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, as the Group
has a large number of customers, internationally dispersed.
The Group has recognised an increase of $127,000 (2023: increase of $118,000) in the
provision for the impairment of its trade receivables which has been included in other
operating expenses. The Group has written off, to other operating expenses, $504,000
(2023: $29,000) of balances of receivables during the financial year ended 30 June 2024.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl82thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
22. Trade and other payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been
acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are
classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the
normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as
non-current liabilities.
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value net of transaction costs and
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Trade payables49,67635,390
Accrued expenses and other payables32,95726,643
Total trade and other payables82,63362,033
23. Revenue in advance
Revenue in advance
Revenue in advance relates to:
• Payments received for rental and tourism services for future reservations in
advance of service delivery.
• The portion of rental income for rental bookings on hire at year-end, that relates
to the period after year-end.
The Group recognises the contract liability which represents the Group’s obligation
to transfer services to a customer for which the Group has received consideration
from the customer. The average timing of satisfaction of performance obligations
in relation to the payment of the revenue in advance is between 1-6 months.
Vehicle deposits
Vehicle deposits are received in advance for pending vehicle sales for which the
customer has not yet taken delivery.
The Group recognises the contract liability which represents the Group’s obligation
to transfer goods to a customer for which the Group has received consideration
from the customer. The vehicle deposit is recognised as revenue when the Group
performs under the contract by delivering the vehicle. The full balance of contract
liabilities in relation to vehicle deposits is expected to be recognised in revenue
between 1-12 months.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Revenue in advance58,83061,317
Vehicle deposits10,41314,663
Total revenue in advance69,24375,980
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl83thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
24. Financial instruments
Classification of financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
• those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI) or through profit or loss), and
• those to be measured at amortised cost.
The classification depends on the business model for managing the financial
assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.
The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model
for managing those assets changes.
Measurement of financial assets
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus,
in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL),
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial
asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit
or loss.
Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business
model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset.
There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its
debt instruments:
Amortised cost
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows
represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised
cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income
using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition
is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses)
together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are
presented as a separate line item in profit or loss.
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the
financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of
principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount
are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses,
interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in
profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or
loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and
recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets
is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign
exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment
expenses are presented as a separate line item in profit or loss.
Fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)
Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at
FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL
is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the
period in which it arises.
The interest rate swaps in place as at 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023 qualified
as cash flow hedges. The Group’s risk management strategies and hedge
documentation are aligned with the requirements of NZ IFRS 9 Financial
Instruments and these relationships are therefore treated as hedges.
Financial instruments of the Group that are measured in the consolidated statement
of financial position at fair value are classified by level under the following fair value
measurement hierarchy:
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for
the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived
from prices).
Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data
(that is, unobservable inputs).
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl84thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorised, is determined based on the lowest input to the fair value measurement. If a fair
value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustment based on unobservable inputs, the measurement is a Level 3 measurement. The Group’s policy
is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.
24.1 Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value
The following table presents the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value categorised by fair value hierarchy.
20242023
Level 1
$000
Level 2
$000
Level 3
$000
Total
$000
Level 1
$000’s
Level 2
$000’s
Level 3
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Financial assets
Investments
82–14823023,193–14823,341
Derivative financial instruments–1,626–1,626–2,843–2,843
821,6261481,85623,1932,84314826,184
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
–105–105––––
The fair value of investment and derivative financial instruments is calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, valuation techniques include the use of
discounted cash flow analysis using the applicable yield curve or available forward price data for the duration of the instruments.
The following inputs are used for fair value calculations of derivatives:
Interest rate forward price curvePublished market swap rates
Foreign exchange forward pricesPublished spot foreign exchange rates and interest rate differentials
Discount rate for valuing interest rate derivatives
The discount rates used to value interest rate derivatives are published market interest rates as applicable to the
remaining life of the instrument
Discount rate for valuing forward foreign exchange contracts
The discount rates used to value interest rate derivatives are published market interest rates as applicable to the
remaining life of the instrument
24. Financial instruments (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl85thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
24.3 Measurement categories of financial assets and liabilities
The tables below represent the measurement categories of the financial instruments.
2024
Amortised
cost
$000’s
FVPL
$000’s
FVOCI
$000’s
Derivatives
used for
hedging
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Financial assets
Investments
–230––230
Cash and cash equivalents56,785–––56,785
Trade and other receivables
(1)
46,370–––46,370
Derivative financial instruments–––1,6261,626
Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and
borrowings
502,672–––502,672
Derivative financial instruments–––105105
Trade and other payables
(2)
74,842–––74,842
2023
Amortised
cost
$000’s
FVPL
$000’s
FVOCI
$000’s
Derivatives
used for
hedging
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Financial assets
Investments
–21423,127–23,341
Cash and cash equivalents76,794–––76,794
Trade and other receivables
(1)
52,861–––52,861
Derivative financial instruments–––2,8432,843
Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and
borrowings
361,940–––361,940
Trade and other payables
(2)
64,170–––64,170
(1) Excludes prepayments and GST/VAT receivables included in ‘Trade and other receivables’.
(2) Excludes GST/VAT payables and other payroll-related liabilities included in ‘Trade and other payables’.
24. Financial instruments (continued)
24.2 Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value
The following table discloses a comparison of the carrying value and fair value of interest-
bearing loans and liabilities which are not measured at fair value after initial recognition.
Interest-bearing loans and liabilities are designated as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
20242023
Carrying
value
$000’s
Fair value
$000’s
Carrying
value
$000’s
Fair value
$000’s
Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
502,672503,366361,940362,266
The carrying amount of trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are
short-term in nature and therefore approximate fair value.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl86
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Section E – Managing risk
In this section
This section explains the financial risks thl faces, how these risks affect thl’s financial
position and performance, and how thl manages these risks. In this section of the
notes there is information:
(a) outlining thl’s approach to financial risk management; and
(b) analysing financial (hedging) instruments used to manage risk.
In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to a variety of financial risks
including foreign currency, interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. To manage this risk
the Group’s treasury activities are performed by a central treasury function and are
governed by Group policies approved by the Board of Directors.
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability
of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s
financial performance. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments
for trading or speculative purposes.
25. Financial risk management
25.1 Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising
from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Australian dollar, the
United States dollar, the Canadian dollar and the British Pound sterling. Foreign
exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions are in currencies other
than functional currency.
Foreign exchange exposures on future commercial transactions incurred by operations
in currencies other than their functional currency are managed by using forward
currency contracts in accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.
The Parent makes purchases in foreign currency and is exposed to foreign currency risk.
This is managed by utilisation of forward currency contracts from time to time in
accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.
Exchange rate sensitivity
The following table shows the impact on profit before tax and equity increase/(decrease)
in relation to currency risk, as described above, and does not include the impact of
translation risk, as described in note 19. A 5-cent change is considered a reasonable
possible change based on prior year movements.
Impact on a 5-cent change in the New Zealand dollar
20242023
Increase
$000’s
Decrease
$000’s
Increase
$000’s
Decrease
$000’s
Profit before tax
Australian dollar
(426) 476(859) 958
United States dollar872 (1,028) (241) 285
Canadian dollar(232) 262 (411)466
British pound sterling(245) 301 (54)67
Impact on equity
Australian dollar
11,428(12,751)14,427(16,089)
United States dollar7,898(9,313)8,547(10,080)
Canadian dollar2,292(2,584)3,073(3,480)
British pound sterling33(41)1,698(2,092)
25.2 Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk primarily arises from long-term borrowings, cash and cash
equivalents. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest
rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.
The Group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using floating to fixed interest rate
derivative contracts. Such interest rate derivative contracts have the economic effect of
converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises
long-term borrowings at floating rates that are lower than those available if the Group
borrowed at fixed rates directly.
Under the interest rate derivative contracts, the Group agrees with other parties to
exchange, at specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fixed contract
rates and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional
principal amounts.
The Group’s borrowings are carried at amortised cost. The borrowings are periodically
contractually repriced and to that extent are also exposed to the risk of future changes
in market interest rates.
The Group maintains cash on overnight deposit in interest-bearing bank accounts.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl87thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
The following tables set out the interest rate repricing profile and current interest rate of
the interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities.
2024
Effective
interest
rate
%
Floating
$000’s
Fixed
up to
1 year
$000’s
Fixed
1-2 years
$000’s
Fixed
2-5 years
$000’s
Fixed
>5 years
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Assets
Cash and cash
equivalents
2.2 56,785––––56,785
Liabilities
Interest bearing loans
and borrowings
7.0 435,08716,72036,35314,512–502,672
Interest rate derivative
contracts
(1)
3.0–35,1058,22426,318–69,647
2023
Effective
interest
rate
%
Floating
$000’s
Fixed
up to
1 year
$000’s
Fixed
1–2 years
$000’s
Fixed
2–5 years
$000’s
Fixed
>5 years
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Assets
Cash and cash
equivalents
0.9 76,794––––76,794
Liabilities
Interest bearing loans
and borrowings
7.4 279,75341,60620,99819,583–361,940
Interest rate
derivative contracts
(1)
3.3–15,63835,09927,9846,58485,305
(1) Notional contract amounts and include forward starting interest rate swaps.
The effective interest rate of Group borrowings is 7.0% (2023: 7.4%) including the impact of
the interest rate swaps and the fees on facilities.
Interest rate sensitivity
The Group’s floating bank borrowings and cash deposits are subject to interest rate
sensitivity risk. The remaining borrowings are fixed using interest rate derivative contracts.
If the Group’s floating borrowings and deposits year-end balances remained the same
throughout the year and interest rates moved by 1.0% then the impact on profitability
and equity is as follows:
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Pre-tax impact of:
An increase in interest rates of 1%
(3,762)(2,212)
A decrease in interest rates of 1%3,7622,212
At year-end the value of interest rate derivative contracts used as cash flow hedges were
subject to interest rate risk in relation to the value recognised in equity. If interest rates
moved by 1% across the yield curve, then the impact on the fair value of the swaps on equity
is shown in the following table. A movement of 1%, or 100bps, is considered by management
as a reasonable estimate of a possible shift in interest rates for the financial year based on
historical movements. There is nil ineffective interest rate swaps recognised in profit or loss
in relation to the valuation of the interest rate swaps (2023: $38,000 loss). The remaining
interest rate swaps were effective as at 30 June 2024.
Hedge ineffectiveness for interest rate swaps is assessed using the same principles as for
hedges of foreign currency purchase. It may occur due to:
• the credit value/debit value adjustment on the interest rate swaps which is not matched
by the loan; and
• differences in critical terms between the interest rate swaps and loans.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Post-tax impact on equity of:
An increase in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve
607932
A decrease in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve(253)(965)
25. Financial risk management (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl88thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
25.3 Credit risk
The Group has a concentration of credit risk in respect of the amount outstanding from
the buy-back fleet arrangement. The Group has no other significant concentrations of
credit risk. Policies are in place to ensure that wholesale sales of products and other
receivables arising are made to customers with an appropriate credit history. Sales to retail
customers are made in cash or via major credit cards. Derivative contract counterparties
and cash on deposit are limited to quality financial institutions in accordance with the
Board’s approved treasury policy.
The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk as follows:
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Cash and cash equivalents56,78576,794
Trade receivables (net of allowance for expected credit losses)28,64631,825
Other receivables22,40214,012
Receivable under buy-back arrangement4,5147,024
Derivative financial assets1,6262,843
113,973132,498
The Group has numerous credit terms for various customers. The terms vary from cash
monthly and greater depending on the service and goods provided and the customer
relationship. Collateral is not normally required. All trade receivables are individually
reviewed regularly for impairment as part of normal operating procedures and, where
appropriate, a provision is made. Trade receivables less than three months overdue are
not considered impaired. Overdue amounts that have not been provided for, relate to
customers that have a reliable trading credit history and no recent history of default.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Trade receivable analysis
Debtors past due
13,75115,381
Allowance for expected credit losses(502)(375)
Debtors past due but not impaired13,24915,006
Debtors current15,39716,819
Total trade debtors28,64631,825
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Ageing of debtors past due
1-30 days
7,28611,844
31-60 days4,1942,846
61-90 days1,10955
91+ days1,162636
Total debtors past due13,75115,381
There is no overdue balance in other receivables and receivables under buy-back
arrangements as at 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
25.4 Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable
securities, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of credit facilities and
the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying
businesses, Group Treasury aims to maintain flexibility in funding by rolling the draw
downs on a short-term basis and keeping credit lines available.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings
based on the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.
The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
2024
Up to
1 year
$000’s
Between
1-2 years
$000’s
Between
2-5 years
$000’s
Greater
than
5 years
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Carrying
value
$000’s
Trade and other
payables
74,842–––74,84274,842
Interest-bearing loans
and borrowings
147,184277,70385,54057,161567,588502,672
Lease liabilities27,32423,62456,81481,253189,015147,488
Interest rate and foreign
currency derivative
contracts
(1)
(1,498)(901)(971)–(3,370)(1,521)
Total undiscounted
contractual cash flows
247,852300,426141,383138,414828,075723,481
(1) The amounts expected to be payable on a net basis in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using
forward interest rates applicable at the reporting date.
25. Financial risk management (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl89thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2023
Up to
1 year
$000’s
Between
1-2 years
$000’s
Between
2-5 years
$000’s
Greater
than
5 years
$000’s
Total
$000’s
Carrying
value
$000’s
Trade and other
payables
64,170–––64,17064,170
Interest-bearing loans
and borrowings
171,837187,285123,428–482,550361,940
Lease liabilities27,98325,06557,04496,089206,181159,929
Interest rate and
foreign currency
derivative contracts
(1)
(1,219)(918)(1,621)(806)(4,564)(2,843)
Total undiscounted
contractual cash flows
262,771211,432178,85195,283748,337583,196
(1) The amounts expected to be payable on a net basis in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using
forward interest rates applicable at the reporting date.
25.5 Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for
other stakeholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
The Group considers capital to be share capital and interest-bearing debt. To maintain or
alter the capital structure, the Group has the ability to review the amount of dividends paid
to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, reduce or increase debt
or sell assets.
There are a number of externally imposed bank covenants required as part of seasonal
and term debt facilities. These covenants are calculated monthly and reported to banks
quarterly. The most significant covenants relating to capital management are Net Interest-
bearing Debt to EBITDA ratio, and an Equity to Total Assets ratio (net of intangible assets).
There have been no breaches or events of review for the current or prior period.
25.6 Seasonality
The tourism industry is subject to seasonal fluctuations with peak demand for tourism
attractions and transportation over the summer months. The operating revenue and
profits of the Group’s segments are disclosed in note 1. New Zealand and Australia’s profits
are typically generated over the southern hemisphere summer months and the United
States, Canada and the United Kingdom and Europe’s profits are typically generated over
the northern hemisphere summer months. Due to the seasonal nature of the businesses,
the risk profile at year-end is not representative of all risks faced during the year.
26. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group enters into interest rate swaps and other derivatives to hedge interest rate risk.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is
entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value at the end of each
reporting period. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on
whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of
the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of a particular
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction
(cash flow hedge).
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between
hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and
strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives
that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair
value or cash flows of hedged items.
Movements on the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in note 19. The
full fair value of hedging derivatives is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the
remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current asset
or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading
derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and
qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity. The gain or loss relating to the
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the interest rate
swaps are recognised in interest expense.
Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in profit or loss in the periods when the
hedged item affects profit or loss (for instance when the forecast sale that is hedged
takes place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps
hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within ‘finance expenses’.
The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts
hedging export sales is recognised in profit or loss within ‘sales’. However, when the
forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset
(for example, inventory) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred
in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost
of the asset or liability.
25. Financial risk management (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl90thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the
criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time
remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. When a forecast transaction is
no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is
immediately transferred to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
20242023
Assets
$000’s
Liabilities
$000’s
Assets
$000’s
Liabilities
$000’s
Forward foreign exchange contracts–105415–
Interest rate swap contracts357–6–
Cash flow hedges - total current portion357105421–
Interest rate swap contracts –
non-current portion
1,269–2,422–
Toal cash flow hedges1,6261052,843–
The ineffective portion recognised in the profit or loss that arises from cash flow hedges is
nil (2023: $93,000 loss) for the financial year.
Interest rate swaps
The notional principal amounts of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at 30 June
2024 were $69,647,000 (2023: $63,309,000).
At 30 June 2024, the fixed interest rates vary from 1.9% to 4.6% (2023: 2.4% to 4.6%).
The liquidity table in note 25 identifies the periods in which the cash flows are expected
to occur.
26. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl91
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
28. Key management personnel and related party disclosures
28.1 Key management personnel
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits8,6666,431
Post-employment benefits261234
Share-based payments benefits795805
Termination benefits282–
Total compensation to key management personnel10,0047,470
Total positions included in key management compensation at 30 June 2024 are 15
(2023: 16). Executive management do not receive any directors’ fees as directors of
subsidiary companies.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Directors’ fees758642
In the 2023 financial year, 16,149 ordinary shares with an issued capital value of $47,000
were issued to Directors in lieu of cash, refer to note 18.
Section F – Other
In this section
This section includes the remaining information relating to thl’s consolidated financial
statements which is required to comply with financial reporting standards.
27. Employee benefits
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave
and long service leave expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the
reporting date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the
liabilities are settled.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Annual leave11,10810,433
Long service leave2,6352,430
Employee benefits6,4716,485
Total employee benefits20,21419,348
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl92thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
28.2 Related party disclosures
Trouchet Family
As a result of the merger with Apollo on 30 November 2022, the Trouchet family hold an
interest of 26,070,109 ordinary shares (2023: 27,910,023) via a number of holding companies
and intermediary trusts. Luke Trouchet is an Executive Director of thl.
The following transactions occurred with the Trouchet family and related entities during
the financial year:
20242023
Revenue
$000’s
Receivables
$000’s
Revenue
(7 months)
$000’s
Receivables
$000’s
Motorhomes sold to Caravans Away Pty Ltd
(Director related entity of L Trouchet)
2,0013121,806925
Servicing and repairs sold to Caravans Away
Pty Ltd (Director related entity of L Trouchet)
185444
Administration fees received from
Caravans Away Pty Ltd
(Director related entity of L Trouchet)
222–
Administration fees paid RV Boss Pty Ltd
(Director related entity of L Trouchet)
222–
20242023
Expenses
$000’s
Payables
$000’s
Expenses
(7 months)
$000’s
Payables
$000’s
Rental expenses paid to KL One Trust
(Director related entity of L Trouchet)
1381173–
Rental expenses paid to Eastglo Pty Ltd
(Director related entity of L Trouchet)
246–156–
Advertising expenses paid to RV Boss Pty Ltd
(Director related entity of L Trouchet)
831657–
Annual salary paid to A Trouchet inclusive
of superannuation
(A related party of L Trouchet)
44–29–
28. Key management personnel and related party disclosures
(continued)
29. Share-based payments
29.1 Long-term incentive share scheme 2017
In the 2017 financial year, the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based long-term
incentive plan for the Chief Executive and other senior executives under which the Group
receives services from the executives as consideration for Options to purchase ordinary
shares of the Group.
The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the Options is
recognised as an expense in profit or loss in the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income. The total amount expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the
Options granted. Amounts accumulated in the employee share scheme reserve are
transferred to share capital on the exercise of the Options or to retained earnings
where they are forfeited.
At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number
of Options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions.
It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding
adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the 2017 scheme are contained in a document entitled ‘The Rules of the
Tourism Holdings Long-term Incentive Scheme 2017’:
• Options to purchase ordinary shares are issued to executives by the Board.
• The option price is set based on the volume weighted average price of Tourism
Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the 20 days leading up to the grant date.
• The options can be exercised at the election of the employee after a minimum
of two years from the grant date. A maximum of one third of the options can be
exercised after two years, two thirds after three years and all options can be
exercised after four years. After six years, the options lapse and there is no further
right to exercise. The exercise price payable by the executive is the option price
plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years, less dividends paid for two years.
• The participants holding options have no interest in the ordinary shares that are the
subject of the options, until the options are exercised and ordinary shares issued.
• Valuation of the options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the
Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to profit or loss in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the life of the scheme/option
with a corresponding credit to the employee share scheme reserve.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl93thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Inputs into the model include expected volatility which is based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price, dividend yield and a risk-free interest rate based on
New Zealand Government bonds. The inputs for measurement of grant date fair value and the number of unvested share options at the financial year end are as follows:
Grant date
Fair value at
grant date
Inputs for measurement of fair value at grant date2024
No. of share
options
unvested
2023
No. of share
options
unvestedIssue price
Expected
volatility
Risk free
interest rate
Exercise price at
balance dateExpiry date
3 April 2018$0.52$6.0821.0%2.90%$7.003 April 2024–586,666
3 April 2019$0.35$4.8121.0%2.33%$5.683 April 2025675,000735,000
1 April 2020$0.35$1.2932.3%1.17%$1.571 April 2026465,001416,668
1 October 2020$0.47$2.0835.0%0.19%$2.491 October 2026–290,000
6 April 2021$0.36$2.3135.0%0.58%$2.796 April 20271,300,0002,075,000
7 April 2022$0.46$2.8332.5%2.48%$3.327 April 20281,157,0001,522,000
10 May 2023$0.84$4.0332.5%4.73%$4.7610 May 20291,395,0001,706,000
20 March 2024$0.67$3.3632.0%5.10%$4.1020 March 20302,619,000–
17 June 2024$0.42$1.8137.6%5.15%$2.2417 June 2030440,000–
8,051,0017,331,334
The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options at 30 June 2024 was 4.2 years (2023: 3.9 years).
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of the share options exercised during the year ended was $3.59 (2023: $3.37).
The final exercise price payable for the share options granted in 2023 and 2024 will be calculated as the issue price multiplied by a cost of equity adjustment, less dividends paid
in cash since the second anniversary of the grant date.
29. Share-based payments (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl94thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29.2 Short-term incentive share scheme 2020
In the 2021 financial year, the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based short-term
retention plan in lieu of the cash based short-term incentive scheme for employees that
are eligible per the terms of their employment.
Under the 2020 Scheme, the Group receives services from employees as consideration for:
(a) Share Options to purchase ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited at a pre-
determined exercise price, and/or
(b) Share Rights that can be exercised for the issue of ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings
Limited, with no exercise price.
The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the Share
Options and Share Rights is recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive
income, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve. The
total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the Share
Options and Share Rights granted. Amounts accumulated in the employee share
scheme reserve are transferred to share capital on the exercise of the Share Options
and Share Rights, or to retained earnings where they are forfeited or not exercised after
the vesting date.
At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of Share
Options and Share Rights that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting
conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or
loss in the statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to the
employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the 2020 Scheme are contained in a document entitled the ‘Tourism
Holdings Short-term Incentive Scheme 2020’ (Scheme 2020):
• Share Options to purchase ordinary shares, and Share Rights that can be exercised
for the issue of ordinary shares, are issued to eligible employees by the Board.
• The Share Option price is equal to the volume weighted average price of Tourism
Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the 20 trading days leading up to the date
on which the offer is provided.
• 50% of the Share Options and Share Rights vest 12 months after the grant date, and
the remaining 50% vest 24 months after the grant date. After the Share Options and
Share Rights have vested, they can be exercised by the employee by giving notice to
the Group.
• The Share Rights lapse if not exercised by the employee by the latter of:
(a) sixty (60) days after the applicable vesting date; and
(b) the end of the calendar year in which the vesting date occurred.
The Share Options lapse if not exercised by the employee within six years of the grant date.
• The exercise price payable by the employee for the Share Rights is nil. The exercise price
payable by the employee for the Share Options is the option price.
• The participants holding Share Rights and Share Options have no interest in the
ordinary shares that are the subject of the Share Options or Share Rights, until the
Share Options or Share Rights are exercised and ordinary shares issued.
• A valuation of the Share Options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the
Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to profit or loss in the
statement of comprehensive income over the life of the option with a corresponding
credit to the employee share scheme reserve.
29. Share-based payments (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl95thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Share options
Inputs into the model include expected volatility which is based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price, dividend yield and a risk-free interest rate based on
New Zealand Government bonds. The inputs for measurement of grant date fair value and the number of unvested share options at the financial year end are as follows:
Grant date
Fair value at
grant date
Inputs for measurement of fair value at grant date2024
No. of share
options
unvested
2023
No. of share
options
unvestedIssue price
Expected
volatility
Risk free
interest rate
Exercise price at
balance dateExpiry date
5 July 2020$0.59$2.0030.0%0.42%$2.005 July 2026297,466297,466
13 September 2020$0.56$2.0835.0%0.19%$2.0613 September 2026–76,668
5 July 2021$0.57$2.5240.0%4.73%$2.555 July 2027479,603727,500
777,0691,101,634
The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options at 30 June 2024 was 2.6 years (2023: 3.7 years).
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of the share options exercised during the financial year ended was $3.83 (2023: $3.21).
Share rights
On 5 July 2023, the remaining share rights of 350,763 vested and were converted to ordinary shares.
Grant date
Fair value at
grant date
Inputs for measurement of
fair value at grant date
2024
No. of share
options
unvested
2023
No. of share
options
unvestedIssue priceExpiry date
5 July 2021$2.55$2.555 July 2023–350,763
29. Share-based payments (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl96thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29.3 Reconciliation of outstanding share scheme plans
The following table summarises the movement and weighted average exercise prices of the share scheme plans during the financial year.
Share scheme 2017Share scheme 2020
Total share
options
No. of share
options
Weighted
average
exercise
price
No. of share
options
Weighted
average
exercise
price
No. of share
rights
Outstanding and exercisable as at 1 July 20226,686,999$3.051,357,771$2.331,291,2708,044,770
Granted during the financial year1,706,000$4.09––1,706,000
Vested and converted during the financial year(288,332)$1.29(245,029)$2.13(916,781)(533,361)
Forfeited or cancelled during the financial year(773,333)$3.84(11,108)$2.55(23,726)(784,441)
Outstanding and exercisable as at 30 June 20237,331,334$3.281,101,634$2.37350,7638,432,968
Granted during the financial year3,059,000$3.83––3,059,000
Vested and converted during the financial year(491,667)$2.18(292,801)$2.42(350,763)(784,468)
Forfeited or cancelled during the financial year(1,847,666)$4.59(31,764)$2.55–(1,879,430)
Outstanding and exercisable as at 30 June 20248,051,001$3.15777,069$2.34–8,828,070
During the 2024 financial year, 3,059,000 share options were granted at a total fair value of $1,945,000 (2023: $1,428,000).
The share-based payment expense for all share schemes for the 2024 financial year was $693,000 (2023: $1,272,000) which is included in ‘Operating expenses’ in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
29. Share-based payments (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl97thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
30. Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows
30.1 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities
In accordance with NZ IAS 7 the Group classifies cash flows from the sale and purchase
of rental assets as operating cash flows. Where the timing of receipts and payments is of
a short-term nature, the cash flows are presented on a net basis.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Profit for the financial year39,37649,858
Non-cash items
Depreciation and amortisation
95,77469,606
Impairment of goodwill and brands12,481–
Net loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment239(10,429)
Net fair value gain on other financial assets and liabilities(630)(5,106)
Share of profit from associates–(812)
Share-based payments expense6931,226
Impairment expense on financial assets76091
Non-cash directors' remuneration–49
Total non-cash items109,31754,625
Reclassification of cashflows associated with rental assets
Net book value of rental assets sold
143,911124,130
Purchase of rental assets(345,121)(312,082)
Total cash flows associated with rental assets(201,210)(187,952)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Increase in trade and other receivables
(6,814)(14,119)
Increase in inventories(32,859)(20,945)
Increase in trade and other payables15,0026,985
Increase/(decrease) in revenue in advance(6,831)25,270
Increase/(decrease) in current tax(2,918)16,705
Movement in deferred taxation(9,006)5,085
Increase in provisions3013,061
Total movement in operating assets and liabilities(43,125)22,042
Net cash flows used in operating activities(95,642)(61,427)
30.2 Net debt reconciliation
This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in the net debt.
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings, short-term(117,157)(111,225)
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings, long-term(385,515)(250,715)
Lease liabilities, short-term(20,579)(20,703)
Lease liabilities, long-term(126,909)(139,226)
Gross debt(650,160)(521,869)
Cash and cash equivalents56,78576,794
Net debt(593,375)(445,075)
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, cheques, deposits held at call with
financial institutions and bank overdrafts.
There is no restricted cash as at 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl98thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
30.3 Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
Interest-
bearing
loans and
borrowings
$000’s
Lease
liabilities
$000’s
Gross debt
$000’s
Balance as at 1 July 202297,29882,619179,917
Cash flows
Proceeds
417,741–417,741
Repayments(400,873)(21,938)(422,811)
Non-cash movements
Foreign exchange movements
9,64442110,065
Apollo and Just go step acquisition238,13040,356278,486
Issues and modification of lease liabilities–58,47158,471
Balance as at 30 June 2023361,940159,929521,869
Cash flows
Proceeds
733,317–733,317
Repayments(593,934)(25,304)(619,238)
Non-cash movements
Foreign exchange movements
1,349–1,349
Camperagent acquisition–3,3373,337
Issues and modifications of lease liabilities–9,5269,526
Balance as at 30 June 2024502,672147,488650,160
31. Auditor’s remuneration
2024
$000’s
2023
$000’s
Ernst & Young New Zealand
Audit and review of financial statements
(1)
1,195–
Other assurance-related services
(2)
63–
Other engagements
(3)
7–
1,265–
Hillier Hopkins LLP
Audit and review of financial statements
(4)
7738
Tax compliance23–
Other engagements10–
11038
PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand
Audit and review of financial statements
(1)
–1,093
Agreed upon procedures
(5)
–32
–1,125
BDO Audit Pty Ltd and network firms
(6)
Audit and review of financial statements–454
Tax compliance–5
Agreed upon procedures–44
–503
Total auditors’ remuneration1,3751,666
(1) The fee includes fees for the annual audit of the consolidated financial statements and review of the interim
financial statements of thl.
(2) Other assurance-related services relate to reasonable and limited assurance over thl’s greenhouse gas
emissions inventory.
(3) Other engagements relate to the provision of remuneration market survey data.
(4) The fees incurred for Hillier Hopkins LLP are for the audit and review of the Group’s controlled entities in
United Kingdom/Europe.
(5) Agreed upon procedures in 2023 are in relation to financial information of Tourism Holdings USA, Inc. for the
purpose of reporting to one of the Group’s financiers and the compliance with banking covenants.
(6) The fees incurred for BDO Audit Pty Ltd and its network firms are for the audit and review of the Group’s Apollo
controlled entities in Australia, New Zealand and Canada. Agreed upon procedures in 2023 are in relation to the
acquisition opening balance review of the Apollo values at 30 November 2022.
30. Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl99thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
32. Contingencies
As at 30 June 2024 the Group has bank guarantees of $3.6 million in place (2023: $4.1 million).
Predominantly these are in lieu of bonds paid relating to leased assets.
33. Subsequent events
On 15 August 2024, the Group completed a refinancing of the multi-currency
syndicated bank facilities. The new agreement increased total committed facilities
from NZD 250 million equivalent at 30 June 2024 to NZD 475 million equivalent.
In addition to Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited and
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (London Branch), ASB Bank Limited
and Royal Bank of Canada were added to the banking syndicate. The facilities include
NZD 190 million equivalent two-year, NZD 152 million equivalent three-year and
NZD 133 million equivalent four-year tranches, maturing in August 2026, August 2027
and August 2028 respectively.
On 26 August 2024, the Directors approved a fully imputed, unfranked final dividend
of 5.0 cents per share payable on 4 October 2024.
There are no other events after the reporting period which materially affect the
information within the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl100
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
For the financial year ended 30 June 2024
Independent Auditor’s Report
Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of
Tourism Holdings Limited
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Tourism Holdings Limited (the “Company”)
and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 49 to 100, which comprise the
consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, and the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes
in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group,
and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including material accounting
policy information.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 49 to 100 present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024
and its consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in
accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
and International Financial Reporting Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been
undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than
the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this
report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1
International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International
Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and
Assurance Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with these requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion.
Ernst & Young provides other assurance related services and provision of remuneration
market survey data to the Group. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with the
Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the business of
the Group. We have no other relationship with, or interest in, the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most
significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our
audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
audit of the financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation to
these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to
respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to
address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl101thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives impairment assessment
Why significantHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
The Group holds goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (“intangibles”)
of $160 million at 30 June 2024. An impairment loss of $12.4 million has been recognised
during the year ended 30 June 2024.
The recoverable amount of the Group’s Cash Generating Units (“CGUs”) is determined
each reporting period by reference to value in use assessments prepared using
discounted cash flow models (“DCF models”). DCF models contain significant judgement
and estimation in respect of future cash flow forecasts, discount rate and terminal
growth rate assumptions. Changes in certain assumptions can lead to significant
changes in the assessment of the recoverable amount.
Disclosures regarding the Group’s key assumptions adopted and the sensitivity to
reasonably possible changes in key assumptions which could result in impairment are
included in note 14 of the financial statements.
Disclosures regarding the Group’s impairment recognised are included in note 14 of the
financial statements.
In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence, we:
• understood the Group’s goodwill and intangibles impairment assessment process and
identified relevant controls;
• assessed the Group’s determination of CGUs based on our understanding of the nature
of the Group’s businesses;
• obtained the Group’s DCF models and agreed earnings forecasts to the Board
approved FY25 budget;
• assessed key inputs to the DCF models including future cash flow forecasts, discount
rates and terminal growth rates;
• involved our internal valuation specialists to assess the Group’s discount and terminal
growth rates. Our valuation specialists were also involved in benchmarking the Group’s
assessed recoverable values with relevant market multiples and assessing the logical
integrity of the DCF models;
• performed sensitivity analysis in relation to the discount rate, terminal growth rate and
forecast cash flows to consider the potential impact of changes in these assumptions;
• for the CGU where goodwill and intangibles were determined to be impaired and an
impairment recognised, we assessed the output of the DCF models against the
carrying value of the CGU to assess the calculation of the impairment recognised;
• considered the adequacy of the associated disclosures in the financial statements,
particularly focusing on the disclosure of the CGUs where the impairment assessment
is sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions and the disclosure related
to the CGU where an impairment has been recognised.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl102thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the annual report, which includes
information other than the consolidated financial statements and auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information
and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information
is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge
obtained during the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have
nothing to report in this regard.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for the preparation and fair
presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial
Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for
assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern,
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated
financial statements.
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial
statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/
standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/.
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is
Simon O’Connor.
Chartered Accountants
Auckland
27 August 2024
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl103thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Governance
42°21’ N — 120°48’ W
Corporate Governance 105
Remuneration 117
Board of Directors 128
Corporate Information 130
Global Footprint 131
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl104
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance
Tourism Holdings Limited (‘thl’) operates under a set of corporate
governance principles designed to see that thl is effectively
managed. The Board is committed to the continued development
of thl’s corporate governance practices by reviewing and developing
its corporate governance policies and monitoring developments to
keep abreast of corporate governance best practice.
thl’s corporate governance framework includes:
•
The constitution of thl, which describes the ‘rules’ under which the Company operates,
including share issuances and other share transactions, distributions, shareholder
meetings, Director appointment, remuneration and powers, and the conduct of
Board and shareholder meetings.
•
The Board Charter and sub-committee charters, which set out the roles and
responsibilities of the Directors.
•
The Code of Ethics, which outlines the standards of ethical behaviour expected of
Directors, staff and contractors.
•
The Market Disclosure Policy, which outlines the policy around disclosure of company
information, including the commitment to compliance with continuous disclosure
requirements.
•
The Securities Trading Policy, which outlines policy and guidelines around trading
in thl securities by Directors, officers and staff.
•
The Diversity Policy, which outlines the commitment to diversity in Board, Executive
and staff appointments.
•
The Delegated Authority Policy, which outlines the delegation of authority by the Board
to management, and the authorisation levels at which Board approval is required.
thl’s governance practices have been reviewed against the recommendations of the NZX
Corporate Governance Code, dated 1 April 2023 (‘Code’). The Board considers that the thl
governance framework and practices for the year ended 30 June 2024 are in compliance
with the recommendations of the Code. The information in this Governance Report is
current as at 26 August 2024 and has been approved by the thl Board.
thl’s corporate governance policies and charters are available on its website at
www.thlonline.com.
Principle 1 – Ethical standards
“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and
hold management accountable for these standards being followed throughout
the organisation.”
thl is committed to being a good corporate citizen. The Company expects Directors,
employees and contractors to practise high ethical standards in the performance of their
duties, to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, cooperate with all regulatory
bodies and Government agencies, and use Company assets and resources only for the
legitimate and ethical achievement of its objectives.
thl has adopted a Code of Ethics which applies to all Directors, employees and contractors
of thl to see that it maintains high ethical standards and reinforces thl’s commitment
to the community. The Code of Ethics addresses the areas of ethical business practices,
insider trading, conflicts of interest and use of Company property, amongst other matters.
The thl Code of Ethics is available at www.thlonline.com. thl undertakes annual ethics
training for leaders in the business with the most recent round completed in August 2023.
Securities Trading Policy
thl has in place a formal Securities Trading Policy and guidelines which applies to all Directors,
officers and employees of thl and its subsidiaries who intend to trade in thl listed securities.
All individuals defined as “restricted persons” under that policy must notify thl of their
intention to trade and obtain approval from the Board before trading in thl’s shares.
No trading in shares is permitted in ‘blackout periods’ from 1 June each year until 48 hours
after the release of the full year results and from 1 December each year until 48 hours
after the release of the half year results, except in exceptional circumstances.
Trading is permitted outside the blackout periods, provided the restricted person confirms
that they do not hold any material information and that they are not aware of any reason
that would prohibit them from trading. Any trading must be completed within 10 trading
days of approval being given. Restricted persons are defined in the policy as:
•
all Directors;
•
the Chief Executive Officer (CEO); all members of the senior management team (being
the C-suite executives, General Managers and equivalent roles) and their direct reports;
•
the administrative staff of the senior management team;
•
all employees in the finance department;
•
trusts and companies controlled by such persons;
•
anyone notified by the CFO from time to time; and
•
anyone participating in the Long-Term Incentive Scheme.
The thl Securities Trading Policy is available at www.thlonline.com.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl105thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
Principle 2 – Board composition and performance
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills,
knowledge, experience and perspectives.”
Board skills and expertise
thl’s Board is comprised of Directors who have a mix of skills, knowledge, experience
and diversity to adequately meet and discharge its responsibilities and to add value to
the Company through efficient and effective governance and leadership. The current
Directors have a varied and balanced mix of skills, including extensive operational
experience, knowledge of the tourism industry, as well as extensive experience in
capital markets, growth and global transactions.
The Board skills matrix table outlines the key skills that are considered most relevant
to effectively fulfilling the Board’s current objectives.
Capability
Number of Directors
Highly
CompetentCompetentAware
Public company corporate governance experience530
Financial and audit oversight including expertise in
treasury, funding & debt management
440
Legal and regulatory expertise143
RV and/or tourism experience440
Risk management experience440
HR/People leadership including executive remuneration350
Experience in development, innovation and execution of
growth and change strategies
440
Investment banking, capital markets and M&A
transaction experience
431
Experience in managing/governing operations across
multiple countries
530
Business leadership experience in international markets
where thl operates
224
C-suite executive level experience431
Health and safety governance/management experience260
Experience in managing/governing ESG/sustainability
frameworks
071
Digital transformation experience044
Customer service experience260
Within the table above, ‘Highly Competent’ reflects extensive experience, including
serving as a key resource and advising others. Competent reflects a complete
understanding and experience in practical application, and Aware reflects a
fundamental understanding and knowledge of an area.
Individual Director profiles are set out in the Board of Directors section.
Roles and Responsibilities of the Board
The Board is committed to managing thl in an ethical and professional manner, and in
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. thl has a Board Charter, available
on its website, which amongst other matters sets out the specific responsibilities of the
Board, including the following:
•
Oversight of thl, including its control and accountability procedures and systems;
•
Appointment, performance and removal of the Chief Executive Officer;
•
Confirmation of the appointment and removal of the senior executives (being the
C-Suite executives, General Managers and equivalent roles);
•
Setting the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
approval of the remuneration of the senior executives, and the adoption of thl’s
remuneration policy;
•
Overseeing the development, adoption and communication of the corporate strategy
and objectives and oversight of the adequacy of thl’s resources required to achieve the
strategic objectives;
•
Approval of and monitoring of actual results against the annual business plan and
budget (including the capital expenditure plan);
•
Approval and monitoring of the progress of capital expenditures, capital management
initiatives, and acquisitions and divestments;
•
Overseeing accounting and reporting systems and thl’s compliance with its continuous
disclosure obligations;
•
Approval of the annual and half-year financial statements;
•
Setting measurable objectives for achieving diversity with the organisation; and
•
Seeing that thl has in place the appropriate protocols to be followed in the case of
a takeover.
Management is responsible for implementing the strategic objectives set by the Board.
The Board maintains a formal set of delegated authorities (including a Delegated
Authorities Policy) clearly defining responsibilities delegated to management and
those retained by the Board. The Delegated Authorities Policy is approved by the
Board and is subject to annual review by the Board.
Board performance evaluation and training
On an annual basis the Chair conducts a review of Board performance. A review using
an independent external facilitator is conducted every second year. Board Committees
review performance against their Charters on an annual basis. The Remuneration and
Nomination Committee is responsible for seeing that Directors remain up to date with
relevant training.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl106thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Director appointment and nomination
The policy for appointment and retirement of Directors is contained within thl’s
constitution and Board Charter. In accordance with the NZX Listing Rules, Directors
must not hold office (without re-election) past the third Annual Meeting following their
appointment or three years, whichever is longer. There are no Directors that are required
to retire at the upcoming 2024 Annual Meeting.
The process for the nomination of Directors is set out in the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee Charter. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is
responsible for identifying and assessing the necessary and desirable competencies
and characteristics for Board membership and maintaining a skills matrix setting out
the mix of skills and diversity that the Board currently has or is looking to achieve in
its membership.
thl has entered into a written agreement with each of its Directors setting out the terms
of their appointment. thl’s terms of appointment for Directors is set out at Schedule 1
of the thl Board Charter.
The thl Board Charter is available at www.thlonline.com.
Director independence
The criteria to determine whether Directors are independent is set out in the Board
Charter which includes the factors set out in the NZX Corporate Governance Code (as
required by the NZX Listing Rules). All the Directors holding office on 30 June 2024, with
the exception of Executive Directors Grant Webster and Luke Trouchet, are considered to
be independent. Directors are required to inform the Board of any relevant information
that may impact independence. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
reviews the independence of Directors on behalf of the Board.
Board Diversity Policy
The thl Diversity Policy endorses and supports diversity in Board, Executive and staff
appointments, encompassing differences including but not limited to gender, ethnicity,
race, marital status, sexual orientation, age, employment status, religious belief, ethical
belief or political opinion. When making appointments, the Board and management are
committed to considering diversity as well as the mix of skills and experience needed
to expand the perspective and capability of the Board and the management team
as a whole.
The thl Diversity Policy is available at www.thlonline.com. It requires the Board to consider
the diversity position of thl annually and whether to set any measurable objectives,
which may be numerical and non-numerical. Information regarding thl’s current female
representation and Board approved gender objectives can be found on page 41. Diversity
is considered in several thl future-fit goals within our Thrive sustainability programme
which aims to support our crew, building a healthy culture and cultural capability across
thl globally.
The Board considers that it currently has the appropriate mix of skills, experience
and diversity to fulfil its responsibilities under the NZX Listing Rules and the thl
Diversity Policy.
Principle 3 – Board Committees
“The Board should use Committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key
areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”
There are four standing Committees described below, each of which operates under
a written charter. The performance of the standing Committees is reviewed annually
against the Charters.
Each Committee is authorised to deal with matters as set out in its Charter or falling within
its mandate. Where the Board has delegated decision-making authority to a Committee,
that Committee is entitled to make decisions on such matters, otherwise the Committee
is to submit recommendations to the Board for consideration. From time to time, the
Board delegates specific matters to the appropriate Committee in order to ensure that a
detailed review and analysis is undertaken. The Committee then reports back to the Board
regarding their findings and recommendations.
The Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors of the
Board, a majority of whom must be Independent Directors. The Chair of the Audit and Risk
Committee must not be the Chair of the Board and must be an independent Director.
The Committee meets a minimum of three times each year. The Audit and Risk
Committee has oversight of and assists the Board to fulfil its responsibilities in the areas of
financial reporting, financial risk management and controls, audit functions and enterprise
risk management. thl employees are able to attend Audit and Risk Committee meetings
from time to time by invitation from the Committee.
The Audit and Risk Committee oversees thl’s internal audit work programme based on
thl’s risk management framework. An internal audit work plan is developed each year,
with internal audit assignments completed by the internal finance function, with external
support as required.
The current composition of the Audit and Risk Committee is Rob Hamilton (Chair),
Cathy Quinn, Robert Baker and Sophie Mitchell.
The thl Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available at www.thlonline.com.
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is comprised of at least three Non-
Executive Directors of the Board, a majority of whom must be independent Directors.
The Committee meets a minimum of two times each year. The Remuneration and
Nomination Committee supports the Board on matters relating to people and
remuneration. It assesses the role and responsibilities, composition, training and
membership requirements and remuneration for the Board, including recommendations
for the appointment and removal of Directors.
The current composition of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee is Sophie
Mitchell (Chair), Cathy Quinn, Grainne Troute and Rob Hamilton. Management may attend
meetings of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee by invitation only.
The thl Remuneration and Nomination Committee Charter is available at www.thlonline.com.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl107thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee
The Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee is comprised of at least two Non-
Executive Directors of the Board. The current composition of the Health, Safety and
Sustainability Committee is Rob Baker (Chair, appointed August 2024), Gráinne Troute,
Cathy Quinn and Debbie Birch (Chair to August 2024).
The Committee supports the Board and management on sustainability policies and
practices and employee health, safety and wellbeing matters. The Committee meets
a minimum of three times each year, as required.
The thl Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee Charter is available at
www.thlonline.com.
Market Disclosure Committee
The Market Disclosure Committee is comprised of Cathy Quinn (Chair), Rob Hamilton
and Sophie Mitchell. Also in attendance are Grant Webster (Chief Executive Officer) and
Cameron Mathewson (Chief Financial Officer). The Committee monitors compliance
with the Group’s Market Disclosure Policy which covers compliance with NZX Listing
Rules, ASX Listing Rules (to the extent applicable), the Companies Act 1993, the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013 and other guidelines issued by the Financial Markets Authority
and the NZX.
The Committee meets if required outside of normal Board meetings to approve
market disclosures.
The thl Market Disclosure Policy, which also sets out the roles and responsibilities of
the Market Disclosure Committee, is available at www.thlonline.com.
Other Committees
The thl Board establishes other temporary Committees from time to time when required
for a specific purpose. This includes Committees for the governance of capital raising
processes or for the progression of acquisition opportunities. Membership of these
Committees is assessed on a case-by-case basis.
Takeover protocols
thl has a written protocol that describes the process to be followed in the event
of a takeover offer. The protocol includes the appointment of a sub-Committee
of independent Directors.
Principle 4 – Reporting and disclosure
“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the
timeliness and balance of corporate disclosures.”
The Board is committed to seeing that shareholders and the market are provided with
complete and timely information about the activities of the business to allow proper
accountability between thl and shareholders, employees and other stakeholders. The
Board has overall responsibility for the integrity of thl’s reporting and disclosure.
Continuous disclosure
thl’s obligations under the NZX Listing Rules require it to advise the market about any
material events promptly and without delay once the Company becomes aware of
such information. As an entity with a foreign exempt listing on ASX, such information
is also required to be released to ASX when released to NZX. The Board has in place a
Market Disclosure Policy to see that the Company is able to comply with its continuous
disclosure obligations.
The Market Disclosure Policy contains a procedure for the escalation of potential
material information to the Market Disclosure Committee, in order to allow the
Committee to determine whether the information is material and whether an
announcement is required. The Market Disclosure Policy is provided to all thl staff and
is also available on www.thlonline.com. Additionally, thl provides training regarding its
continuous disclosure obligations to all staff, sends annual reminders of thl’s Market
Disclosure Policy and information escalation procedures, and monitors compliance on
an ongoing basis.
Financial reporting
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible to the thl Board in relation to financial
reporting. It reviews the interim and annual financial statements and reports to the Board
regarding compliance with relevant laws and recognised accounting policies. It is also
responsible for seeing that thl retains accurate financial and accounting records, and
that all financial reporting is done in an accurate and timely manner.
Non-financial reporting
thl has adopted the internationally recognised International Integrated Reporting <IR>
Framework so that its disclosure of non-financial reporting is balanced, transparent,
connected to the financial, social and environmental performance, and easily comparable
to other companies.
The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for thl’s Climate-Related Disclosures. The Audit
& Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, oversees the preparation process including the
engagement of assurance providers, and is responsible for seeing that the disclosures
comply with the relevant regulations and standards. The thl Board approves the final set
of disclosures.
thl’s FY24 reporting of its carbon footprint and Climate-Related Disclosures are shared
in a separate Climate Statements report, to be published on www.thlonline.com and
www.thlsustainability.com by 31st October 2024.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl108thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Principle 5 – Remuneration
“The remuneration of Directors and Executives should be transparent,
fair and reasonable.”
thl is committed to a fair approach to remuneration which seeks alignment between
remuneration levels and business needs. A clear set of boundaries and process to guide
thl’s philosophy for remuneration has been set by the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee in the thl Remuneration Policy.
This year thl has introduced its first Remuneration Report, which is available on page 117
of this Integrated Annual Report.
thl also has a Remuneration Policy which is available on thl’s website at
www.thlonline.com.
Principle 6 – Risk management
“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the
issuer and how to manage them. The Board should regularly verify that the issuer has
appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”
thl maintains an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework for the identification,
assessment, monitoring and management of material risks to thl’s business. The thl Board
has ultimate responsibility for reviewing thl’s risk management framework, however
the ongoing oversight is delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee, who reports
to the Board in respect of potential issues or risks that require further consideration and
response.
Enterprise risk management
A responsibility of the Audit and Risk Committee is to consider, assess and respond to
enterprise risks to thl’s business. This includes oversight and management of thl’s risk
register and risk contingency plans. thl management maintains the material risk register
and reports to the Audit and Risk Committee regularly on such risks. The Audit and Risk
Committee conducts a detailed review of all thl risks on a twice-yearly basis.
Management monitors risks on an ongoing basis to identify any new risks as well as
any potential changes to the threat posed to thl’s business from previously identified
risks. Further information regarding the key material risks to thl can be found from
pages 42-46 of this report.
Financial risk management
The Audit and Risk Committee is also responsible for seeing that thl has appropriate
control and systems in place to manage any financial risks and to protect thl’s assets.
This involves reviewing thl’s risk management system, business policies and practices
and internal control framework. The Committee is also responsible for seeing that
thl maintains insurance coverage that protects earnings from potential adverse
circumstances.
Health and safety
The Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee is responsible for monitoring matters
relating to occupational health and safety, and physical and mental wellbeing of thl staff,
and reports to the Board on such matters.
The Committee works with Management to identify and maintain a register of workplace
hazards, and to see that thl has in place and appropriately documents its health and safety
policies and procedures.
thl Management report to the Board on any health and safety incidents, including
implementation of responses to prevent further incidents, on a regular basis.
thl Management report to the Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee on progress on
its global ‘future-fit’ sustainability programme including Climate and Carbon and on the
23 goals of the Future-Fit Business Benchmark.
Principle 7 – Auditors
“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for recommending the appointment and
removal of external auditors, ensuring their independence and regularly monitoring and
reviewing both internal and external audit practices. The Committee closely monitors thl’s
relationship with the external auditor, including:
•
The rotation of the external auditor or lead partner and peer review partner at least
every five years;
•
Obtaining confirmation of the auditor’s independence in writing;
•
Monitoring and approving any other services provided by the external auditor to thl
other than in its audit role; and
•
monitoring total non-audit fees.
The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the types of services which the external
auditor is prohibited from providing to thl in order to ensure that their ability to provide
audit services is not impaired and that they remain independent.
thl’s current external auditor is EY New Zealand. Following a formal request for proposal
process that was overseen by the Audit and Risk Committee, EY was appointed as thl’s
new external auditor in October 2023. In accordance with thl’s Board Charter, EY New
Zealand will attend the 2024 Annual Meeting and be available to answer questions about
the conduct of its audit and the preparation and content of its audit report.
Throughout the year, there is ongoing dialogue between the Audit and Risk Committee,
management and EY in their role as external auditors. Additionally, EY regularly attend
meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee at the invitation of that Committee and have
direct engagement with that Committee without management presence, as appropriate.
thl has an internal audit function which is based on an annual plan prepared
by management, reflecting thl’s risk management framework. The Audit and Risk
Committee receives and reviews reports from the internal audit team, and is responsible
for seeing that recommendations, actions and timelines for internal audits are agreed and
undertaken with management.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl109thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Principle 8 – Shareholder rights and relations
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive
relationships with shareholders that encourage them to engage with the issuer.”
Access to information
The Board aims to ensure that shareholders are able to access up-to-date information
regarding thl’s business and ongoing developments in an easy-to-access format.
thl makes available on its website a description of each of its businesses, historical
interim and annual reports and other shareholder communications, and key corporate
governance documents as required by the Code.
Shareholders have the option to receive communications from thl electronically by
electing to do so with thl’s share registrar, MUFG Market Services (formerly Link Market
Services). thl encourages all shareholders to opt in to receiving electronic communications
where practical to reduce waste.
A brief biography of each of thl’s Directors and key members of the Executive team is
available on thl’s website.
Annual Meetings
The Board encourages all shareholders and stakeholders to attend its Annual Meetings.
It aims for all Annual Meetings to be attended by all Directors as well as the CEO, the CFO
and the Company Secretary, and to ensure that they are available for questions from
shareholders. Notice of the Annual Meeting is communicated to shareholders (including
by being posted on thl’s website) as soon as possible, with at least 20 working days prior
notice being given in accordance with the NZX Corporate Governance Code.
The 2023 Annual Meeting was held as a hybrid meeting, with all shareholders being
able to either attend physically or via live-stream and submit questions online. Where
an Annual Meeting is held physically, thl also provides the option to live-stream the
Annual Meeting for those shareholders that are unable to attend in person. Shareholders
attending via the live-stream have the ability to submit questions online. A recording of
each Annual Meeting is subsequently made available on the thl website.
Board composition
thl’s constitution allows no less than three and up to 10 Directors. As at 30 June 2024, the
Board of Directors comprised eight Directors, being six Non-Executive Directors, and two
Executive Directors.
DirectorRolesDirector SinceIndependence
Cathy QuinnBoard Chair, Member Health, Safety
and Sustainability Committee, Member
Audit and Risk Committee, Chair
Market Disclosure Committee, Member
Remuneration and Nomination
Committee
September 2017Independent
Director
Rob BakerMember Audit and Risk Committee,
Member Health, Safety and Sustainability
Committee (appointed Chair in
August 2024)
November 2022Independent
Director
Debbie BirchChair Health, Safety and Sustainability
Committee (to August 2024)
September 2016Independent
Director
Rob HamiltonChair Audit and Risk Committee,
Member Remuneration and Nomination
Committee, Member Market Disclosure
Committee
February 2019Independent
Director
Sophie MitchellChair Remuneration and Nomination
Committee, Member Audit and Risk
Committee, Member Market Disclosure
Committee
November 2022Independent
Director
Luke TrouchetExecutive DirectorNovember 2022Executive
Director
Grainne TrouteMember Remuneration and Nomination
Committee, Member Health, Safety and
Sustainability Committee
February 2015Independent
Director
Grant WebsterChief Executive Officer and Managing
Director
November 2022Executive
Director
Debbie Birch has given notice of her resignation as a Director of the Board, effective from
30 September 2024. Rob Baker replaced Debbie Birch as the Chair of the Health, Safety
and Sustainability Committee in August 2024.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl110thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Table of Board attendance
DirectorBoard
Audit
and Risk
Committee
Remuneration
and
Nomination
Committee
Health,
Safety and
Sustainability
Committee
Disclosure
Committee
Cathy Quinn137642
Rob Baker138340
Debbie Birch114240
Rob Hamilton138632
Sophie Mitchell138632
Luke Trouchet135230
Grainne Troute125540
Grant Webster127632
Total meetings held138642
Note: Cells in orange identify Director membership in a Committee.
Director and Officer gender composition
As at 30 June 2024, being the balance date, thl’s Director and Officer gender composition
was as follows:
20242023
MaleFemale
Gender
DiverseMaleFemale
Gender
Diverse
Directors4 (50%)4 (50%)0 (0%)4 (50%)4 (50%)0 (0%)
Officers
1
9 (75%)3 (25%)0 (0%)10 (77%)3 (23%)0 (0%)
Executive team
2
10 (67%)5 (33%)0 (0%)11 (69%)5 (31%)0 (0%)
1 As per the definition for “Officers” in the NZX Listing Rules.
2 The thl Executive team are thl’s C-suite leaders, as detailed on www.thlonline.com/about/executiveteam.
Use of company information
No disclosures were made of information disclosures under s145(2) and s145(3) of the
Companies Act 1993.
Directors’ shareholdings
As at 30 June 2024, Directors had relevant interests in ordinary shares in thl as set out
below. There is no requirement for thl Directors to own shares in thl.
DirectorInterestShares
Cathy QuinnBeneficial54,835
Rob BakerLegal and beneficial41,635
Debbie BirchN/A0
Rob HamiltonLegal and beneficial58,483
Sophie MitchellBeneficial73,032
Luke Trouchet
1
Beneficial26,070,109
Grainne TrouteLegal and beneficial99,080
Grant Webster
1
Legal and beneficial2,638,106
1 Refer to the Remuneration Report for details of various convertible securities owned by each of Grant Webster and
Luke Trouchet.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl111thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Directors’ share dealings
Details of the Directors’ acquisitions and disposals of relevant interests during the
financial year ending 30 June 2024 in the ordinary equity securities issued by the
Company are as follows:
Director
Nature of relevant
interest
Date of
transaction
Number of
securities
acquired/
(disposed)Consideration
Cathy QuinnBeneficial owner5 April 2024793Acquired 793 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.068 per share.
Beneficial owner29 September
2023
2,169Acquired 2,169 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.587 per share.
Debbie BirchLegal and
beneficial owner
27 February
2024
(44,062)On-market sale of 44,062
Ordinary Shares at $3.39
per share.
Rob BakerLegal and
beneficial owner
5 April 2024303Acquired 303 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.068 per share.
Legal and
beneficial owner
29 September
2023
846Acquired 846 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.587 per share.
Rob HamiltonLegal and
beneficial owner
5 April 2024787Acquired 787 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.068 per share.
Legal and
beneficial owner
29 September
2023
2,160Acquired 2,160 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.587 per share.
Sophie
Mitchell
No acquisitions or disposals during the financial year
Director
Nature of relevant
interest
Date of
transaction
Number of
securities
acquired/
(disposed)Consideration
Luke TrouchetBeneficial owner5 April 20243,208Acquired 3,208 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.068 per share.
Beneficial owner20 March 20241,500,000On-market sale of
1,500,000 Ordinary Shares
at $3.10 per share.
Beneficial owner20 March 2024351,900On-market sale of 351,900
Ordinary Shares at $3.11 per
share.
Beneficial owner29 September
2023
8,778Acquired 8,778 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.587 per share.
Grainne TrouteLegal and
beneficial owner
5 April 20241,333Acquired 1,333 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.068 per share.
Legal and
beneficial owner
29 September
2023
1,914Acquired 1,914 Ordinary
Shares pursuant to thl’s
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan at $3.587 per share.
Grant WebsterBeneficial owner6 September
2023
165,000Acquired 165,000 Ordinary
Shares upon exercise of
165,000 Options at $1.57
per Option.
Beneficial owner7 July 202326,588Acquired 26,588 Ordinary
Shares upon conversion
of vesting of 26,588 Share
Rights.
The relevant interests in the above shares are as disclosed in the Directors’ shareholdings
section.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl112thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Substantial product holders
The following information is provided in compliance with section 293 of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013 and records Substantial Product Holder notices received as
at 30 June 2024. As at 30 June 2024, the total number of voting securities on issue was
218,224,409.
Shareholder
Number of
Ordinary Shares
in which a
relevant interest
was heldPercentage %
Trouchet Shareholders26,066,90111.94%
Accident Compensation Corporation19,442,4078.91%
Tourism Holdings Limited
1
15,480,0127.09%
ANZ New Zealand Investments Limited,
ANZ Bank New Zealand and ANZ Custodial Services
New Zealand Limited
11,567,3865.30%
1 Tourism Holdings Limited’s relevant interest relates to certain Ordinary Shares held by the Trouchet Shareholders, for
which thl has the power to prevent a sale pursuant to Escrow Deeds entered into with the Trouchet Shareholders.
Spread of shareholders
The ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited are listed on the NZX Main Board and the
Official List of the ASX under a foreign exempt listing.
As at 30 June 2024 the total number of voting securities on issue was 218,224,409.
Size of Holdings
Number of
Holders
Number of Shares
Held
% of Total Issued
Shares
1 – 1,0002,3061,131,7710.52%
1,001 – 5,0003,4138,888,7664.07%
5,001 – 10,0001,0607,636,5613.50%
10,001 – 50,00087816,889,6997.74%
50,001 – 100,000886,050,8092.77%
100,001 and over90177,626,80381.40%
Total7,835218,224,409100.00%
The above shows the spread of shareholders as at 30 June 2024. The shareholding of
New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been reallocated to the
applicable members of NZCSD.
Twenty largest shareholders
As at 30 June 2024
Number of
Ordinary
Shares
% of
Total Issued
Shares
1Barmil Enterprises Pty Ltd
1
25,653,53911.76%
2HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited23,886,30710.95%
3Accident Compensation Corporation20,222,2359.27%
4Premier Nominees Limited10,026,6084.59%
5Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited8,429,3923.86%
6FNZ Custodians Limited7,802,3093.58%
7Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited5,911,7112.71%
8New Zealand Depository Nominee5,784,9702.65%
9Hantec Securities Company Limited5,145,5832.36%
10New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited4,891,5882.24%
11Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd4,851,6022.22%
12Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited4,834,0122.22%
13Tea Custodians Limited4,464,5682.05%
14Custodial Services Limited3,541,3671.62%
15J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited3,457,0561.58%
16Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited3,260,8701.49%
17JPMORGAN Chase Bank2,287,2181.05%
18Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited2,246,9351.03%
19Grant Gareth Webster & Stephen David Webster
2
2,246,5181.03%
20Mirrabooka Investments Limited2,111,0880.97%
Total151,055,47669.22%
1 Holding beneficially owned by Luke Trouchet. Refer to Directors’ shareholdings section.
2 Holding beneficially owned by Grant Webster. Refer to Directors’ shareholdings section.
The shareholding of New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been
reallocated to the applicable members of NZCSD.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl113thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
General notice of Directors’ interest
Directors have made general disclosures of interests in accordance with s140(2) of the
Companies Act. Current interests as at 30 June 2024, and those which ceased during the
year, are tabulated below. New disclosures advised during FY24 are italicised.
Cathy QuinnFertility Associates Holdings LimitedChair
Fletcher Building Industries LimitedDirector
Fletcher Building LimitedDirector
Fonterra Co-operative Group LimitedDirector
MinterEllisonRuddWattsConsultant
Rangatira LimitedDirector
University of AucklandPro-Chancellor
Robert BakerFlight Centre Travel Group LimitedDirector
Gathid LimitedChair
Goodman Private Wealth LtdDirector
Robert is a retired partner of PwC Australia and receives an annual post-
retirement payment in accordance with the Partnership Agreement he was
party to. PwC Australia is a separate entity to PwC New Zealand, who were
previously engaged as thl’s external auditor. Robert has no past or present
relationship with PwC New Zealand
Debbie BirchBirch & Associates LimitedDirector
Eastland Generation Group Director
Eastland Group LimitedDirector
Eastland Port LimitedDirector
Gisborne Airport LimitedDirector
Hawkes Bay Regional Investment
Company Limited
Director – interest advised
July 2023
Human Rights Measurement Initiative
Charitable Trust
Trustee – resignation
advised February 2024
Miraka Limited (and subsidiaries)Director
NZTE AIP Advisory PanelMember – resignation
advised February 2024
Raukawa ki te Tonga AHC LimitedChair – resignation advised
February 2024
Taupo Moana Investments LimitedChair – resignation advised
August 2023
Te Puia Tapapa GP LimitedDirector
Tuaropaki TrustTrustee Elect
Tuwhateroa Hau Rau GP LimitedDirector – resignation
advised August 2023
Westpac New Zealand LimitedDirector – interest advised
April 2024
Rob HamiltonAuckland Grammar School Foundation TrustMember
Oceania Healthcare LimitedDirector
Kamari Consulting LimitedDirector and Shareholder
Stelvio Consulting LimitedDirector and Shareholder
Synlait Milk LimitedConsultant – resignation
advised December 2023
Westpac New Zealand LimitedDirector
Sophie MitchellCorporate Travel Management LimitedDirector
Firstmac LimitedDirector
Healthcare Logic Global LimitedChair – resignation advised
August 2023
Multi-year Investment Finance & Governance
Panel, Australia Council for the Arts
Member – term ended
December 2023
Morgans Foundation LimitedDirector
Morgans Holdings (Australia) LimitedDirector
Myer Family Investments LimitedDirector
Luke TrouchetBarmil Enterprises Pty LtdDirector
Eastglo Pty LtdDirector
LGT Holdings Pty LtdDirector
Salamanda Travel Pty LtdDirector
Camp Stay Holding Pty LtdDirector
Camp Stay Pty LtdDirector
Jamonji Pty LtdDirector
Jamonji Corp Pty LtdDirector
KRLG Pty LtdDirector
RV Boss Pty LtdDirector
Caravans Away Pty LtdDirector
Luke is a Director of thl subsidiaries as listed on pages 115-116.
Grainne TrouteInvestore Property LimitedDirector
Summerset Group Holdings LimitedDirector
Duncan CotterillBoard Member
Montana Group LimitedChair
Grant WebsterLes Mills Holdings LimitedChair
Grant is a Director of thl subsidiaries as listed on pages 115-116.
NZX Waivers
On 27 February 2017 thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Rule 8.1.7 (which ensures that
options may not be subsequently amended by an issuer in a manner that is detrimental
to the interests of the holders of the underlying Equity Securities). The waiver was granted
to the extent that the Rule would otherwise prevent the issue of options under thl’s long-
term incentive scheme for senior executives, introduced in 2017. The ruling allows for a
formula to be used for the exercise price of the options that will result in a fluctuating
exercise price.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl114thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
On 22 May 2019 thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Listing Rule 6.5.2 under the revised
NZX Listing Rules. This waiver re-documented the existing waiver received on 27 February
2017 in respect of Rule 8.1.7 under the former NZX Listing Rules. In April 2024, thl relied on
this waiver in the issuance of new options under its long-term incentive scheme.
Directors’ loans
There were no loans by the Group to Directors.
Donations
In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, thl records that it
donated $7,000 during the year ended 30 June 2024. No donations were made to
any political parties.
Directors’ insurance
The Group has arranged insurance cover and provided deeds of indemnity for Directors’
and Officers’ liability.
Auditor
In accordance with section 207T of the Companies Act 1993, EY New Zealand are
appointed as the Group’s auditors. Auditors’ remuneration is detailed in note 31
to the financial statements.
Subsidiary companies
During the financial year ending 30 June 2024, the Directors of thl’s subsidiary companies
were as follows. No Director of any subsidiary received beneficially any Director’s fees
or other benefits except as an employee
1
. The remuneration and other benefits of such
employees, received as employees, are included in the relevant bandings for remuneration
disclosed in the Remuneration Report.
1thl Motorhomes LimitedGrant Webster
2Waitomo Caves LimitedGrant Webster
3Waitomo Caves Holdings LimitedGrant Webster
4TH2connect GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (ceased February
2024)
5thl Properties NZ LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (ceased February
2024)
6Action Manufacturing Group GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (ceased February
2024), Grant Brady (ceased April 2024), Chris
Devoy (ceased April 2024), Ralph Marshall
(ceased April 2024)
7Road Bear NZ LimitedGrant Webster
8Apollo Motorhome Holidays LimitedGrant Webster
9Talvor Motorhomes LimitedGrant Webster
10Hippie Camper LimitedGrant Webster
11Cheapa Campa LimitedGrant Webster
12Apollo Car Hire LimitedGrant Webster
13Maui Rentals Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
14Outdoria Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
15The Green Bus Company Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
16thl Oz Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
17thl Group (Australia) Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
18Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
19World Travel Headquarters Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
20Tourism Holdings Rental Vehicles Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
1 Grant Brady and Ralph Marshall each received director fees of $26,250 in the reporting period in relation to their
directorships of Action Manufacturing Group GP Limited.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl115thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
21Apollo Tourism & Leisure Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet
(resigned July 2023)
22Apollo Motorhome Ultimate Holdings Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
23Apollo Motorhome Holdings (Aus) Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
24Cheapa Campa Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
25G R L Enterprises Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
26Talvor Motorhomes Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
27Apollo Motorhome Holidays Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
28Apollo Motorhome Industries Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
29Hippie Camper Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
30Sydney RV Group Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
31Apollo Investments Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
32Apollo RV West Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
33AMH Products Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
34Apollo RV Service & Repair Centre Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
35Apollo Finance Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
36Winnebago RV Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
37Apollo Motorhome Holdings (NZ) Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
38thl RV Sales Adelaide Pty LtdGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
39Tourism Holdings USA IncGrant Webster
40El Monte Rents IncGrant Webster
41Apollo Motorhome Holidays LLCGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet
42CanaDream CorporationGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet, Kristen Evans
43CanaDream IncGrant Webster, Luke Trouchet, Kristen Evans
44ATL Canada LtdGrant Webster, Kristen Evans
45AmeriDream IncLuke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet, Kelly Shier
46thl Motorhomes UK LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Roach
47thl UK and Ireland LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Roach
48Apollo Tourism & Leisure UK LimitedLuke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet, Chris Stewart
49Bunk Campers LimitedLuke Trouchet, Karl Trouchet, Chris Stewart
50Blue Quadrant Leisure LimitedMark Austin, Keith Charlton (ceased August
2023), Louise Charlton (ceased August 2023)
51Apollo Tourism & Leisure (EU) LtdDaniel Kunzi, Luke Trouchet (ceased August
2023), Karl Trouchet (ceased August 2023),
Keith Charlton (ceased August 2023), Louise
Charlton (ceased August 2023)
52Apollo Motorhome Holidays GmbHGrant Webster, Nick Roach, Chris Stewart
(ceased March 2024)
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl116thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONFINANCIALSGOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Remuneration
Report from the Chair
Dear Shareholders,
On behalf of the Board I’m pleased to present you with our inaugural thl Remuneration
Report for FY24. Our vision for thl’s remuneration reporting is to increase transparency
and disclosure practices and to develop consistency in the way we report. As such, we
have adopted the NZX recommended Remuneration Reporting Template for Listed
Issuers that was released in December 2023 to guide this report.
Remuneration Objectives
The philosophy for remuneration within thl is to align remunerating Executives’ interests
and efforts with the long-term interests of thl Shareholders. This is achieved through a
combination of long-term incentive schemes and short-term incentives. The long-term
incentives are linked to share price movements, providing the Executives with a similar
experience as that of thl shareholders, and the short-term incentives include specific
targets of a financial and non-financial nature.
The thl Board recognises that in order to achieve its objectives thl must have committed
and capable staff. thl’s remuneration approach aims to set a framework around total
remuneration that serves several purposes. Firstly, a fixed base salary for thl for all
employees in salaried roles, to attract, retain and sustain the desire to remain working
for thl. Secondly a short-term incentive (STI) to encourage and reward employees for
achieving key performance indicators or other objectives, and thirdly, long-term incentives
(LTI) for appointed senior executives and managers, to align them with the long-term
interests of thl and its shareholders.
In developing a policy for the whole of thl there was recognition that the varied businesses
with the thl model and different operating jurisdictions limit the ability to implement
a true “one size fits all approach” to all aspects of remuneration and reward. The ever-
changing landscape of thl and the legal requirements of the jurisdictions we operate
in require some interpretation of the policy intent in a variety of ways. thl sees that all
leaders are aware of the principles and values of remuneration by which we operate. This
approach, alongside a clear set of boundaries and processes, forms the basis of the thl
Remuneration Policy.
Short-term Incentive Scheme for FY24
In acknowledgement of the profit downgrade impact felt by Shareholders, the Board,
on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its discretion to cancel all discretionary
STI payments for FY24, regardless of whether or not the specific individual KPI targets
were achieved.
Board Fees
Director remuneration was reviewed last year with a resolution passed at the 2023 Annual
Meeting to increase the Directors’ fee pool from $750,000 to $850,000 (plus GST, if any)
per annum, reflecting a total increase to the maximum fee pool of just under 14%. The
allocation of Directors’ fees had been unchanged from November 2018 until December
2022, including a period where Directors took a 50% fee reduction.
The increase to the fee pool approved in 2023 enables the Board to approve payments to
Directors for assuming additional responsibilities above and beyond the normal duties
of either the Board or any sitting committee, as well as allowing for annual inflationary
adjustments to the fee schedule as required.
Subsequently, as of 1 January 2024 Director fees were inflation-adjusted by +4.5%,
in addition to a review of fees for the Chairs of the respective Board Committees that
became effective at the same time. Only Chairs of Board Committees receive incremental
fees for their role, while members of Board Committees do not.
Changes to the Remuneration Framework for FY25
An external benchmarking analysis by PwC identified that, for Executive roles for which
comparative ratios could be drawn, STI entitlements at thl lagged the respective market
median. As a result, Executive participants in the FY25 STI (other than the CEO) have
been granted a stretch opportunity to earn payment above 100% of the contracted STI
entitlement, by applying a modifier in cases of outperformance on certain KPIs. The CEO
will not be eligible for a stretch modifier for the FY25 STI.
We have also introduced a new deferred component to the CEO’s STI for FY25, where thl
will hold back 20% of any earned STI, to be paid 12 months after the STI is earned.
Provisions have also been added to each Executive’s employment terms giving thl the
discretion to amend or reclaim STIs in situations of serious misconduct, or a material error
in thl’s financial statements that result in an excess payment of STI. We have implemented
these changes as part of our ongoing effort to enhance thl’s remuneration and reward
strategy and governance.
On behalf of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee, I thank you all for your ongoing
support of thl.
Sophie Mitchell
Chair Remuneration and Nomination Committee
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl117thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
Remuneration Governance
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is comprised of at least three Non-
Executive Directors of the Board, a majority of whom must be Independent Directors.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee supports the Board on matters
relating to human resources and remuneration. It assesses the role and responsibilities,
composition, training and membership requirements and remuneration for the Board,
including recommendations for the appointment and removal of Directors. Management
may attend meetings of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee by invitation only.
The Committee met six times in FY24.
The current composition of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee comprises of:
•
Sophie Mitchell: Independent Director appointed in November 2022. Sophie serves
as Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and member of the Audit
and Risk Committee, and the Market Disclosure Committee. Sophie is an experienced
professional in the finance industry and holds Non-Executive Director roles for
Corporate Travel Management Limited (ASX: CTD), Myer Family Investments Limited,
Firstmac Limited and Morgans Holdings (Australia) Limited. Sophie was previously
Chair of Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited, prior to the merger with thl.
•
Cathy Quinn: Independent Director appointed in September 2017. Cathy was
appointed Chair of thl in June 2022 and serves on all of thl’s Board Committees.
Cathy is a former senior corporate partner at MinterEllisonRuddWatts. She served
as MinterEllisonRuddWatt’s Chair for eight years during a period of transformation
and growth. Cathy is a Director of Fletcher Building Limited, Fonterra Co-operative
Group Limited, Rangatira Limited and is Chair of Fertility Associates. Cathy is also Pro-
Chancellor of the University of Auckland. Cathy is a former member of the NZ Securities
Commission and Capital Markets Development Taskforce, and was made an Officer of
the NZ Order of Merit in 2016 for services to law and women.
•
Rob Hamilton: Independent Director appointed in February 2019. Rob Chairs the Audit
and Risk Committee (appointed November 2019) and serves on the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee and Market Disclosure Committee. Rob is a respected member
of the finance community, with more than 30 years’ experience in senior roles. Rob is
currently a Director of Westpac New Zealand Limited and Oceania Healthcare Limited.
He was previously Chief Financial Officer at SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited
and Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking at Jarden (formerly First
NZ Capital). Rob has previously been a Board member on the New Zealand Olympic
Committee and Auckland Grammar School.
•
Gráinne Troute: Independent Director appointed in February 2015. Gráinne previously
chaired the Remuneration and Nomination Committee (appointed February 2015
– October 2023) and serves on the Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee.
Gráinne is a Chartered Fellow of the Institute of Directors and is also a Director of
Summerset Group Holdings Limited, Investore Property and a member of the Board
of Duncan Cotterill. She is also Chair of the Montana Group. Gráinne is a professional
Director with many years’ experience in senior executive roles. Gráinne was General
Manager, Corporate Services at SkyCity Entertainment Group and Managing Director of
McDonald’s Restaurants (NZ). Gráinne also held senior management roles with Coopers
and Lybrand (now PwC) and HR Consultancy Right Management. She has also spent
many years as a Trustee and Chair in the not-for-profit sector, including having been the
Chair of Ronald McDonald House Charities New Zealand for five years.
All members are Independent Directors.
The Committee’s responsibilities focus on seeing that effective remuneration
management systems are in place and align with thl’s broader objectives and strategies
as outlined in the Remuneration Policy.
The Committee sets and reviews the remuneration packages for the CEO, Executives
(including C-suite executives, General Managers, and equivalent roles), and Executive
Directors. Remuneration for Executives reporting to the CEO are determined based on
the CEO’s recommendations. Employment contract terms for the aforementioned are set
and reviewed, as well as the terms of thl’s short- and long-term incentive plans, including
share and option schemes for employees.
The Committee also reviews and approves thl’s Remuneration Policy, reviews directors’
fees, and seeks external advice when required.
Supporting policies and guidelines that facilitate management performance assessment,
development, and encourage their self-development are also responsibilities of the
Committee.
In addition, the Committee handles diversity objectives, the Whistleblower Policy, board
vacancies, succession planning, and CEO appointment processes.
The Committee operates under a written charter titled the Remuneration & Nomination
Committee Charter. The charter is available to view at www.thlonline.com. The internal
governance policy that sets out the context for thl’s remuneration outcomes is the
Remuneration Policy, which is also available to view at www.thlonline.com.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl118thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Executive Remuneration Policy
thl is committed to seeing that its Executives are fairly and equitably remunerated, and
appropriately rewarded for excellent performance and achievement. In addition, thl seeks
to implement a remuneration structure where the interests of the CEO and Executive
team are aligned with the interests of Shareholders.
Decisions concerning the remuneration of the CEO require approval from the Board,
usually on the recommendation of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, unless
specifically delegated to the Committee. Decisions concerning the remuneration of any
other C-level positions, General Managers or similar require approval from the Chair of
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and are subject to the oversight of the
Committee at least annually.
thl’s approach to remunerating Executives is set out in section 9 of thl’s Remuneration
Policy, which is available to view at www.thlonline.com. The number of Executives
to whom this policy applies in FY24 is 16.
The CEO and Executive remuneration generally consist of any or all of:
•
fixed remuneration, being a fixed base salary and allowances;
•
short-term performance-based cash incentives (STI); and
•
long-term incentives (LTI).
Fixed Remuneration
Fixed remuneration consists of base salary and benefits. It aims to be reasonable and fair,
taking into account thl’s legal and industrial obligations and labour market conditions.
Fixed Remuneration is relative to the scale of thl’s business and the complexity of the role,
and reflects the core performance requirements and expectations for the role. The fixed
base salary of the CEO and Executive team is reviewed annually.
Short-Term Incentives (STI)
Annual performance-based cash incentives consider corporate performance and links to
clearly specified performance targets (KPIs), aligned with thl’s strategy and appropriate to
the circumstances, goals, and risk appetite. On an annual basis these are normally linked
to financial and non-financial targets at both a Group and individual level. The target value
of an STI payment is set annually, as a percentage of the Executive’s fixed remuneration.
For FY24, the relevant percentages ranged from 12.5% - 30% (FY23: 12.5% - 30%).
The FY23 STI targets for Executives were based solely on financial metrics due to the
merger. From FY24, as thl returned to a more normal cycle, there was a change in the
annual performance-based incentives. The participating Executives, which includes the
CEO and CFO, have been measured based on Group financial performance targets (40
– 50%), business performance targets (30 – 40%), health, safety and wellbeing targets (5 –
15%) and other individualised targets (5 – 20%).
In acknowledgement of the impact felt by Shareholders following thl’s profit downgrade
in May 2024, the Board, on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its discretion to
cancel all STI payments for FY24, regardless of whether or not the specific individual KPI
targets were achieved.
FY25 STI
thl engaged PwC to conduct an external benchmarking analysis of its STI scheme, to
support the determination of the STIs for FY25. The analysis found that for Executive roles
for which comparative ratios could be drawn, STI entitlements at thl lagged the respective
market median.
In recognition of the review’s findings and the need to see that thl can attract, motivate
and retain key personnel, for the FY25 STI, Executive participants with STI entitlements
below 30% of fixed remuneration have been given a stretch opportunity to earn a
payment above 100% of the contractual STI entitlement, by applying a modifier in cases
of outperformance. This excludes the CEO.
The value of the modifier applied will be based on the Group financial performance of thl
in FY25 and will use a tiered structure contemplating a range of outcomes. The modifier
will apply to the total STI entitlement of the Executive, influencing the potential return on
all individuals KPIs. The modifier is not available to those Executives with STI entitlements
at or exceeding 30%, which includes the CEO.
The relevant percentages and targets for the FY25 STI targets are Group financial
performance (40%), business performance goals (15 - 40%), and other individualised goals
(20 - 35%). The business performance goals for Executives include goals for enhancing
health, safety and wellbeing (5 - 15%).
Replacing the cash-based STI scheme with an equity-based retention scheme in
FY21 and FY22
During the pandemic period (FY21 and FY22), the normal cash-based annual STI was
suspended and replaced with an equity-based retention scheme, as the ongoing
uncertainty of trading conditions meant that no meaningful KPI targets could be set. The
share scheme minimised cash expenditure during an uncertain period for the company,
encouraged the retention of key employees in a period where base salaries held flat or saw
voluntary deductions, and aligned the interests of eligible senior staff with shareholders
through greater share ownership.
Certain of the share rights and share options that were awarded under the share-based
retention schemes in FY21 and FY22 vested during FY23 and FY24 and are therefore
included in the CEO remuneration summary.
For FY23 the business returned to a more normal operating environment and the Board
approved disbanding the equity-based retention scheme in favour of returning to the
normal cash-based STI scheme.
Long-term Incentives (LTI)
The thl LTI scheme is designed to align the interests of the Executives with those of
the Shareholders. Executives are rewarded for long-term increases in shareholder value.
Executives are invited to participate in the long-term incentive plan by the Board on an
annual basis.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl119thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Participating Executives based in New Zealand and Australia
These Executives are awarded options at the discretion of the Board on an annual basis.
The awarding of options is based on a percentage of fixed remuneration, based on a
valuation of the options carried out each year by KPMG.
Each option may be converted into one ordinary share in thl on its exercise. The options
vest from the second anniversary of the award, with one third vesting after the second
year, one third after the third year, and the final third after the fourth year. Vesting is also
subject to the individual remaining employed by thl. The exercise price for each option
is calculated by reference to the volume weighted average price of thl Shares during the
20-trading day period prior to the awarding of the option, plus an uplift to reflect thl’s
average cost of capital for the first two years from the award, less dividends paid during
that two-year period.
Participating Executives in North America and United Kingdom
These Executives are awarded a future cash bonus payment opportunity at the discretion
of the Board on an annual basis, based on a percentage of fixed remuneration. The bonus
is payable if the thl share price meets a prescribed target after a two-year period. The
target is calculated by reference to the volume weighted average price of thl shares during
the 20-trading day period prior to the awarding of the bonus, plus an uplift to reflect thl’s
average cost of capital for the first two years from the award date, less dividends paid
during that two-year period. If the target is achieved at the end of the two-year period,
50% of the bonus is payable immediately while the remaining 50% is payable in 12 months
and subject to continued employment with thl.
Other Equity-Based Remuneration
thl may use equity-based remuneration (including options or performance shares/share
rights) from time to time. It is designed to support a long-term approach so that it does
not lead to ‘short-termism’ on the part of the Executive or the taking of undue risks. From
time to time, performance shares/share rights may be used in conjunction with or in lieu
of other equity-based remuneration.
External and Independent Advice
During the year, external independent guidance was sought from PwC in relation
to a remuneration benchmarking report for specific Executive roles ahead of FY25
remuneration setting.
Chief Executive Officer remuneration arrangements and outcomes
CEO FY24 remuneration outcomes
This year we have adopted the new NZX reporting guidelines issued in December 2023.
This represents a change to STI and LTI reporting in the CEO remuneration table (below).
This table refers to the cash-based STI earned in the reporting year, i.e. the FY24 STI
reported in the table will be paid in FY25, and the FY23 STI reported in the table was
paid in FY24. Previous annual reports refer to cash-based STI paid in the financial year,
which related to the previous year’s performance. The equity-based STI and the LTI value
in the table reflects the market value of thl shares, less the exercise price of the relevant
securities vested within the reporting period, at the time of vesting. Equity-based STI and
LTI reporting in previous annual reports reflected the value of the securities awarded in
the reporting year, at the time of award.
1
The thl Board considers that the CEO’s remuneration arrangements and significant
personal shareholding in thl appropriately align the interests of the CEO with the long-
term interests of thl and its shareholders.
The CEO’s employment arrangements include a six-month notice period. In the event of
termination, the CEO is entitled to a termination payment equating to six months of fixed
remuneration, in addition to the notice period.
1 The fair value of options for accounting purposes is completed in reliance upon a valuation undertaken by KPMG using
the Binominal Option Pricing Model.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl120thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Total CEO remuneration
The total remuneration of the CEO was as follows:
YearFixed RemunerationCash-Based Short-Term IncentiveEquity-Based Short-Term Incentive (STI)Equity-Based Long-Term incentive (LTI)Total
1
Base
Salary
2
Other
Benefits
3
Earned
4
Amount
Earned
5
Total
Cash-Based
Remuneration
EarnedSecurity
Number
Vested
Security
Value
6
Total
Vested STI
Value
6
Tranche
Vesting
Number
of
Options
Vested
Option
Value
7
Total
Vested LTI
value
7
FY24$997,246$28,000$00%$1,025,246Share Rights26,588$3.57$94,919T1 2022143,333$0$0$1,649,880
Share Options101,346$1.20$121,615T2 2021200,000$0.35$70,000
T3 2020210,000$1.61$338,100
FY23$899,533$28,000$435,12586%1,362,658Share Rights139,655$2.63$366,786T1 2021200,000$1.23$246,000$2,524,683
Share Options215,872$0.18$38,939T2 2020210,000$2.43$510,300
T3 2019141,667$0$0
1 Includes fixed remuneration paid, cash-based STI earned, equity-based STI vested, and equity based LTI vested.
2 Includes a 3% KiwiSaver (Super) contribution.
3 Reflects car allowance.
4 Earned in relation to the bonus and performance for the financial year, but which may have been paid in the following financial year. E.g. the FY23 STI was paid in the FY24 period.
5 As a % of the maximum STI payment available.
6 At Vesting Date. For Share Rights, this reflects the closing market price of thl shares on the date the Share Rights converted to shares. For Share Options, this reflects the difference between the exercise price and the closing price for thl shares on
the Vesting Date. Where multiple tranches of Share Rights or Share Options Vested during the period, a blended value is shown.
7 At Vesting Date. Reflects the difference between the exercise price and the closing price for thl shares on the Vesting Date.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl121thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Fixed remuneration
In FY24 the CEO, Grant Webster, was paid fixed remuneration of $1,025,246 (FY23: $927,533)
consisting of a base salary, a 3% KiwiSaver entitlement and car allowance.
The standard annual review of the CEO’s base salary for FY24 (undertaken in July 2023)
resulted in a 3% increase in base salary to $968,200, effective from 1 July 2023.
During FY23, the CEO’s remuneration was reviewed by the Board out-of-cycle. The merger
with Apollo Tourism & Leisure was a key catalyst for the review. The review took into
consideration external benchmarking, including that the historical position of the CEO’s
base salary has sat in the lower quartile of the relevant external benchmark set, as well
as feedback from key shareholders. The review resulted in an increase in the CEO’s
base salary from $780,000 to $940,000, effective on the merger of thl and Apollo from
1 December 2022.
KiwiSaver/Superannuation
The CEO is a participant in KiwiSaver and is eligible to receive an employer contribution
of 3% of gross taxable earnings. In FY24 this contribution was $29,046 (FY23: $33,475).
Short-term incentive - cash
For FY24, the annual STI entitlement of the CEO was a payment at 30% of fixed
remuneration if all performance targets were achieved.
In addition, a special merger CEO STI (Merger STI) was set in relation to performance in
FY23 and FY24 against KPIs relating to the implementation of the merger with Apollo.
Achievement of the KPIs at target would result in a payment at 50% of fixed remuneration
in FY23 (pro-rated for the seven months of operation as a merged group) and 50% in FY24.
The total STI earned by the CEO, being the combination of the annual STI entitlement and
the Merger STI, are set out in the table below.
Financial Year
Maximum
STI Available
1
STI Earned
STI Earned
as % of
Maximum
FY24$774,560$00%
FY23$503,217$435,12586%
1 Includes the CEO’s contracted annual STI entitlement and the Merger STI.
Annual STI entitlement
Financial Year
Maximum
Annual
STI AvailableSTI Earned
STI Earned
as % of
Maximum
FY24$290,460$00%
FY23$229,050$229,050100%
For the FY24 STI, the Board, on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its discretion to
cancel all STI payments.
For the FY23 STI, the Board approved payment at target at 100%, equating to $229,050.
The CEO’s KPI’s for the FY24 STI were the following:
KPI ComponentWeightingRemunerated
Group NPAT target 50%$0
Continuous improvement to thl’s approach to health,
safety & wellbeing15%$0
Merger synergy development and execution10%$0
People & culture10%$0
Strategy development & execution15%$0
Total100%$0
Merger STI
Financial Year
Maximum
Merger STI
AvailableSTI Earned
STI Earned
as % of
Maximum
FY24$484,100$00%
FY23$274,167
1
$205,62575%
1 Entitlement was pro-rated for the 7 months of operation as a merged group.
For the FY24 Merger STI, the Board, on the recommendation of the CEO, exercised its
discretion to cancel all STI payments.
For the FY23 Merger STI, the Board approved payment at 75% of target, equating
to $205,625.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl122thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
The KPIs for the Merger STI related to:
•
the achievement of merger synergies;
•
achievement of thl’s Return on Funds Employment target;
•
fleet optimisation and capital management;
•
people & culture; and
•
other merger-related factors.
Short-term incentive - equity
For FY21 and FY22, the normal cash-based STI was replaced with an equity-based
retention scheme, as detailed earlier in this report. No cash payments were made to the
CEO under the STI scheme in those financial years. Instead, the CEO was awarded certain
share options and share rights that were subject to retention criteria, some of which have
vested in FY23 and FY24.
Share rights
Reporting Period
Number
Vested
Value on
Vesting
FY2426,588$94,919
FY23139,655$183,393
Vested share rights were automatically converted into an equivalent number of ordinary
shares issued upon vesting. There are no remaining share rights.
Share options
Reporting Period
Number
Vested
Value on
Vesting
FY24101,346$121,615
FY23215,872$38,939
The values expressed above reflect the difference between the thl share price on the
applicable vesting date and the exercise price of the vested share option. Most of the
share options that vested in FY24 and FY23 have not been exercised by the CEO. Given the
recent decline in thl’s share price, the value of the unexercised portion of the share options
is now materially lower.
Refer to the table below for further detail on all the CEO’s remaining vested share options,
including their value when compared to the thl share price on 30 June 2024:
TrancheAward DateVesting Date
Number
UnexercisedExercise Price
Value of
Unexercised
Share
Options
1
T1 FY21July 2020July 2021114,527$2.00$0
T2 FY21July 2020July 2022114,527$2.00$0
T1 FY22July 2021July 2022101,345$2.55$0
T2 FY22July 2021July 2023101,346$2.55$0
Total 431,745 $0
1 Reflects the difference between the thl share price on 30 June 2024 and the share option exercise price, multiplied by
the number of unexercised options in the tranche.
Long-term incentive
The annual LTI entitlement of the CEO is for the award of options to the value of 35% of
fixed remuneration.
Vesting of options
Reporting Period
Number
Vested
Value on
Vesting
FY24553,333
1
$408,100
FY23551,667
2
$756,300
1 Various tranches awarded in FY20, FY21 and FY22.
2 Various tranches awarded in FY19, FY20 and FY21.
The values expressed above reflect the difference between the thl share price on the
applicable vesting date and the exercise price of the vested option. Most of the options
that vested in FY24 and FY23 have not been exercised by the CEO. Given the recent
decline in thl’s share price, the value of the unexercised portion of the options is now
materially lower.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl123thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Refer to the table below for further detail on all the CEO’s remaining vested and unvested
options, including their value when compared to the thl share price on 30 June 2024.
Unvested
TrancheAward DateVesting Date
Number
AwardedExercise Price
T1 2024Apr-24Apr-26150,666 Not confirmed
T2 2024Apr-24Apr-27150,666 Not confirmed
T3 2024Apr-24Apr-28150,667 Not confirmed
T1 2023May-23May-25131,000 Not confirmed
T2 2023May-23May-26131,000 Not confirmed
T3 2023May-23May-27131,000 Not confirmed
T2 2022Apr-22Apr-25143,333 $3.32
T3 2022Apr-22Apr-26143,334 $3.32
T3 2021Apr-21Apr-25200,000 $2.79
Vested
TrancheAward DateVesting Date
Number
Awarded
Number
Remaining
Exercise
Price
Current
Value of
Unexercised
Options
1
T1 2022April 2022April 2024143,333143,333$3.32$0
T1 2021April 2021April 2023200,000200,000$2.79$0
T2 2021April 2021April 2024200,000200,000$2.79$0
T1 2020April 2020April 2022210,000–$1.57$0
T2 2020April 2020April 2023210,00055,000$1.57$12,100
T3 2020April 2020April 2024210,000210,000$1.57$46,200
T1 2019April 2019April 2021141,666141,666$5.68$0
T2 2019April 2019April 2022141,666141,666$5.68$0
T3 2019April 2019April 2023141,667141,667$5.68$0
T1 2018April 2018April 202080,00080,000$7.00$0
T2 2018April 2018April 202180,00080,000$7.00$0
T3 2018April 2018April 202280,00080,000$7.00$0
1 Reflects the difference between the thl share price on 30 June 2024 and the option exercise price, multiplied by the
number of remaining options in the tranche.
Note: Rows in orange show the tranches that vested during FY24 because the retention conditions were met. Rows in
grey show the tranches that expired during FY24 because they were not exercised within six years of the award date.
Awarding of options
New options awarded during the reporting period are set out below.
Reporting PeriodNumber Awarded
Fair Value on
Awarding
Total Fair Value
on Awarding
FY24452,000$0.672 per option$303,744
FY23393,000$0.837 per option$328,941
The options awarded are subject to certain criteria. As the remuneration is not yet earned
and remains at risk, it has not been included in the CEO remuneration summary table.
The fair value of options for accounting purposes is completed in reliance upon a valuation
undertaken by KPMG using the Binominal Option Pricing Model. The fair value is expensed
on the income statement over the life of the option, with a corresponding credit to the
employee share scheme reserve.
The actual remuneration cost borne by thl for the LTI in the reporting period relates to the
fair value of the options awarded in the reporting period.
CEO FY25 Remuneration
The standard annual review of the CEO’s base salary for FY25 (undertaken in July 2024)
resulted in a 3.5% increase in base salary to $1,002,000, effective from 1 July 2024.
Additionally, for FY25 the CEO’s contractual STI entitlement has increased to 40% of fixed
remuneration. As the Merger STI opportunity does not apply to FY25, the maximum
potential STI payable will reduce from $484,100 in FY24 to $400,834 in FY25.
The CEO’s STI for FY25 will be measured against the followings KPIs:
KPI ComponentWeighting
Group NPAT target 50%
Continuous improvement to thl’s approach to health, safety & wellbeing15%
Achievement of fleet build cost synergies10%
Delivery of several digital transformation projects on thl’s path towards single
platform consolidation
15%
People & culture10%
Total100%
The CEO’s FY25 STI will include a new deferred component where thl will hold back 20% of
any earned STI, to be paid 12 months after the STI is earned.
These funds are retained by thl in connection with thl’s discretion to amend or reclaim
STIs in situations of serious misconduct, or a material error in thl’s financial statements
that result in an excess payment of STI.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl124thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Executive Director remuneration
Executive Directors receive performance-based remuneration packages in their
roles as Executives in the Company. Executive Directors do not receive Director
remuneration benefits in addition to the remuneration they receive as employees
of thl. The remuneration of the CEO (who is an Executive Director) is addressed in
the previous section.
Luke Trouchet is currently in the role of Executive Director - M&A and Global Transitions.
Luke oversees the global exploration of thl’s M&A opportunities and has oversight over
several special projects.
Total Executive Director Remuneration
The table below refers to the cash-based STI earned and LTI vested in the reporting year.
Further information is set out below on STI and LTI awarded in the year. Luke Trouchet is
resident in Australia and paid in AUD. For this report, figures for FY23 and FY24 have been
converted from AUD to NZD at 0.9239.
The total remuneration of Luke Trouchet was as follows:
Year
Fixed
RemunerationCash-Based Short-Term Incentive
Long-Term
incentive (LTI)Total
1
Base
Salary
2
Other
BenefitsEarned
3
Amount
Earned
4
Total
Cash-Based
Remuneration
Earned
Vested/
Earned
Total
Amount
Earned
FY24$762,182$0$00%$762,182$0$0$762,182
FY23$702,193
5
$0$142,237100%$844,431$0$0$844,431
1 Includes fixed remuneration paid, cash-based STI earned, and equity based LTI vested.
2 Includes Superannuation contribution.
3 Earned in relation to the bonus and performance for the financial year, but which may have been paid in the following
financial year. E.g. the FY23 STI was paid in the FY24 period.
4 As a % of the maximum STI payment available.
5 Includes remuneration received prior to merger of thl and Apollo.
Fixed remuneration
In FY24, Executive Director Luke Trouchet, received fixed remuneration including
superannuation and allowances of $762,182 (FY23: $702,193).
The standard annual review of Luke Trouchet’s base salary for FY24 (undertaken in July
2023) resulted in a 3% increase in base salary to $732,524, effective from 1 July 2023.
Superannuation
Luke Trouchet is an Australian employee and entitled to receive an employer
superannuation contribution as per the Australian Government Superannuation
Guarantee legislation. In FY24 this contribution was $29,566 (FY23: $29,566).
Short-term incentive
The annual STI entitlement of Luke Trouchet is a cash payment of up to 20% of fixed
remuneration if all performance targets are achieved.
The total STI earned by Luke Trouchet is set out in the table below. No payments were
made for performance in FY24 as the Board exercised its discretion to cancel all STI
payments.
Financial Year
Maximum STI
AvailableSTI Earned
STI Earned
as % of
Maximum
FY24$146,505$00%
FY23$142,237$142,237100%
Long-term incentive
The annual LTI entitlement of Luke Trouchet is for an award of options to the value of 35%
of fixed remuneration. As Luke Trouchet joined thl as part of the merger with Apollo on
30 November 2022, there were no LTIs from previous years vesting in FY23 or FY24.
Between FY23 and FY24, the LTI entitlement for all Australia-based Executives (including
Luke Trouchet) changed from a future cash bonus opportunity to thl’s long-term incentive
options scheme. Further detail on the operation of each of these schemes is set out on
page 120.
As such, in FY23, Luke Trouchet’s LTI consisted of a cash bonus opportunity of up to
$248,915 (being 35% of fixed remuneration). The LTI is payable if the thl share price
achieves a prescribed target after a two-year period, as detailed on page 120.
If the target is achieved in May 2025, 50% of the bonus will be payable at that time and the
remaining 50% will be payable in May 2026.
Awarding of options
New options awarded to Luke Trouchet during the reporting period are set out below.
Reporting Period
Number
Awarded
Fair Value on
Awarding
Total Fair
Value on
Awarding
FY24283,000$0.672 per
option
$190,176
FY230N/AN/A
The options awarded are subject to retention criteria. As the remuneration is not
yet earned and remains at risk, it has not been included in the Executive Director
remuneration summary table.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl125thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
The fair value of options for accounting purposes is completed in reliance upon a valuation
undertaken by KPMG using the Binominal Option Pricing Model. The fair value is expensed
on the income statement over the life of the option, with a corresponding credit to the
employee share scheme reserve.
The actual remuneration cost borne by thl for the LTI in the reporting period relates to the
fair value of the options awarded in the reporting period.
ESG Disclosures
thl is in progress of setting guidelines, systems and processes for greater/deeper
ESG disclosure including the implementation of a single-platform HR system which
allows such data to be extrapolated. The intention for FY25 will be to assess the data in
preparation for disclosures on diversity including information on gender remuneration
and CEO/worker pay ratio.
Staff remuneration bands
The following table notes the number of employees or former employees of thl, not
being directors of thl, who, in the year ending 30 June 2024, received remuneration and
any other benefits in their capacity as employees, the value of which was or exceeded
$100,000 per annum, in brackets of $10,000. This table does not contain the remuneration
for Grant Webster and Luke Trouchet, as they also hold positions as Directors of thl.
Remuneration in $000’sNumber of Employees
100 - 109 74
110 - 119 54
120 - 129 40
130 - 139 28
140 - 149 22
150 - 159 19
160 - 169 20
170 - 179 11
180 - 189 11
190 - 199 10
200 - 209 5
210 - 219 9
220 - 229 3
230 - 239 5
240 - 249 3
250 - 259 2
260 - 269 1
270 - 279 2
280 - 289 3
300 - 309 3
310 - 319 1
320 - 329 2
330 - 339 2
340 - 349 1
360 - 369 2
390 - 399 1
440 - 449 1
450 - 459 1
480 - 489 1
490 - 499 2
540 - 549 1
610 - 619 1
1,160 - 1,169 1
Total 342
Due to a data error relating to the merger with Apollo where only seven months of
remuneration for Canadian employees was captured (being the period under thl
ownership) instead of 12 months, the remuneration band reporting in thl’s FY23
Integrated Annual Report incorrectly indicated that 297 staff received remuneration
in excess of $100,000. The correct number for FY23 was 320.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl126thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Non-Executive Director remuneration
Approach to Director fees
When determining the fees for Non-Executive Directors, the Board considers the thl
Remuneration Policy which states in relation to Director remuneration:
•
Directors should not receive performance-based remuneration, nor should they be
provided with retirement benefits;
•
Remuneration packages will be appropriate to the market and will reflect the time
commitment and responsibilities of the role; and
•
As permitted by the fixed share plan approved by Shareholders, Directors can receive
fully-paid ordinary securities in lieu of Director fees (in whole or part) approved and
issued in compliance with the NZX Listing Rules.
thl also has in place a fixed share plan under which Directors may elect to receive ordinary
shares in thl in lieu of their Director fees (either in whole or in part). This share plan was
previously approved by thl shareholders.
Executive Directors do not receive Director remuneration in addition to the executive
remuneration they receive as employees of the Company.
Increase to Director fee pool in 2023
At the 2023 Annual Meeting, thl shareholders approved an increase to the annual
Directors’ fee pool from NZ$750,000 to NZ$850,000 (plus GST, if any). This reflected
a total increase of just under 14%.
The purpose of the increase was to provide headroom to allow payments for Directors’
assuming additional responsibilities above and beyond their normal duties (the previous
headroom was NZ$15,000, the resolution increased this to $115,000). It was also to allow
for annual inflationary adjustments to the fee schedule as required.
Adjustments to Director fees
During FY24, the Board implemented an inflationary increase of 4.5% to the Chair and
base Director fees effective from 1 January 2024.
Board Subcommittee Chair fees were also reviewed during the period. An increase of
$5,000 per annum was made to the fees for the Chairs of the Audit and Risk Committee,
Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Health, Safety and Sustainability
Committee. The changes were effective from 1 January 2024, were within budget and
were in recognition of the increased workload undertaken by the respective Chairs.
As at 30 June 2024, the schedule of Director fees per annum are as follows:
Governance BodyPositionFee
BoardChair$209,000
Director$104,500
Audit and Risk CommitteeChair$20,000
Member$0
Remuneration and Nomination CommitteeChair$15,000
Member$0
Health, Safety and Sustainability CommitteeChair$15,000
Member$0
No additional fees are paid to standing Committee members, only Committee Chairs.
Actual fees paid in FY24
A breakdown of the Board and Committee fees paid in the period is set out in the
table below:
DirectorBoardAudit & Risk CommitteeHealth, Safety & Sustainability CommitteeRemuneration & Nomination CommitteeOther CommitteesTotal
Cathy Quinn204,500––––204,500
Rob Baker102,250––––102,250
Debbie Birch102,250–12,500––114,750
Rob Hamilton102,25017,500–––119,750
Sophie Mitchell102,250––9,167–111,417
Grainne Troute102,250––3,333–105,583
Total715,75017,50012,50012,500–758,250
All fees were paid in cash. As at 30 June 2024, no thl Directors are opted in to the fixed
share plan under which they may receive ordinary shares in thl in lieu of their Director fees
(either in whole or in part).
Directors’ fees exclude GST, where applicable. Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for
costs directly associated with carrying out their duties, including travel costs.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl127thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESGOVERNANCEFINANCIALSREMUNERATION
REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Cathy Quinn (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in
September 2017. Cathy was appointed
Chair of thl in June 2022 and serves on
all of thl’s Board Committees. Cathy is
a former senior corporate partner at
MinterEllisonRuddWatts. She served as
Chair of MinterEllisonRuddWatts for eight
years during a period of transformation
and growth. Cathy is a Director of Fletcher
Building Limited, Fonterra Co-operative
Group Limited, Rangatira Limited and
is Chair of Fertility Associates. Cathy is
also Pro-Chancellor of the University of
Auckland. Cathy is a former member of
the NZ Securities Commission and Capital
Markets Development Taskforce, and was
made an Officer of the NZ Order of Merit in
2016 for services to law and women.
Debbie Birch (Taupo)
Independent Director appointed in
September 2016. Debbie Chairs the Health,
Safety and Sustainability Committee
(appointed June 2022) and has held various
Director and trustee positions over the last
14 years. She is currently a non-executive
board member of Westpac NZ Limited
Limited, Eastland Group Limited, Hawkes
Bay Regional Investment Company
Limited,Te Pūia Tāpapa GP Limited, Miraka
Limited and subsidiaries; and is a Trustee
of Tuaropaki Trust. Debbie has significant
financial, commercial and strategic
experience gained in Asia, Australia and
New Zealand with more than 30 years’
working in global capital markets.
Board of Directors
Robert Baker (Brisbane)
Independent Director appointed in
November 2022. Rob serves on the Audit
and Risk Committee and Health, Safety
and Sustainability Committee. Rob is
an experienced Non-Executive Director,
and his current ASX Board positions
include Non-Executive Director and
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of
Flight Centre Travel Group Ltd (ASX: FLT)
and Non-Executive Chairman of Gathid
Limited (ASX: GTH). Rob is also Chairman
of Goodman Private Wealth Ltd and has
several pro bono Board or Advisory Board
roles with organisations in the not-for-profit
sector including Chairman of the Audit
and Risk Committee of Australian Catholic
University Limited.
Rob Hamilton (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in
February 2019. Rob Chairs the Audit and
Risk Committee (appointed November
2019) and serves on the Remuneration
and Nomination Committee and Market
Disclosure Committee. Rob is a respected
member of the finance community,
with more than 30 years’ experience in
senior roles. Rob is currently a Director
of Westpac New Zealand Limited and
Oceania Healthcare Limited. He was
previously Chief Financial Officer at
SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited
and Managing Director and Head of
Investment Banking at Jarden (formerly
First NZ Capital). Rob has previously been
a Board member on the New Zealand
Olympic Committee and Auckland
Grammar School.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl128thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
Sophie Mitchell (Brisbane)
Independent Director appointed in
November 2022. Sophie Chairs the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
(appointed October 2023 ) and serves
on the Audit and Risk Committee and
the Market Disclosure Committee.
Sophie is an experienced professional
in the finance industry and holds Non-
Executive Director roles in Corporate Travel
Management Limited (ASX: CTD), Myer
Family Investments Limited, Firstmac
Limited and Morgans Holdings (Australia)
Limited. Sophie was previously Chair of
Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd, prior to the
merger with thl.
Luke Trouchet (Brisbane)
Non-Independent Executive Director.
Luke moved into the Executive Director
role as part of the merger between
thl and Apollo Tourism & Leisure in
November 2022. In 2001, Luke was
appointed as CEO and Managing Director
of Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd, when he
took over the management control of
the business his parents founded, with
his brother Karl. Luke led Apollo through
a strong growth period, expanding
internationally into New Zealand, USA,
Canada, United Kingdom and Europe.
Luke’s entrepreneurial mindset helped
the business make a number of strategic
acquisitions that delivered strong
financial performance. Luke continued
to drive Apollo forward to become a
global RV solution.
Gráinne Troute (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in
February 2015. Gráinne serves on the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
and Health, Safety and Sustainability
Committee. Gráinne is a Chartered
Fellow of the Institute of Directors and
is also a Director of Summerset Group
Holdings Limited, Investore Property,
Duncan Cotterill, and is Chair of Montana
Group. Gráinne is a professional Director
with many years’ experience in senior
Executive roles. Gráinne was General
Manager, Corporate Services at SkyCity
Entertainment Group and Managing
Director of McDonald’s Restaurants (NZ).
Gráinne also held senior management roles
with Coopers and Lybrand (now PwC) and
HR Consultancy Right Management. She
has also spent many years as a Trustee and
Chair in the not-for-profit sector, including
having been the Chair of Ronald McDonald
House Charities New Zealand for five years.
Grant Webster (Auckland)
Non-Independent Managing Director.
Grant was appointed Managing Director
in December 2022 and was originally
appointed as Chief Executive Officer in
December 2008. Grant has served on
various industry and Government bodies
including nine years on the Tourism
Industry Aotearoa Board including
periods as Chair and Deputy Chair. Grant
was also a co-Chair for the New Zealand
Government’s Tourism Futures Taskforce
in 2020. Grant was awarded the CEO
of the Year award at the New Zealand
Deloitte Top 200 awards in 2023.
Grant’s background includes senior
executive roles across the tourism,
hospitality, gaming and retail industries,
where he held Director and general
management roles within the retail
sector before moving into tourism.
Grant holds a Bachelor of Commerce
degree from Victoria University and has
completed executive studies at the Insead
Advanced Management Programme in
Fontainebleau and Monash University,
Melbourne Australia. Outside of thl, Grant
is on the Board of Les Mills Holdings NZ.
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl129thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTINUED
Corporate Information
Directors
Cathy Quinn – Chair
Robert Baker
Debbie Birch
Rob Hamilton
Sophie Mitchell
Luke Trouchet
Gráinne Troute
Grant Webster
Executive Team
Grant Webster – Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Luke Trouchet – Executive Director
Cameron Mathewson – Chief Financial Officer
Stacey Davis – Chief Operating Officer (Australia)
Chris Devoy – Chief Executive Officer – Action Manufacturing
Kate Meldrum – Chief Operating Officer (North America)
Kristen Evans – Chief Operating Officer (Canada)
Scott Fahey – Chief Marketing Officer
Ollie Farnsworth – Chief People & Transformation Officer
Steven Hall – Deputy Chief Financial Officer
Matthew Harvey – Chief Operating Officer (New Zealand)
Jo Hilson – Chief Technology Officer
Nick Roach – Chief Operating Officer (United Kingdom)
Juhi Shareef – Chief Responsibility Officer
Registered office
Level 1
83 Beach Road
Auckland 1010
New Zealand
Securities exchange
Tourism Holdings Limited shares are primary listed on the
New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX), with a foreign-exempt
listing on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX).
Share registrar
MUFG Pension & Market Services (formerly Link Market Services)
PO Box 91976
Auckland
Tel: +64 9 375 5998
Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz
Primary Solicitors
MinterEllisonRuddWatts
Primary Bankers
ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
Westpac New Zealand Limited
Westpac Banking Corporation
Auditors
EY
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl130thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
AS AT 30 JUNE 2024
Global Footprint
SOUTHERN
AFRICA
Franchise
JAPAN
Franchise
CANADA
Calgary
Edmonton
Halifax
Montreal
Toronto
Vancouver
Whitehorse
UK & IRELAND
Belfast
Dublin
Edinburgh
London
USA
Denver
Dallas Fort Worth
Agoura Hillsm
Las Vegas
Santa Fe Springs
Orlando
San Bernardino
Seattle
San Leandro
Dublin
Van Nuys
NEW ZEALAND
Auckland
Hamilton
Waitomo
Palmerston North
Christchurch
Queenstown
AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Alice Springs
Broome
Brisbane
Cairns
Darwin
Hobart
Melbourne
Perth
Sydney
PERFORMANCEABOUT thl131
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2024
STRATEGY IN ACTIONDISCLOSURESREMUNERATIONGOVERNANCEFINANCIALS
THLONLINE.COM
See you out there.
36°27’ N — 116°52’ W
---
Asseen,worldwide
FY24ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
27AUGUST2024
44°15’ S —
170°6’E
2thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
This presentation contains forward-
looking statements and projections.
These reflect thl’s current
expectations, based on what it
thinks are reasonable assumptions.
The statements are based on
information available to thl at the
date of this presentation and are not
guarantees or predictions of future
performance. For any number of
reasons, the future could be
different and the assumptions on
which the forward-looking
statements and projections are
based could be wrong. thl gives no
warranty or representation as to its
future financial performance or any
future matter. Except as required by
law or NZX listing rules, thl is not
obliged to update this presentation
after its release, even if things
change materially.
This presentation has been
prepared for publication in New
Zealand and may not be released or
distributed in the United States.
This presentation is for information
purposes only and does not
constitute financial advice. It is not
an offer of securities, or a proposal or
invitation to make any such offer, in
the United States or any other
jurisdiction, and may not be relied
upon in connection with any
purchase of thl securities. thl
securities have not been, and will
not be, registered under the US
Securities Act of 1933 and may not
be offered or sold in the United
States, except in transactions
exempt from, or not subject to, the
registration of the US Securities Act
and applicable US State securities
laws. Past performance information
given in this presentation is given
for illustrative purposes only and
should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance.
This presentation may contain a
number of non-GAAP financial
measures. Because they are not
defined by Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice in New Zealand
(NZ GAAP) or International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS), thl’s
calculation of these measures may
differ from similarly titled measures
presented by other companies and
they should not be considered in
isolation from, or construed as an
alternative to, other financial
measures determined in
accordance with NZ GAAP.
This presentation does not take into
account any specific investors
objectives and does not constitute
financial or investment advice.
Investors are encouraged to make
an independent assessment of thl.
The information contained in this
presentation should be read in
conjunction with thl’s latest
financial statements, which are
available at: www.thlonline.com.
Disclaimer
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Explanatory Note to
Presentation of Financial Metrics
3
•thl’s consolidated financial statements for FY24 include results
from all thl and Apollo entities across the entire reporting period
•The consolidated financial statements for FY23, being the prior
corresponding period (pcp), do not include Apollo’s results for the
five months before 30 November 2022, as the Scheme of
Arrangement with Apollo completed on 30 November 2022
•Unless otherwise stated, comparisons to the pcp in this
presentation exclude Apollo’s results for the five months prior to
30 November 2022
•Where thl believes that it is helpful for readers to compare results
against a pcp that also includes Apollo’s results for the five
months to 30 November 2022, a pro forma comparison has been
provided
•Where a pro forma comparison is used, the FY23 metrics are
referred to as “pro forma” or “PF”
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Executive Summary
4
•Underlying net profit after tax of $51.8M, within guidance range
•Statutory net profit after tax of $39.4M due to $12.4M impairment
of goodwill attributable to UK/Ireland divisions
•Record EBIT results from New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action
Manufacturing and New Zealand Tourism divisions
•Final FY24 dividend of 5 cents per share, 100% imputed and 0%
franked, providing a full year FY24 dividend of 9.5 cents per share
•Continued growth in rental fleet to 7,921 vehicles, up 10%
•Group Return on Funds Employed of 10.0%
•Despite operating conditions for the coming period being
uncertain, we expect an increase in underlying NPAT in FY25
compared to FY24
•Prevailing economic conditions make it unrealistic to achieve
$100M net profit after tax goal by FY26, however we remain
steadfast in our belief that we have the necessary components
and will advance towards our goal as tourism rebounds and
general economic conditions improve
Results Summary
COMPARED TO THE PRIOR CORRESPONDING PERIOD
UNDERLYING NET PROFIT AFTER TAX
1
$51.8M
-33%
(compared to pro forma)
STATUTORY NET PROFIT AFTER TAX
$39.4M
-21%
UNDERLYING EBIT
1
$111.1M
-20%
(compared to pro forma)
UNDERLYING EBITDA
1
$206.9M
-6%
(compared to pro forma)
REVENUE
$922M
+5%
(compared to pro forma)
RENTAL FLEET
2
7,921
+10%
NET DEBT
2
$446M
1.Excludes non-recurring items. Refer to slide 6 for a reconciliation of NPAT and
to slide 33 for a reconciliation of EBIT and EBITDA.
2.On 30 June 2024.
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
FULL YEAR DIVIDEND
9.5cps
-37%+56%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Reconciliation of Statutory and
Underlying NPAT
6
•Underlying NPAT of $51.8M is down 33% on underlying NPAT in
the pro forma pcp
•FY24 includes one non-recurring item, being the impairment of
goodwill for the UK/Ireland division
•The impairment has a negative impact of $12.4M (net of tax) on
FY24 statutory NPAT
•FY23 included various non-recurring items, as detailed in the table
on this slide
•Refer to slide 33 in the Supplementary Disclosures for
reconciliations of reported and underlying EBIT and EBITDA
APOLLO ACQUISITION ACCOUNTING
•There is a negative impact of approximately $4.4M to NPAT in
FY24 arising from acquisition accounting for the Apollo
merger
•The impact of acquisition accounting is included in both
statutory/reported and underlying results
•The approximate ongoing impact of acquisition accounting
will reduce to $2.3M per annum from FY25 onwards - refer to
slides 42 and 43 of thl’s FY23 Annual Results presentation for
further detail
Reconciliation of statutory and underlying NPAT
NZD $MFY24FY23
Statutory net profit after tax 39.4 49.9
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to the UK/Ireland CGU (net of tax) 12.4 –
Merger transaction costs (net of tax) – 3.0
Gain on the revaluation of thl's pre-acquisition shareholdings in Just go and Apollo – (3.5)
Underlying NPAT attributable to the 51% shareholding in Just go for the 3 months from July to September 2022 – (0.6)
Gain on the revaluation of deferred consideration from sale of shares in Camplify Holdings Limited – (1.0)
Underlying net profit after tax 51.8 47.8
Underlying net profit after tax attributable to Apollo and Just go prior to acquisition N/A 29.3
Pro forma underlying net profit after tax N/A 77.1
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Return on Funds Employed
7
•Return on Funds Employed continues to be the
primary metric thl uses to measure business
performance and to guide business investment and
improvement decisions
•Group Return on Funds Employed in FY24 was 10.0%
•New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action Manufacturing
and Tourism Group all exceeded thl’s 15%+ ROFE
target; however, group ROFE is hampered by
disappointing results from the USA Rentals & Sales,
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales, Canada Rentals & Sales
and Australian Retail Sales divisions
•The Australian division carries most of the goodwill
from the Apollo merger and incurs certain group
support expenses associated with the Australian
head office, impacting ROFE for the division
•The performance of the North American divisions
remain below thl’s 15% target. Several measures are
being implemented to change how the two divisions
operate with the purpose of improving future ROFE
•thl uses Adjusted EBIT to calculate ROFE. Refer to
the Glossary of Key Terms on slide 30 for further
detail on the calculation methodology for ROFE
1 Adjusted EBIT (used for calculating ROFE) includes lease interest costs arising from IFRS 16, and Average Funds and
Period End Funds exclude IFRS 16 lease liabilities. Refer to the full definition of ROFE on slide 30, and to a reconciliation of
Adjusted EBIT to Underlying EBIT on slide 33.
2 Funds employed in the Australian Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing division includes $114.2M of the goodwill recognised as
part of the merger with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited.
3 Period End Funds for UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales includes the $12.4M goodwill impairment. Adjusted EBIT for the
segment excludes the impairment expense.
$M NZD
Adjusted
EBIT
1
Average
Funds
1
Period End
Funds
1
Return on
Funds
Employed
New Zealand Rentals & Sales
45.1
203.7
257.9
22.1%
Australian Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing
2
39.9
337.4
379.9
11.8%
USA Rentals & Sales
(1.0)
235.7
220.6
< 0%
Canada Rentals & Sales
10.3
123.8
106.7
8.3%
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales
3
(0.4)
56.9
54.8
< 0%
Action Manufacturing Group
12.7
45.6
40.7
27.8%
Tourism
13.0
9.4
10.5
138.4%
Group Support Services/Other
(11.5)
34.5
2.6
N/A
Eliminations
(4.9)
(11.5)
(10.9)
N/A
Total net funds employed
103.1
1,035.5
1,062.8
10.0%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Refinancing of Bank Debt
8
•We have recently refinanced our bank debt facility,
introducing two new lenders to the syndicate and
increasing the facility size by $225M
•The refinancing acts to rebalance thl’s funding
sources towards bank debt as its primary source of
funding, supported by asset financing
•The new structure includes the requests made by
thl and provides:
⎼greater funding capacity and flexibility
⎼a covenant structure more aligned with thl’s
needs
⎼improved pricing
•The new facilities enable thl to further consolidate
the number of asset finance facilities inherited
through the Apollo merger, providing further
overall pricing benefits
•The new structure is effective from 15 August 2024
and therefore is not reflected in the FY24 financial
statements
PREVIOUS STRUCTURE
•Two-party syndicated bank
facility – Westpac, ANZ
•$250M facility size
NEW STRUCTURE
•Four party syndicated bank
facility – Westpac, ANZ, ASB
and Royal Bank of Canada
•$475M facility size
•Various tranches ranging from
2 to 4-year terms
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Capital Management
9
•We are confident in the state of thl’s balance sheet and
believe that our recent bank debt refinancing is a testament
to its strength
•Funding is generally invested in growing thl’s rental fleet
which are liquid, mobile and income-generating assets
•The liquidity of thl’s fleet and ability to reduce fleet purchases
provides thl with flexibility in managing its balance sheet,
and enabled the company to avoid raising equity during the
pandemic, despite the significant impact on earnings
•thl’s capital expenditure cashflows are counter-cyclical, as thl
invests in fleet growth when demand is increasing, and
moderates fleet growth and replenishment when demand
growth moderates
•Once thl reaches a more stable rental fleet size and
moderates the rate of fleet growth, it is expected that
improved rental earnings and lower net fleet capex
requirements will facilitate a reduction in net debt
•Our intent is to align the pace of our fleet regrowth with
growth in rental demand, which in turn should correspond
with an improvement in overall economic conditions
•thl’s equity ratio of 37.1%
2
(as at 30 June 2024) is underpinned
by the global rental fleet of nearly 8,000 vehicles
Closing Net Debt
1
$446M
Net Debt to Underlying
EBITDA
3
2.16x
Average Net Debt
in FY24
1
$406M
Rental Fleet Size
7,921
1.Net debt excludes IFRS 16 lease liabilities
2.Equity ratio net of intangibles, right-of-use
assets and liabilities, prepayments and
deferred tax assets
3.FY24 EBITDA normalised to exclude the
impairment expense relating to the
UK/Ireland business
Equity Ratio
2
37.1%
Net Fleet Capital
Expenditure
$167M
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Capital Expenditure
10
$120
$107
$181
$337
$363
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
$300
$350
$400
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
$M
GROSS CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
$135
$197
$186
$175
$187
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
$M
PROCEEDS FROM EX-FLEET
SALES
-$15
-$90
-$5
$162
$177
-$150
-$100
-$50
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
$M
NET CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
•Gross capital expenditure of $363M in FY24 comprises of $353M of fleet capital expenditure and $10M of non-fleet capital expenditure
•Gross and net fleet capital expenditure in FY25 will be lower than FY24 and FY23 as we implement thl’s capital management disciplines by
moderating fleet purchases, improving the rental utilisation on the existing fleet and managing excess retail inventory levels
•Over the medium-to-longer term, the pace of fleet growth will be managed to the recovery in rental demand and overall economic
conditions
Note: FY23 data includes 12 months of thl and 7 months of Apollo. FY20 – FY22 data reflects pre-merger thl only and are pandemic-impacted periods. The figures above include fleet bought or
sold under buyback agreements in Australia. However, these are omitted from the PPE note in the financial statements as they are classified as operating leases rather than acquisitions or
disposals of fixed assets.
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Dividend
11
•thl continues dividend payments in line with the dividend policy,
reflecting confidence in the balance sheet strength and outlook
•Final FY24 dividend of 5 cents per share, giving a full year FY24
dividend of 9.5 cents per share
•Final dividend is 100% imputed and 0% franked
•At present, thl has ~A$12M in tax losses in Australia and is
therefore not generating any franking credits
•Full year dividend for FY24 represents:
⎼40% pay-out of thl’s underlying NPAT for FY24, at the lower end
of thl’s dividend policy of 40 to 60% pay-out
⎼5.3% cash dividend yield or 7.4% gross dividend yield for NZ-
resident shareholders
1
•The dividend reinvestment plan is available for eligible
shareholders with a 2% discount available
1
Based on closing share price of $1.79 at the end of FY24
KEYDIVIDEND DETAILS
•Ex-dividend date of Thursday 19 September 2024
•Record date of Friday 20 September 2024
•DRP election date of Monday 23 September 2024
•Payment/DRP issue date of Friday 4 October 2024
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Real and Accounting Depreciation Rates
12
•The Real Depreciation Rate (RDR) is a key metric in assessing whether
thl is efficiently purchasing and selling its rental fleet
•In recent years, thl has refrained from reporting RDR as the rates were
illogical (near or below 0%) given that motorhomes, typically
depreciating assets, were increasing in value
•As conditions normalise, thl now resumes its RDR reporting
•thl expects the future RDR in New Zealand and Australia to remain
below thl’s historical norms due to (a) a greater proportion of ex-fleet
vehicles being sold through thl’s own retail dealerships, and (b)
merger synergies in manufacturing
•thl annually reviews its accounting depreciation rates and makes
adjustments, if required, so that earnings are appropriately
apportioned between the Rentals and Sales divisions
•While overall depreciation expense in FY25 is expected to be higher
than FY24, changes to accounting depreciation rates commencing in
FY25 will impact Canada and UK/Ireland (higher depreciation rates)
and New Zealand and Australia (lower depreciation rates)
•These adjustments do not affect overall earnings over the vehicle
lifecycle, cashflows (except the timing of tax payments), or the Real
Depreciation Rate, but they do impact the reporting periods that
profit is realised
•thl therefore encourages investors to consider the RDR as the primary
measure of thl’s efficiency in purchasing and selling fleet well
REAL DEPRECIATION RATE
•The difference between the original purchase price and sale
price for ex-fleet vehicles sold in a reporting period, represented
as an annual depreciation percentage
•It allows for no gain on sale or costs associated with the sale or
maintenance of the rental vehicle
•It is not impacted by the accounting depreciation rate applied to
the vehicle during its time on the rental fleet
•A low Real Depreciation Rate indicates that thl is efficiently
managing the purchasing and selling of fleet, with a low
differential between purchase and sale prices
1 Pre-FY23 data represents thl only and is unavailable for Canada and UK/Ireland.
REAL DEPRECIATION RATES
FY24HISTORICAL NORM
1
NZ~2%~6 - 7%
AU~1%~7 - 9%
USA~0.5%~0 - 1%
CA< 0%N/A
UK< 0%N/A
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Merger Synergies and Cost Efficiencies
13
•FY24 included an estimated synergy contribution (net of
implementation costs) of $18.3M of EBIT or $14.2M of NPAT
1
•Our synergy tracking and actions to date indicate that
synergies have been realised in line with original estimates.
These include:
⎼Higher ex-rental sales margins in Australia with 100% of ex-
rentals sold through the retail dealer network instead of
the wholesale network – gross profit margin increased
from 37.2% to nearly 50% in FY24
⎼Lease cost savings from the consolidation of 12 locations
⎼Labour cost savings
⎼Consolidation of marketing expenditure and benefits
•Countering some of these benefits have been inflationary
pressures that have led to cost increases, as seen across all
industries
•Cost increases have been most notable in fleet purchase and
build costs, labour rates, insurance, and property leasing
costs indexed to the CPI over several years
SYNERGIES NET OF IMPLEMENTATION COSTS
FINANCIAL
YEAR
ORIGINAL
TARGET (EBIT)
ESTIMATED
REALISED (EBIT)
ESTIMATED
REALISED (NPAT)
1
FY24$17.6M$18.3M$14.2M
FY23($1.9M)$1.8M$2.0M
1
Assuming a 28% effective tax rate on EBIT synergies and incorporating interest cost synergies (net of tax)
that are not reflected in EBIT synergies.
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Merger Synergies and Cost Efficiencies
14
•Fundamental to thl’s intent to improve ROFE is a synergy
and cost out programme to be undertaken across FY25 and
FY26
•Given the level of integration between thl and Apollo, the
line between merger synergy opportunities and overall cost
reduction and efficiency opportunities is increasingly
blurred. Combining this with the inflationary context, it
becomes increasingly complex to compare against a pre-
merger 2022 counterfactual scenario
•As a result, thl is in the process of rebasing its targets to
capture:
⎼broader cost-out opportunities not specifically associated
with the merger; and
⎼incremental synergy opportunities identified post-
merger
•thl’s rebased targets will be set against the FY24 cost base,
simplifying internal and external reporting compared to
reporting against a 2022 counterfactual scenario
•Further detail is expected to be provided on these targets
at the Annual Meeting in October 2024
CONTINUING OPPORTUNITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE MERGER
•Reducing manufacturing costs through alignment of Trans-
Tasman manufacturing practices
•Improving the North American business model through greater
alignment between the USA and Canada businesses
GENERAL COST-OUT AND EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENTS
•Moving the business globally to common digital platforms across
seven different areas, eliminating duplicate IT costs and
providing benefits in benchmarking and system management
•Undertaking a product engineering process aimed at reducing
fleet production/purchase costs to deliver a lower priced product
that better matches current market demands
•Reviewing the ways in which the businesses operate, to generate
labour and operational efficiency opportunities
15thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
36°14′N—116°49′W
Divisional
Review
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
New Zealand Rentals & Sales
16
•Return on Funds Employed of 22.1%
•Record EBIT performance for New Zealand in FY24
•EBIT growth of 14% on the PF pcp driven by the continued
recovery of international leisure travel into New Zealand and
despite the FY23 PF including NZ$4.6M of gross margin
relating to the divestment of 110 vehicles to Jucy Rentals
•Tough vehicle sales conditions evident in the decline in vehicle
sales volumes and retail RV sales margins. Ex-fleet margins
have remained consistent due to the continued sale of older,
higher-margin ex-rental inventory in FY24
•The real depreciation rate remains below the historical norm of
~6 – 7% for this business, reflecting that ex-rental margins
remained high in FY24
•Under normal operating conditions we expect sales volumes to
be above 600 annually. Our expectations are based on
historical volumes, the expansion of RV Super Centre with two
new locations, and the development of the new Auckland
flagship location
NZD $M
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Rental revenue
110.6
77.0
33.6
44%
82.7
27.9
34%
Sale of goods revenue
37.0
47.2
(10.2)
(22%)
64.7
(27.7)
(43%)
Costs
(102.0)
(92.1)
(9.9)
(11%)
(107.3)
5.3
5%
EBIT
45.7
32.1
13.6
42%
40.1
5.6
14%
Rentals division
Operating rental fleet
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Average rental fleet size
1,775
1,460
315
22%
Revenue per average rental vehicle
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
RevPARV (NZD $k)
62.3
56.6
6
10%
Vehicle sales division
Unit sales (#)
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Ex-fleet sales
276
516
(240)
(47%)
Retail RV sales
57
91
(34)
(37%)
Total RV sales
333
607
(274)
(45%)
Gross profit margin %
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
GP margin on ex-fleet sales
37.1%
36.4%
0.7%
GP margin on retail RV sales
13.7%
18.1%
(4.3%)
Total GP margin on RV sales
31.2%
32.5%
(1.3%)
Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales
FY24
FY23 (PF)
RDR
~2%
~1%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Australia Rentals, Sales &
Manufacturing
17
•Return on Funds Employed of 11.8%
•The decline in EBIT stems partly from the challenging sales
conditions, the absence of non-tourism activity in FY24, and the
inclusion in the FY23 PF of A$7.9M of gross sales margin relating
to the divestment of 200 vehicles to Jucy Rentals
•The business saw growth in tourism rental hire days
(international up, domestic down) and rental yields but faced a
94% reduction in non-tourism bookings, as the pcp included
several emergency accommodation bookings amounting to
A$8.1M in rental revenue
•The decline in RevPARV and fleet utilisation is attributable to the
loss of non-tourism activity
•Total RV sales, supported by the CamperAgent acquisition in
January, have remained in line with the PF pcp
•Under normal operating conditions we expect total RV sales
volumes to be above 2,800 annually
•Under the leadership of Action Manufacturing, the Brisbane
factory is improving its processes to enhance operational
efficiency
•The thl Melbourne assembly operations are to be integrated into
the Brisbane factory from 2025 onwards
AUD $M
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Rental revenue
119.4
97.4
22.1
23%
119.4
0.0
0%
Sale of goods revenue
228.1
121.1
107.0
88%
228.9
(0.8)
(0%)
Costs
(308.5)
(185.5)
(123.1)
(66%)
(297.2)
(11.3)
(4%)
EBIT
39.0
33.0
6.0
18%
51.1
(12.1)
(24%)
Rentals division
Operating rental fleet
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Average rental fleet size
2,247
2,002
244
12%
Revenue per average rental vehicle
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
RevPARV (AUD $k)
53.2
59.6
(6)
(11%)
Vehicle sales division
Unit sales (#)
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Ex-fleet sales
279
545
(266)
(49%)
Retail RV sales
2,214
1,981
233
12%
Total RV sales
2,493
2,526
(33)
(1%)
Gross profit margin %
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR %
GP margin on ex-fleet sales
48.9%
37.2%
11.6%
GP margin on retail RV sales
9.8%
14.1%
(4.3%)
Total GP margin on RV sales
13.4%
19.6%
(6.2%)
Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales
FY24
FY23 (PF)
RDR
~1%
< 0%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
USA Rentals & Sales
18
USD $M
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
Rental revenue
52.8
48.3
4.5
9%
Sale of goods revenue
43.5
60.0
(16.5)
(27%)
Costs
(95.9)
(100.0)
4.1
4%
EBIT
0.5
8.3
(7.8)
(94%)
Rentals division
Operating rental fleet
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
Average rental fleet size
1,729
1,612
118
7%
Revenue per average rental vehicle
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
RevPARV (USD $k)
30.5
30.0
1
2%
Vehicle sales division
Unit sales (#)
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
RV sales
667
786
(119)
(15%)
Gross profit margin %
FY24
FY23
VAR %
GP margin on RV sales
16.3%
23.5%
(7.1%)
Actual RDR (for graph)
Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales
FY24
FY23
RDR
~0%
< 0%
•EBIT of US$0.5M is a disappointing and unsatisfactory outcome
for the USA business. Recent business transformation actions
include:
⎼Kate Meldrum appointed to the new role of COO for North America,
overseeing both USA and Canada operations to maximise the potential
opportunities across North America
⎼Dedicated resource to generate greater rental activity in the non-tourism
and events segments
⎼New leadership in the sales and marketing functions
•An improvement in utilisation has seen a 2% increase in RevPARV,
however fewer sales and lower sales margins impacted overall
performance
•The decrease in gross margin on sales reflects a return to more
normal margins
•Sales volumes in FY24 were impacted by the downturn. Under
normal operating conditions, we expect sales volumes to be
around 800 annually
•Fleet investment into the 2025 high season was moderated in
anticipation of continued softness in vehicle sales, with the
average rental fleet size increasing by 7%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Canada Rentals & Sales
19
•Return on Funds Employed of 8.3%
•Although rentals performed well, EBIT of CAD$9.7M was 26%
below the PF pcp, primarily due to a CAD$2.8M impact on FY24
from Apollo acquisition accounting. Excluding the acquisition
accounting impact, EBIT declined by 5% due to normalisation of
sales margins exceeding growth achieved in rentals
•Rental revenue growth of 30% reflects a larger fleet size and an
improvement in RevPARV
•RV sales volumes rose to 398 vehicles, aligning more closely with
the normal historical sales in this market
•CanaDream is improving its mix of retail to wholesale RV sales,
mitigating the reduction in sales margins attributable to the
market normalising
•From FY25 onwards, CanaDream will commence the transfer of a
proportion of its ex-fleet vehicles to the USA business as part of
the broader North American business model efficiencies. These
transfers will reduce the sales margin opportunity for Canada in
FY25 but should deliver a better outcome for the North American
business over time
•Under normal operating conditions, we expect sales volumes for
this business to be above 400 annually
Note: A comparison to statutory results for FY23 is not provided here as the prior period covers only
7 months of performance
1
1
Gross profit margins in FY24 are impacted by the Apollo acquisition accounting, which saw a write-up in the
book value of a proportion of the Canadian rental fleet. Without the impact of acquisition accounting, gross
profit margins in FY24 would have been ~16%
CAD $M
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Rental revenue
41.8
32.2
9.6
30%
Sale of goods revenue
31.0
22.4
8.6
39%
Costs
(63.1)
(41.4)
(21.7)
(52%)
EBIT
9.7
13.2
(3.5)
(26%)
Rentals division
Operating rental fleet
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Average rental fleet size
1,367
1,161
206
18%
Revenue per average rental vehicle
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
RevPARV (CAD $k)
30.6
27.7
3
10%
Vehicle sales division
Unit sales (#)
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
RV sales
387
197
190
96%
Gross profit margin %
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR %
GP margin on RV sales
8.6%
32.5%
(23.9%)
Actual RDR (for graph)
Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet sales
FY24
FY23 (PF)
RDR
< 0%
< 0%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
UK & Ireland Rentals & Sales
20
•Return on Funds Employed < 0%
•A disappointing result for the UK & Ireland business with an EBIT
loss (before non-recurring items) of £0.1M
•thl has recognised a goodwill impairment for the UK/Ireland
division, leading to a $12.4M negative impact (after taxes) on FY24.
The impairment is not included on this slide on the basis that it is
non-recurring
•The business has experienced a notable increase in operating
costs, most significantly in insurance premiums which have
increased by £478k since FY22. There is an ongoing effort to offset
these rising costs by pursuing synergies between Just go and
Bunk Campers
•The UK division has been impacted by uncertain vehicle delivery
dates in 2023 and 2024, impacting the ability to take bookings for
the early part of the high season
•RV sales of 291 included 155 units transferred to New Zealand
Rentals & Sales with the UK recognising lower-than-average
margins on these sales. If excluded, RV sales volumes were
broadly stable with the PF pcp
•Under normal operating conditions, we expect sales volumes for
this business to be around 200 annually
•RV sales margins continue to return to normal levels but have
seen specific pressure from a particular category of aged Bunk ex-
rental vehicles
*Comparative values not presented as pre-merger Apollo data is unavailable.
GBP £MFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %
Rental revenue9.28.01.215%
Sale of goods revenue15.68.07.695%
Costs(24.9)(14.7)(10.2)(70%)
EBIT before non-recurring items(0.1)1.3(1.4)N/M
Rentals division
Operating rental fleetFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %
Average rental fleet size470N/A*N/AN/A
Revenue per average rental vehicleFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %
RevPARV (GBP £k)19.6N/A*N/AN/A
Vehicle sales division
Unit sales (#)FY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %
RV sales291122169139%
Gross profit margin %FY24FY23 (PF)VAR %
GP margin on RV sales15.2%33.6%(18.4%)
Actual RDR (for graph)
Real depreciation rate on ex-fleet salesFY24FY23 (PF)
RDR< 0%N/A*
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
NZD $MFY24FY23VARVAR %
Sale of goods - third party74.047.027.057%
Costs - third party(66.4)(43.0)(23.4)(54%)
EBIT - third party7.64.03.691%
Sale of goods - intercompany104.571.533.046%
Costs - intercompany(98.3)(67.2)(31.1)(46%)
EBIT - incl. intercompany transactions13.98.35.667%
Action Manufacturing (NZ)
21
•Return on Funds Employed of 27.8% (inclusive of intercompany
transactions)
•Action Manufacturing’s commercial vehicle manufacturing
goes from strength to strength with EBIT of $7.6M up 91% on
the pcp, while EBIT inclusive of RV manufacturing grows to
$13.9M
•FY25 will see a focus on establishing Trans-Tasman alignment
in RV manufacturing process, systems, product and people,
creating efficiencies for the broader business
•Action Manufacturing sees the specialised emergency vehicle
market as a growth opportunity, with potential to extend these
production capabilities to Australia using the Brisbane factory
•A China procurement project has been progressing in FY24 to
identify and partner with key Chinese suppliers that provide
high-quality, low-cost RV components
•The Action Manufacturing reporting segment includes thl’s
New Zealand manufacturing division only. thl’s Australian
manufacturing division is included in the Australian
Manufacturing, Rentals & Sales segment
Note: EBIT inclusive of intercompany transactions includes the intercompany revenue and costs from the
manufacture of RVs for thl's rental operations. EBIT - third party reflects solely the revenue and costs from
the manufacture of specialist commercial vehicles for third parties.
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Tourism
22
•Return on Funds Employed of 138%, representing the highest within thl
•EBIT of $13M represents a record result for the NZ Tourism division
•The FIFA Women’s World Cup in the first half of FY24 supported increased activity
during a typically quieter period
•We are targeting further growth for this division in line with increases in international
visitor arrivals to New Zealand and recovery of the China inbound market
Group Support Services & Other
Group Eliminations
•Any margin generated on intercompany vehicle transfers between manufacturing,
rentals, sales, or any other segments is eliminated at the group level
•Once an ex-rental vehicle is ultimately sold to a third party, any margins previously
eliminated on intercompany transfers are recognised
•The elimination and subsequent recognition of profits are shown in the Group
Eliminations division
•thl recharges most of its group support costs to its individual business units, however
some costs are not recharged and are reported in the GSS & Other division. The result
for this division is predominantly an outcome of the applicable recharges in a year
•GSS & Other in FY24 is higher than FY23 partly due to merger integration costs,
inflationary pressures on general corporate costs and a smaller proportion of overall
costs being recharged to individual divisions
•thl expects that EBIT for GSS & Other (after recharge allocations) in FY25 will be
approximately -$6.5M
Group Support Services & Other
NZD $M
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Revenue
1.0
0.9
0.2
17%
Costs
(12.5)
(0.8)
(11.7)
(1,460%)
EBIT before non-recurring items
(11.4)
0.1
(11.5)
N/M
Tourism
NZD $M
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
Revenue
42.0
25.1
16.9
67%
Costs
(29.0)
(18.8)
(10.2)
(54%)
EBIT
13.0
6.3
6.7
106%
Group Eliminations
NZD $M
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Intercompany revenue elimination
(123.1)
(71.5)
(51.6)
(72%)
Intercompany costs elimination
118.3
67.4
50.9
75%
EBIT
(4.9)
(4.1)
(0.8)
(19%)
23thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
-45°02’S—168°29’E
Outlook
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Outlook
24
•Despite operating conditions for the coming period being uncertain, we expect
an increase in underlying NPAT in FY25 compared to FY24
•Our current rental forward bookings demonstrate year-on-year growth in hire
days in FY25 within our key markets of New Zealand, Australia and North
America
•Booking intakes in recent weeks indicate that the recovery is slowing,
potentially impacting rentals in calendar year 2025. This indicates that it may
take longer than initially expected to return to pre-COVID levels, which aligns
with broader industry feedback and sentiment. Fleet purchases and
production for 2025 have been adjusted accordingly, with lower fleet capital
expenditure planned
•We see these headwinds as cyclical and associated with the wider economic
downturn, rather than any structural change for the RV industry. We have a
positive longer-term outlook for the RV category and believe it is positioned to
increase its share of the broader tourism market
•thl is well positioned within the industry, as the global leader in RV rentals with
opportunities for synergies and cost reduction, supported by balance sheet
strength and strong capital management disciplines
•thl continues its strong focus on ROFE, and we recognise that the returns from
the USA, UK/Ireland and Canada divisions in FY24 are unacceptable.
Addressing the Northern Hemisphere is a key focus for management and while
we expect ROFE in FY25 for these divisions will remain below our 15% target,
the changes we have implemented should lead to future improvements in
ROFE, particularly in bringing the North American businesses more closely
together
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Our Future NPAT Goal
25
•We have previously stated a goal to achieve $100M in net
profit after tax in FY26
•We continue to believe that the core assumptions
supporting our $100M goal are intact for thl
•However, the economic climate in the key markets of
New Zealand and Australia, and more broadly overseas,
have deteriorated more than anticipated when we set
this goal, and in our view makes achievement of this
goal by FY26 unrealistic
•Given the prevailing economic conditions and persisting
uncertainties, it would be inappropriate for us to set a
precise timeline for reaching our goal
•We remain steadfast in our belief that we have the
necessary components and will advance towards our
goal as tourism rebounds and general economic
conditions improve
26thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
-14°19’S—132°34’E
Questions
27thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
42°46’S—147°33’E
Thank you
28thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Important
Notes
36°14′N—116°49′W
Important notes
•All financials are in NZ dollars unless stated otherwise
(throughout presentation).
•All comparisons are against prior corresponding period
unless stated otherwise.
•The average:
•NZD:AUD cross-rate (average of the 12-month
rates) for FY24 was 0.9239 (FY23: 0.9144).
•NZD:USD cross-rate (average of the 12-month
rates) for FY24 was 0.6069 (FY23: 0.6145).
•NZD:CAD cross-rate (average of the 12-month
rates) for FY24 was 0.8209 (FY23:0.8416 being the
average the 7-month rates from December 2022).
•NZD:GBP cross-rate (average of the 12-month
rates) for FY24 was 0.4815 (FY23:0.5062 being the
average the 7-month rates from December 2022).
•EBIT should not be viewed in isolation and is intended to
supplement the NZ GAAP measures and therefore may
not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by
other companies.
•The balance sheet is converted at the closing rate as of 30
June 2024:
•The USD cross rate used was 0.6080 (FY23 -
0.6075).
•the AUD cross rate used was 0.9139 (FY23 - 0.9182).
•the CAD cross rate used was 0.8330 (FY23 - 0.8052).
•the GBP cross rate used was 0.4814 (FY23 - 0.4816).
•FY24 includes the following non-recurring items (which
have been excluded from the underlying result):
•A $12.5M goodwill impairment relating to the
UK/Ireland division ($12.4M impact, net of tax)
•FY23 includes the following non-recurring items (which
have been excluded from the underlying result):
•Transaction costs of $5.8M in relation to the
merger with Apollo
•A one-off deferred tax benefit of $2.8M on total
transaction costs in relation to the merger with
Apollo;
•A gain of $3.5M on the revaluation of thl’s 49%
shareholding in Just go (resulting from the
acquisition of the remaining shares);
•A gain of $0.6M on the revaluation of thl’s previous
shareholding in Apollo (resulting from the
acquisition of the remaining shares); and
•A gain of $1.0M from an increase in the fair value of
deferred consideration on the second tranche of
shares received from Camplify Holdings Limited, in
connection with the sale of Mighway and
SHAREaCAMPER in FY22.
•The depreciation expense and interest expense recognised
in FY24 in relation to IFRS 16 is $22.9M (FY23: $17.3M) and
$8.8M (FY23: $6.7M) respectively. Actual lease payments for
the period were $25.3M (FY23: $21.9M).
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Glossary of Key Terms
30
Average Fleet Size or Average Fleetrefers to the average of the closing rental fleet balance at the end of each month in the reporting period
Average Net Debtrefers to the average of the net debt balance at the end of each month in the reporting period
Average Yieldrefers to the average daily rental van hire rate (excluding revenue relating to add-on products)
EBITrefers to the operating profit or loss before financing costs and tax
EBITDArefers to the operating profit or loss before financing costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation
Ex-fleet Salesrefers to the sale of vehicles that previously operated on thl’s rental fleet. It excludes the sale of buyback fleet (relevant in Australia only)
Fleetrefers to the fleet of vehicles operating in the rentals division. It excludes sales inventory in the vehicle sales/dealership division
Gross Profit Margin or GP Marginrefers to vehicle sales margin as a percentage of total vehicle sales revenue (net of any wholesale dealer commissions)
Net Debtrefers to interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents, and excludes IFRS 16 lease liabilities
NPATrefers to net profit after tax
PCPrefers to the prior corresponding period
Pro Forma or PFrefers to the pro forma results of thl and Apollo, in relation to FY23
Real Depreciation Rate or RDRrefers to the difference between the original purchase price and sale price for vehicles sold in the reporting period, represented as an annual
depreciation percentage. It allows for no gain on sale or costs associated with the sale or maintenance of the vehicle
Retail RV Salesrefers to the sale of new and trade-in vehicles. It excludes ex-fleet sales
RevPARVrefers to rental revenue per average rental vehicle (based on the average fleet size)
ROFE or Return on Funds Employedrefers to EBIT divided by the average monthly net funds employed. Net funds employed is measured as total equity plus net debt. Lease Interest costs
arising from IFRS 16 (not ordinarily reflected in EBIT) are deducted from EBIT for the calculation, on the basis that the associated lease liabilities are not
included in net funds employed. The calculation is done in NZ dollars
Underlying NPATrefers to NPAT after removing any non-recurring items in the reporting period
Utilisationrefers to total hired rental days as a percentage of total calendar days
Vehicle Sales Marginrefers to vehicle sales revenue (net of any wholesale dealer commissions) less the net book value of vehicles sold. It excludes other costs of sale
31thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
-45°02’S—168°29’E
Supplementary
Information
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Divisional Performance
Comparing FY24 to the prior year pro forma
32
Year ending 30 June 2024Year ending 30 June 2023 (Pro Forma)
Just Go 3 Mths to Sep 22
$M NZDREVENUE
DIVISIONAL
EBITDA
DIVISIONAL
EBIT
REVENUE
DIVISIONAL
EBITDA
DIVISIONAL
EBIT
New Zealand Rentals & Sales 147.6 65.9 45.7 147.4 54.8 40.1
Australian Rentals, Sales & Manufacturing 376.2 73.7 41.9 380.7 84.6 55.9
USA Rentals & Sales 159.4 25.0 1.0 176.4 34.8 13.6
Canada Rentals & Sales 88.9 21.2 12.2 66.2 21.7 16.0
UK/Ireland Rentals & Sales 51.2 3.7 (0.3) 31.4 5.9 2.6
Action Manufacturing Group 178.5 18.3 13.9 118.5 11.7 8.3
Tourism 42.0 15.1 13.0 25.1 8.4 6.3
Group Support Services/Other 1.0 (9.4) (11.4) 0.9 2.0 0.1
Group Eliminations(123.1) (6.4) (4.9) (71.5) (4.4) (4.1)
Non-recurring items – (12.5) (12.5) – (6.2) (6.2)
Group Total 921.7 194.4 98.6 875.1 213.3 132.7
Underlying EBITDA/EBIT*206.9111.1219.5138.9
*Excluding non-recurring items
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Reconciliation of EBIT and EBITDA
33
Reconciliation of Reported and Underlying EBIT
NZD $M
FY24
FY23
Reported EBIT
98.6
88.9
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to the UK/Ireland CGU
12.5
0.0
Merger transaction costs
–
5.8
Gain on the revaluation of
thl
's pre-acquisition shareholdings in Just go and Apollo
–
(4.1)
Gain on the revaluation of deferred consideration from sale of shares in Camplify Holdings Limited
–
(1.0)
Underlying EBIT
111.1
89.6
Underlying EBIT attributable to Apollo and Just go prior to acquisition
N/A
49.3
Pro forma underlying EBIT
N/A
138.9
Reconciliation to Adjusted EBIT (used for ROFE calculation)
NZD $M
FY24
IFRS 16 interest expense
(8.0)
Check
Adjusted EBIT
103.1
Reconciliation of Reported and Underlying EBITDA
NZD $MFY24FY23
Reported EBITDA 194.4 158.5
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to the UK/Ireland CGU12.50.0
Merger transaction costs0.05.8
Gain on the revaluation of thl's pre-acquisition shareholdings in Just go and Apollo0.0(4.1)
Gain on the revaluation of deferred consideration from sale of shares in Camplify Holdings Limited0.0(1.0)
Underlying EBITDA206.9159.2
Underlying EBITDA attributable to Apollo and Just go prior to acquisition N/A 60.3
Pro forma underlying EBITDA N/A 219.5
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Income Statement
Full year6 months to 30 June6 Months to 31 DecemberUse for Half Year
NZD $MFY24FY23VARVAR %FY24FY23VARVAR %
FY24FY23
VARVAR %
Revenue
Sale of services440.6307.0133.644%206.6173.033.619%234.0134.0100.075%
Sale of goods481.2356.9124.335%265.9229.936.116%215.2127.088.269%
Total revenue921.7663.8257.939%472.5402.869.717%449.2261.0188.272%
Costs(727.3)(505.4)(222.0)(44%)(397.8)(315.2)(82.6)(26%)(329.5)(190.2)(139.3)(73%)
EBITDA194.4158.535.923%74.787.7(12.9)(15%)119.770.848.969%
Depreciation & amortisation(95.8)(69.6)(26.2)(38%)(50.1)(41.1)(8.9)(22%)(45.7)(28.5)(17.2)(60%)
EBIT98.688.99.811%24.746.6(21.9)(47%)74.042.331.775%
Net finance costs(40.2)(22.7)(17.5)(77%)(22.3)(16.0)(6.3)(40%)(17.9)(6.7)(11.2)(168%)
Share of profit from associates0.00.8(0.8)N/M0.00.0(0.0)N/M0.00.8(0.8)N/M
Net profit before tax58.467.0(8.6)(13%)2.430.6(28.2)(92%)56.036.419.654%
Taxation(19.0)(17.1)(1.9)(11%)(2.7)(5.9)3.254%(16.3)(11.2)(5.1)(45%)
Net profit after tax39.449.9(10.5)(21%)(0.4)24.7(25.0)N/M39.725.214.558%
Net profit after tax is attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company39.449.9(10.5)(21%)(0.4)24.7(25.1)N/M39.725.214.558%
Basic EPS (in cents)
(1)
18.226.4
Diluted EPS (in cents)
(1)
18.126.1
(1)
Based on weighted average number of shares on issue across the reporting period
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Balance Sheet
As at
As at
NZD $M
30 Jun 2024
30 Jun 2023
VAR
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
VAR
Equity
616.9
611.0
5.9
618.4
570.8
47.6
Non current liabilities (excluding lease liabilities)
431.3
287.9
143.4
388.5
197.4
191.1
Current liabilities (excluding lease liabilities)
301.8
284.8
17.0
255.3
270.9
(15.6)
Lease liabilities
147.5
159.9
(12.4)
148.1
120.2
27.9
Total source of funds
1,497.5
1,343.6
153.9
1,410.3
1,159.3
251.0
Intangible assets (including goodwill)
186.5
190.3
(3.9)
190.7
212.5
(21.8)
Investments
0.1
23.3
(23.1)
24.6
20.4
4.2
Derivative financial instruments
1.3
2.4
(1.2)
0.9
0.0
0.9
Property, plant and equipment
829.3
659.3
170.0
746.5
473.2
273.3
Right-of-use assets
130.1
145.0
(14.9)
132.3
130.4
1.9
Current assets
350.2
323.3
26.9
315.3
322.8
(7.5)
Total use of funds
1,497.5
1,343.6
153.9
1,410.3
1,159.3
251.0
Net debt (excluding lease liabilities)
445.9
285.2
160.7
403.3
249.3
154.0
Net tangible assets
430.4
420.6
9.8
427.7
358.3
69.4
Shares on issue
Net tangible assets per share
1
$1.97
$1.96
$1.97
$1.67
Book value of net assets per share
1
$2.83
$2.85
$2.85
$2.67
Debt / debt + equity ratio
2
50.9%
40.4%
48.5%
41.0%
Equity ratio
2
37.1%
42.6%
35.1%
37.8%
1
Based on shares on issue at the relevant balance date
2
Equity ratio net of intangibles, right-of-use assets and liabilities, prepayments and deferred tax assets. Disclosures in previous presentations were net of intangibles only.
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Ex-Rental Fleet Sales
Note: Gross margin equals vehicle sales revenue (net of any dealer commissions) less the net book value of
the vehicles sold. It excludes other costs of sale. FY23 figures above include a gain on the sale of 110
motorhomes in New Zealand and 200 motorhomes in Australia to Jucy Rentals on 30 November 2022.
1
These figures for the Australian division in the FY24 Interim Results presentation reflected the profit on sale
recognised by the Retail division. To provide greater insight into the overall profit contribution from each
sale, these figures now encompass the profit on sale recognised by the Retail division as well as the profit
from the intercompany transfer of sold vehicles from the Rentals division to the Retail division (which will
have been recognised by the Rentals division previously and eliminated at the group level).
$M
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Proceeds from ex-fleet sales
New Zealand
20.9
43.1
(22.2)
(51%)
Australia
21.9
57.5
(35.6)
(62%)
USA
74.4
95.4
(21.0)
(22%)
Canada
35.8
20.9
14.9
71%
UK/Ireland
26.7
11.6
15.1
131%
Total proceeds from ex-fleet sales
179.8
228.5
(48.7)
(21%)
Net book value of ex-fleet sold
New Zealand
(13.2)
(27.4)
14.2
52%
Australia
1
(11.2)
(36.1)
24.9
69%
USA
(62.3)
(73.0)
10.7
15%
Canada
(32.7)
(14.1)
(18.6)
(132%)
UK/Ireland
(22.7)
(7.7)
(15.0)
(195%)
Total net book value of ex-fleet sold
(142.0)
(158.3)
16.3
10%
Gross margin on ex-fleet sales
New Zealand
7.8
15.7
(7.9)
(50%)
Australia
1
10.7
21.4
(10.7)
(50%)
USA
12.2
22.4
(10.2)
(46%)
Canada
3.1
6.8
(3.7)
(55%)
UK/Ireland
4.1
3.9
0.2
4%
Total gross margin on ex-fleet sales
37.8
70.2
(32.4)
(46%)
$kFY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %
Average gross margin on ex-fleet sales
New Zealand28.230.4(2.3)(7%)
Australia
1
38.339.3(1.0)(2%)
USA18.228.5(10.3)(36%)
Canada8.034.5(26.5)(77%)
UK/Ireland14.032.0(18.0)(56%)
%FY24FY23 (PF)VAR
Gross profit margin (%) on ex-fleet sales
New Zealand37.1%36.4%0.7%
Australia
1
48.9%37.2%11.6%
USA16.3%23.5%-7.1%
Canada8.6%32.5%-23.9%
UK/Ireland15.2%33.6%-18.4%
#FY24FY23 (PF)VARVAR %
Ex-fleet vehicles sold
New Zealand276516(240)(47%)
Australia279545(266)(49%)
USA667786(119)(15%)
Canada38719719096%
UK/Ireland291122169139%
Total ex-fleet vehicles sold1,9002,166(266)(12%)
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Retail RV Sales (New Zealand and Australia only)
$M
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Proceeds from retail RV sales
New Zealand
7.1
11.8
(4.6)
(40%)
Australia
216.3
183.9
32.4
18%
Total proceeds from retail RV sales
223.4
195.7
27.8
14%
Cost of retail RV sales
New Zealand
(6.1)
(9.6)
3.5
36%
Australia
(195.2)
(158.1)
(37.1)
(23%)
Total cost of retail RV sales
(201.4)
(167.7)
(33.6)
(20%)
Gross margin on retail RV sales
New Zealand
1.0
2.1
(1.1)
(54%)
Australia
21.1
25.8
(4.7)
(18%)
Total gross margin on retail RV sales
22.1
28.0
(5.9)
(21%)
$k
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Average gross margin on retail RV sales
New Zealand
17.1
23.3
(6.2)
(27%)
Australia
9.5
13.0
(3.5)
(27%)
%
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
Gross profit margin (%) on retail RV sales
New Zealand
13.7%
18.1%
-4.3%
Australia
9.8%
14.1%
-4.3%
#
FY24
FY23 (PF)
VAR
VAR %
Retail RV sales
New Zealand
57
91
(34)
(37%)
Australia
2,214
1,981
233
12%
Total retail RV sales
2,271
2,072
199
10%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Fleet Movements
1 FY23 Opening Fleet does not include Apollo vehicles, which are accounted for in the on-fleets for the year
2 Off-fleets consist of vehicles transferred to inventory for sale, intercompany transfers to other jurisdictions (where applicable), and vehicles written-off
Units:FY24FY23VARVAR %
New Zealand
Opening fleet1,4001,00939139%
On-fleets
(1)
852735(117)(16%)
Off-fleets
(2)
(285)(344)5917%
Closing fleet1,9671,40056741%
Australia
Opening fleet2,0811,20687573%
On-fleets
(1)
9281,45552736%
Off-fleets
(2)
(648)(580)(68)(12%)
Closing fleet2,3612,08128013%
USA
Opening fleet1,8181,64217611%
On-fleets
(1)
60096536538%
Off-fleets
(2)
(672)(789)11715%
Closing fleet1,7461,818(72)(4%)
Units:
FY24
FY23
VAR
VAR %
Canada
Opening fleet
1,402
-
1,402
N/M
On-fleets
(1)
244
1,567
1,323
84%
Off-fleets
(2)
(389)
(165)
(224)
(136%)
Closing fleet
1,257
1,402
(145)
(10%)
UK/Ireland
Opening fleet
532
204
328
161%
On-fleets
(1)
350
441
91
21%
Off-fleets
(2)
(292)
(113)
(179)
(158%)
Closing fleet
590
532
58
11%
Total Group
Opening fleet
7,233
4,061
3,172
78%
On-fleets
(1)
2,974
5,163
2,189
42%
Off-fleets
(2)
(2,286)
(1,991)
(295)
(15%)
Closing fleet
7,921
7,233
688
10%
thl FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS PRESENTATION
Average Fleet Size and RevPARV – Historical Data
New Zealand and Australia data reflects pro forma
39
Note: Historical data for UK/Ireland unavailable. New Zealand and Australian data for FY23 and prior periods reflects pro forma combination
of thl and Apollo. The Canada division was not owned by thl before 30 November 2022.
FY19
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
New Zealand Rentals ($NZD)
Rental revenue ($k)
124.1
113.9
39.0
23.5
82.7
110.6
Average fleet (#)
3,244
3,350
2,713
1,802
1,460
1,775
RevPARV ($k)
38.3
34.0
14.4
13.0
56.6
62.3
Australia Rentals ($AUD)
Rental revenue ($k)
126.5
98.8
58.3
67.2
119.4
119.4
Average fleet (#)
3,493
3,471
2,618
2,199
2,002
2,247
RevPARV ($k)
36.2
28.5
22.3
30.6
59.6
53.2
USA Rentals ($USD)
Rental revenue ($k)
55.5
49.5
38.4
36.3
48.3
52.8
Average fleet (#)
2,042
2,128
1,192
1,315
1,612
1,729
RevPARV ($k)
27.2
23.3
32.2
27.6
30.0
30.5
Canada Rentals ($CAD)
Rental revenue ($k)
32.5
28.2
13.6
23.6
32.2
41.8
Average fleet (#)
1,169
1,382
895
713
1,161
1,367
RevPARV ($k)
27.8
20.4
15.2
33.1
27.7
30.6
T H L O N L I N E . C O M
---
Tourism Holdings Limited
Tel: +64 9 336 4299
The Beach House
Fax: +64 9 309 9269
Level 1, 83 Beach Road
www.thlonline.com
Auckland City
PO Box 4293, Shortland Street
Auckland 1140, New Zealand
27 August 2024
NZX | ASX | MEDIA RELEASE
TOURISM HOLDINGS LIMITED (thl)
FY24 ANNUAL RESULTS
Summary:
• Underlying net profit after tax of $51.8M, within guidance range
• Statutory net profit after tax of $39.4M due to $12.4M impairment of goodwill attributable to
UK/Ireland divisions
• Record EBIT results from New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action Manufacturing and New Zealand
Tourism divisions
• Final FY24 dividend of 5 cents per share, 100% imputed and 0% franked, providing a full year FY24
dividend of 9.5 cents per share
• Continued growth in rental fleet to 7,921 vehicles, up 10%
• Group Return on Funds Employed of 10.0%
• Despite operating conditions for the coming period being uncertain, we expect an increase in
underlying NPAT in FY25 compared to FY24
• Prevailing economic conditions make it unrealistic to achieve $100M net profit after tax goal by FY26,
however we remain steadfast in our belief that we have the necessary components and will advance
towards our goal as tourism rebounds and general economic conditions improve
thl today releases its results for the 12 months ending 30 June 2024.
Cathy Quinn, thl Chair, said “There is no doubt that the last six months have been particularly difficult for
parts of the business. However, the New Zealand and Australian rental businesses, which had the
greatest opportunity to benefit from the merger of thl and Apollo, have each delivered strong profit
results and are well positioned for the future.”
Grant Webster, thl CEO, said “Our FY24 results reflect a mixed set of outcomes by business area and
geography. The overall underlying NPAT of $51.8 million, while still a significant number, is below what
we believe to be achievable for thl and well below the expectations we had some months ago.
“Positively, the New Zealand Rentals & Sales, Action Manufacturing and New Zealand Tourism divisions
have all achieved record EBIT results. This success is reflective of the recovery in international tourism to
New Zealand as well as the continued growth of Action Manufacturing following several small
acquisitions in the past few years.”
Cathy Quinn said “The current environment is uncertain, leading us to the view that the difficult
operating environment will continue over the upcoming year. We believe that we are prepared for this
uncertainty, with balance sheet strength and renewed financing arrangements that position us well to
manage persisting economic pressures.
“We will continue to focus on improving operational performance, cost reduction, primarily on fleet as
our largest single investment, and achieving target returns on capital across all our businesses.”
Dividend
A final dividend of 5 cents per share, 100% imputed and 0% franked, will be payable on Friday 4 October
2024. The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is available to eligible shareholders that wish to participate,
and a 2% discount is available. The record date is Friday 20 September 2024 and the final date for DRP
elections is Monday 23 September 2024.
Outlook Commentary
Despite operating conditions for the coming period being uncertain, we expect an increase in underlying
NPAT in FY25 compared to FY24.
Our current rental forward bookings demonstrate year-on-year growth in hire days in FY25 within our key
markets of New Zealand, Australia and North America.
Booking intakes in recent weeks indicate that the recovery is slowing, potentially impacting rentals in
calendar year 2025. This indicates that it may take longer than initially expected to return to pre-COVID
levels, which aligns with broader industry feedback and sentiment. Fleet purchases and production for
2025 have been adjusted accordingly, with lower fleet capital expenditure planned.
We see these headwinds as cyclical and associated with the wider economic downturn, rather than any
structural change for the RV industry. We have a positive longer-term outlook for the RV category and
believe it is positioned to increase its share of the broader tourism market.
thl is well positioned within the industry, as the global leader in RV rentals with opportunities for
synergies and cost reduction, supported by balance sheet strength and strong capital management
disciplines.
thl continues its strong focus on ROFE, and we recognise that the returns from the USA, UK/Ireland and
Canada divisions in FY24 are unacceptable. Addressing the Northern Hemisphere is a key focus for
management and while we expect ROFE in FY25 for these divisions will remain below our 15% target, the
changes we have implemented should lead to future improvements in ROFE, particularly in bringing the
North American businesses more closely together.
Our future net profit after tax goal
We have previously stated a goal to achieve $100 million in net profit after tax in FY26.
We continue to believe that the core assumptions supporting our $100M goal are intact for thl.
However, the economic climate in the key markets of New Zealand and Australia, and more broadly
overseas, have deteriorated more than anticipated when we set this goal, and in our view makes
achievement of this goal by FY26 unrealistic.
Given the prevailing economic conditions and persisting uncertainties, it would be inappropriate for us to
set a precise timeline for reaching our goal. We remain steadfast in our belief that we have the necessary
components and will advance towards our goal as tourism rebounds and general economic conditions
improve.
ENDS
Authorised by:
Grant Webster
Chief Executive Officer, Tourism Holdings Limited
For further information contact:
Media:
Grant Webster
thl Chief Executive Officer
Direct Dial: +64 9 336 4255
Mobile: +64 21 449 210
Investors and Analysts:
Amir Ansari
Manager – Strategy & Development; Company Secretary
Direct Dial: +64 9 336 4203
Mobile: +64 21 163 8053
About thl (www.thlonline.com)
thl is a global tourism operator listed on the NZX and ASX (code: THL) and is the largest commercial RV rental operator in the world.
In New Zealand/Australia, thl operates rental brands (Maui, Britz, Apollo, Mighty, Hippie, Cheapa Campa), manufacturing (Action
Manufacturing, Apollo), retail brands (Talvor, Kea, Winnebago, Adria, Coromal, Windsor), retail dealerships (RV Super Centre,
Apollo RV Sales, Kratzmann, George Day, Sydney RV, Camperagent), travel technology (Triptech) and tourism attractions (Kiwi
Experience and the Discover Waitomo Group, which includes Waitomo Glowworm Caves, Ruakuri Cave, Aranui Cave and The
Legendary Black Water Rafting Co.). In North America, thl operates the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV, CanaDream, Britz and Mighty
rental brands. In UK and Europe, thl operates the Just go, Apollo and Bunk Campers rental brands.
---
Results announcement
Tourism Holdings Limited
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Tourism Holdings Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023
Currency New Zealand Dollars
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$921,731 +39%
Total Revenue $921,731 +39%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$39,376 -21%
Total net profit/(loss) $39,376 -21%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.05000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.01944444
Record Date 20 September 2024
Dividend Payment Date 4 October 2024
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$1.97 $1.96
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Refer to attached audited financial statements and investor
presentation.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Cathy Quinn
Contact person for this
announcement
Grant Webster
Contact phone number +64 9 336 4255
Contact email address grant.webster@thlonline.com
Date of release through MAP
27 August 2024
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Tourism Holdings Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary Shares
NZX ticker code THL
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZ HELE 0001S9
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 20/09/2024
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
19/09/2024
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
4/10/2024
Total monies associated with the
distribution
$10,911,220
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Retained Earnings
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution $0.06944444
Gross taxable amount $0.06944444
Total cash distribution $0.05000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
N/A
Supplementary distribution amount $ 0.00882353
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
100%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.01944444
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.00347222
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2.0%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
23/09/2024 27/09/2024
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
30/09/2024
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New issue
DRP strike price per financial product
$TBC
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
23/09/2024
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
Grant Webster, CEO
Contact person for this
announcement
Amir Ansari, Manager Strategy & Development
Contact phone number +64 21 1638053
Contact email address
a
mir.ansari@thlonline.com
Date of release through MAP
27/08/24
=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: FY24 Earnings Update – Investor Call Transcript – 06 May 2024 ===
Tourism Holdings Limited
The Beach houses
Level 1, 83 Beach Rd
Auckland Central
PO Box 4293
Auckland 1010, New Zealand
www.thlonline.com
TOURISM HOLDINGS LIMITED (thl)
FY24 EARNINGS UPDATE – INVESTOR CALL TRANSCRIPT – 6 MAY 2024
SPEAKERS:
DE = Desmond Edgerton
GW = Grant Webster
KC = Kieran Carling
AB = Andy Bowley
GL = Grant Lowe
BW = Ben Wilson
BM = Belinda Moore
TRANSCRIPT
[START OF AUDIO RECORDING AT 00:00:00]
DE ...today and thank you for standing by. Welcome to Toursim Holdings Limited conference call. At
this time, all participants are in the listen‐only mode. After the speakers presentation, there will be
a question and answer session. To ask a question during the session, you need to push star 11 on the
telephone. You will then hear automated message advising [00:00:17] Please be advised that today’s
conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the call over to the first speaker today, it’s
Grant Webster, CEO. Thank you, please go ahead
GW Thank you Desmond. Thank you everybody. Good afternoon. I would appreciate everybody
attending at short notice and it’s obviously a very challenging change in expectations for THL. Look,
I will start by just noting that this isn’t like Covid 19 period, it’s not a GFC, we’re not at a trading loss.
Our balance sheet and position in the market is still strong and we believe we’ve got a positive outlook
in front of us. Nevertheless, we feel the pain of the disappointment of this change in expectations as
much as everybody else will. We have had a very challenging start to Quarter 4 and a dramatic change
in our expectations. I reiterate the long‐term objectives and state of the business from our
perspective remains very positive. It’s a short presentation today, but we have provided more detail
than what we normally would for something like this, so that you can have a really good
understanding of what has occurred and the timeline around it.
So let’s just jump into it, turning first to the summary slide. So, as you well know, we’ve downgraded
our expectations for FY24 from around $75M to between $50 and $53M net profit after tax. It reflects
the weakening economy, which has impacted most regions in some way or another, but vehicle sales
have been the major factor globally and in particular, in the Australian market. Over 50% of the
shortfall that we’re looking at, from an EBIT perspective, is attributable to the Australian retail
dealership vision. And we will talk about the ex fleet sales in particular, the proportion of those that
were sitting in that Quarter 4 and the extremely high margin that relates to those vehicles. Rental
yields have generally met our expectations in most markets but we have seen, with the slowing in the
economy, the domestic markets in New Zealand and Australia decline in late booking trend and we’ll
talk about that in a little bit more detail overall as well.
When we think about the core part of the business, the rentals business, it does remain healthy. The
rental yields have generally met our expectations and our outlook for the coming high season remains
positive, which again we will cover as we move through things.
It is important to note that THL is forecasting to remain compliant with its banking covenants at the
June 30 Quarter end and beyond, but we will engage with the banks to make sure that we’ve got
greater tolerance, in case it is required and we’ll talk more about that later on, including talking about
potential impairment considerations.
Whilst we fully understand that there may not be the same sense of credibility with the $100M net
profit after tax goal for 2026, we have reiterated that that is our goal and we have provided more
detail on the assumptions that sit behind that, to provide you with an understanding of why our
confidence remains that we can hit that target.
Just turning to the waterfall slide, this does demonstrate in simple terms what we’ve just talked
about, that the Australian segment is the majority of the issue in this downgrade. Although, as you
can see, USA and New Zealand have also had declines, as has the UK/Ireland business. In fact, the
UK/Ireland business, on a percentage basis of their profitability, is actually the largest decline.
Turning to the slide on the market deterioration and the conditions around it. So the fundamental
question that you’ll be asking yourselves and obviously we’ve challenged ourselves on as well, is, how
could this have deteriorated so quickly and how come you only knew about it now? As evidenced,
like I said, we were ahead at the end of January going into February, when we released the half‐year
results, we had a small shortfall within February [00:04:40] and we had rectification in plans for that
shortage from February and March and a number of other upsides that we were considering. We
knew that we had to keep a close eye on what was happening and the trends in the business weren’t
necessarily favourable, but manageable within our forecasts. As the rental income for April came to
fruition, we saw that drop in domestic in Australia and New Zealand from the Easter period and school
holidays. We did end up below our domestic expectations in rentals but, far more importantly, what
we saw in April was a significant shortfall against our expectations for vehicle sales. We had
promotional activity in place that focussed on our ex fleet across both markets. We had priced the
product appropriately. We had in a second‐hand vehicle that was a lower price and more attractive
to the market, in our view, but demand dropped across the board and those sales simply did not
occur. We reviewed that situation at the middle of last week and, as those final expectations came
through from the businesses on Wednesday night through to Thursday morning, that’s when we went
into a trading hold because we could see a material decline in expectations for May and June. So we
have taken that trend in April and flowed it through to May and June. Some may say that that’s a
conservative approach. We think it is realistic, based on the leads that we have, based on the deals
that we have on the books and the deals that we expect to do over the coming weeks. We will talk a
little bit more about that vehicle sales issues as we move forward.
Moving to the next slide. This is where we want to just reiterate the positive outlook from a rentals
perspective. The future key rental periods are not expected to be significantly impacted by that
domestic change that we’ve seen recently. We are more an international business, particularly in
New Zealand, Canada, the UK and Australia and in general that international business remains strong
and positive, with yields in line with our expectations. Now, we did expect and plan for yields to
decline somewhat. We have been clear about that for some time, but yields have not declined any
further than what we expected. So we do see the impacts at the moment to be reflective of the
current economic conditions and we do expect those conditions to improve over time. Importantly,
we don’t see any structural change in either the demand for purchasing RVs or on an international
basis for renting RVs.
An important point here to also just note that the manufacturing and tourism businesses are
generally tracking in line with our expectations. The New Zealand tourism business is slightly down
in Quarter 4 with that movement in domestic activity but it’s outperformed in Quarter 3.
Let’s just move to the outlook. As indicated, we have retained that goal for $100M MPAT and we’ve
considered the underlying assumptions behind that goal very carefully and would consider those
against the current trading performance and we’ll talk about those on the next slide. But the
movement in FY24 clearly does mean that FY25 is also going to start poorly. Quarter 4 isn’t just going
to end and on July the 1
st
everything turn rosy. So we do expect that Quarter 1 probably going into
Quarter 2 of FY25 will start more poorly than we expected and we do therefore expect FY25 to be
materially lower than the current analysts’ consensus expectations. Those current numbers are
around $87M for FY25 and we have indicated that we think we will be below the FY23 proforma result
of $77M net profit after tax.
So let’s just have a look at the FY26 assumptions. So, I just want to reinforce at the outset that we
think these assumptions are reflective of the ongoing expectation of growth in tourism which we are
seeing and we see nothing at the moment that means that international tourism is expected to
decline, if you look at airline capacity, if you look at airline yields and if you look at hotel capacity
starting to grow again around the world, it all certainly supports that long‐haul and international
tourism is expected to grow over the coming years. They do reflect a recovery in vehicle sales. And
the RV sales market, we would note, has seen these kinds of drops historically and globally and
recovers in reasonable time‐frames, particularly as interest rates drop.
What’s important in here is to really acknowledge that we have allowed for rental yields to drop from
FY24 to FY25 and then in most markets some small growth in FY26. High days are expected to reach
pre‐Covid levels in the core markets of Australia and the UK, but we note that New Zealand and the
US remain under pre‐Covid levels. But we expect our utilisation to be broadly in line with historical
numbers and we expect the synergies and fleet flow‐through which means some jurisdictions
Australia and New Zealand in particular will have higher than historical utilisations.
We expect for that FY26 number, that ex fleet sales volumes will be broadly in line with the pre‐Covid
levels. Margins importantly, also in line with the pre‐Covid levels. USA and Canada should achieve
slight growth over those margins, given the synergies that we expect and from a fleet perspective
between those markets. The full realisation of the synergies that was indicated previously, whilst
noting the costs, are going up and are expected to go up in line with what you’re seeing in other
industries and other businesses.
The Australian retail dealership, it is important to note, that we have allowed for continued softness
in this division for some time. We do not expect it to hit the boom periods that it hit on a margin and
volume basis during Covid and we see that as an opportunity for where we’ve been conservative in
opportunity for growth.
In general, tourism numbers we expect to align with general growth. So from our perspective, those
assumptions are realistic. We do, again, understand that the market may take a different view on
those, but we think they are based sound assumptions that align with where the market is more
generally from a tourism perspective and vehicle sales perspective.
Just turning to other implications, though. Just on the financing point. So, we have been asked
already this morning to release our covenants. We don’t release what our covenants are and will
continue to consider that, but at this point in time, we don’t release those. What I’m very happy to
say is, no surprise, we have a leverage ratio and equity ratio, we have a debt servicing covenant as
well. So just a reminder that we are forecasting to be in compliance with those covenants.
The question has been raised around equity and whether we need to be raising equity. There is
nothing we see today in our balance sheet forecasting or the debt servicing capability of the business,
or the profit outlook for the business, that indicates that we would need to consider any kind of equity
raise. I will remind everybody very clearly that, even during the Covid‐19 pandemic, when we were
in a loss situation, and Apollo was in a loss situation, we did not raise equity. We have a large number
of fleet, we can manage our debt levels very effectively and we will do what is required on that basis.
Just quickly talk about asset impairments. We have done a very quick review of a number of different
areas based on this [00:13:07 re‐forecast] and we have noted that we will be considering the
UK/Ireland business in particular and it’s probable that there will be an impairment in relation to that
business which we will review as part of our business planning and year‐end processes. The value of
any potential impairment has not been allowed for in these forecasts and we can’t give an indication
of what that value may be, because clearly we haven’t done the work yet. So we just can’t put the
cart before the horse on that one.
I’m quickly just going to the divisional review and this flips us through to Slide 12 with the expectation
for fewer ex fleet sales. This is a really important point with this change. I really want to talk about
this ex fleet and the expectation that we are going to have fewer ex fleet sales across Australia and
New Zealand in particular and the material impact that has in the short term, on our outlook and
position. As you can see, there is a significant margin on these ex fleet vehicles and it is the way that
we account for it you need to think of the retail margin, you need to think of essentially wholesale
margin, or the rental to retail margin and indeed the manufacturing margin that is all linked and
associated with these vehicles. Internally it works through a group elimination process where the
profit is eliminated internally and only realised when the vehicles are actually sold. So these are very
high margined vehicles. They are the vehicles most noticeably that have not sold in the way that we
expected them to, although clearly we’ve seen a drop in vehicle sales overall in both New Zealand
and Australian markets. We do believe that our expectations were realistic. When you look at our
previous sales periods, when you look at the pricing activity that we put into place, when you look at
the marketing activity, and when you look at what was selling effectively, relative to the higher priced
new vehicles, it’s these used ex fleet vehicles which were the vehicles to get behind and push for the
last quarter of the year and in fact right through back from February. The reality is, we have found
that market has declined and indeed through April has been well below expectations. We will
continue to drive those vehicle sales and importantly those vehicles are there to sell and that margin
is there to be achieved. It is not like a rental stay that you can’t recover once it’s lost. Those vehicles
are there and we will move them through.
Just moving to the next slide on vehicle sales. The detail is there and I think you can go through it.
What we have seen in the last few months is the US achieved lower margins on vehicle sales than we
expected. There is a product called the Nada Book which an external third‐party business that values
vehicles for financing and for manufacturers within the US industry. That had been identifying the
used product from 22 and 23 as declining in value over recent times but importantly, the latest update
that came out, just at the end of last week, indicated that those 22/23 vehicles are actually seen as
increasing in value by 3 to 4%. So that gives us some confidence that the margin drops have actually
concluded and in fact we may start to see some upside in those older vehicles. Canada saw a margin
drop as planned but we did have a change in retail strategy and retail pricing strategy and changed
our campaigns and in that market, actually those campaigns actually worked and we’re out‐
performing our expectations.
Just quickly moving over to rentals. The rentals commentary, I think, is reasonably clear in those
bullet points and again, the detail we’ve covered earlier in the presentation.
So let me summarise, I guess, where we are at. When you think of all of that, there are some that
could say that we have been conservative in our reaction and our approach. This is how we see it
today. We have intended to continue to be open with the market, to make sure, obviously, that we
are complying with our continuous disclosure obligations, but challenge ourselves consistently of
what we’re expecting, why we’re expecting it and being honest with the market. We will continue to
drive ourselves and look to do better and do more, but this is where we see this sudden trend and
move in April and flowing through to May and June. April’s been poor, the trend is not our friend.
The rental shortfall in April and New Zealand, as I said before, you can’t make up. Those vehicle sales
shortfalls can be made up and at some point, those ex fleets vehicles will be sold and be sold at good
margins.
So it’s a very poor Quarter 4 and it does mean, as I said before, the Quarter 1 of FY25 is going to be
challenging as well and that’s why we’ve indicated the numbers that we have, or the broader
reduction in expectations for FY25. But we remain positive that the core of this business in rentals
and the outlook on a global basis is positive. We’re positive about those assumptions through to FY26
of $100M MPAT and we’re positive about the core structure and approach of the business. We will,
however, out of this, continue to challenge ourselves on what we could be doing differently from a
forecasting perspective, how we might assess the market differently through these challenging
economic periods and we will react as appropriate.
Finally, I’ll just reinforce that we know how to manage this business in these challenging times. We
understand that the balance sheet and management of debt and fleet is critical and we are still
making a substantive profit this year. It is not a loss‐making situation, it is different to Covid and we
believe that this is a big hiccup that we are very, very concerned about and unimpressed with our
performed, but it does not change the structural performance of this business or the industry and the
strong balance sheet position that we have.
So we do thank you again for your attendance. I look forward to the Q&A and Desmond, will hand
back over to you to open that up.
DE Certainly. As a reminder, to ask a question, you need to press star 11 on your telephone. Please
stand by while we compile the Q&A roster. One moment for the first question.
Our first question comes from Kieran Carling from Craigs [00:20:10 set]. Please go ahead
KC Good morning Grant, thanks for the presentation. First question from me is just on your fleet target
for FY25, which has been walked back from 9‐and‐a‐half thousand to 9,000 vehicles. Can you
comment on what your current fleet CapEx commitments are for FY25 and what is factored into that
fleet guidance in terms of your future commitments with THL’s ability to sell vehicles
GW Kieran, I sincerely apologise. You broke up during that question. I’m not sure if that was at our end
or your end. Could you repeat the question from the point where you said that our FY25 vehicles
fleet expectations are down by about 500
KC Yeah sure. So, with the fleet target now under 9,000 vehicles versus 9‐and‐a‐half thousand
previously. Can you comment on what your current fleet CapEx commitments are for FY25 and what
is factored into that guidance, in terms of your fleet commitments versus THL’s ability to sell vehicles
in FY25
GW
Yeah, so. Kieran, I won’t give any specific details of exactly what the numbers are. Clearly, you’d be
able to work out with a lower sales number this quarter, our net fleet CapEx goes up significantly
because we’ve obviously got less sales for this year. So you will see the FY24 number is a lot higher
than what we indicated previously and that obviously flows through to debt being higher. Not that
we gave a debt number at the half‐year. So, not at this point in time. Remember this is not a year‐
end presentation, this is an update on guidance. We’re not providing guidance into FY25 on net fleet
CapEx at this point in time, or debt numbers. You know that we will manage that accordingly to the
market and the market conditions and what the indicator is around that fleet coming down is that
we’re going to run things tight. We’re going to keep utilisation really tight and obviously with the
sales market being a little bit more volatile, we can play between fleet numbers and sales numbers if
we need to a little bit more. So we’ve got a little bit of ability to adjust between that.
KC Okay, thank you. [00:22:33] sharp decline in expectation through Q4, and your FY25 guidance for
MPAT to be below 77.1, should we be interpreting guidance as being in the ballpark of 50M, similar
to FY24, or in‐between 50 and 77.1, or is there just too much uncertainty to say at this stage?
GW No, somewhere in‐between would be the number. I’m not going to provide a number today. We’ve
got a lot more detail assumptions and actions that we need to consider as a result of this, as we work
through our numbers for the next year. You’ve got to remember, we’ve done a high level assessment
of all the numbers and the indications, based on all our revenue numbers, we’ve got to look at all the
other parts of the business. We’ve got to continue to look at that CapEx, the cost structures, so forth
and so on, so it’s way too soon for us to be providing a number, but it’s clear, based on where Quarter
1 will be from a vehicle sales perspective, that any previous expectations the market had are just too
high
KC
Thank you. And then the final one is, if we look at the shortfall of ex rental vehicle sales in Aussie and
the 13‐and‐a‐half million gross profit impact, of that impact, you sort of talk about it being more of a
timing issue, you’ve still got the vehicles there to sell in future periods, but, of that 13‐and‐a‐half
million, what are you confident that you can realise in future periods?
GW Well, it’s one of those ones where, look, it’s that pointers. It’s not the fresh food nature that a rental
stay is, but we can’t be just saying that sales will continue to fall short and compound at some point
into the future. I think that these vehicles in particular that have particularly high margins in them,
we will realise that over the coming period and what that period is, it’s going to be months, but we
will realise that over those months. So that shortfall we will achieve over a period of time, but it’s
probably in some ways at the expense of some new sales and those sorts of things. So, we’ll get that
higher margin, but on a total volume basis, the market is down
KC Okay, thanks Grant, that’s all from me
GW Thanks Kieran
DE Thank you for the questions. Our next questions comes from the line of Andy Bowley from Forsyth
Barr. Please go ahead
AB Thanks, Operator and good afternoon Grant. So, a couple of questions from me. The first of which
revolves around your $100M MPAT goal in FY26. I recognise there’s a [00:25:17] changes that are in
place with regards to the immediate outlook here and reduced FY25 fleet expectations at year‐end
there, so, a reasonably material decline in fleet expectations at the beginning of FY26. Now, how has
that impacted the assumptions leading into FY26 that you’ve outlined here, relative to where you
were this time last week. Clearly, there’s a fair few moving parts here and recognise the $100M is
only an aspirational goal, but there’s a number of clearly detailed assumptions that go behind it.
GW Yeah, so. I’ll try and keep the answer simple whilst it’s actually quite complex. In terms of that 500
and where you end up, we look at fleet on a month‐by‐month basis right through that period and
obviously you’ve got the seasonal adjustments between the different countries and what we expect
to sell, so we’ll change the sale profile over the next 2 years. So when you pull all that together, and
really try and tighten everything up, that’s where you get that ability to pull down that fleet number,
knowing that we’ve got what we’ve got in terms of sales and purchases coming through the next 12
months. So, basically going, look, you might sell some more, hold a little bit on rent dot, dot, dot, so
you’re playing around being more fleet‐efficient. What you also see in general terms is, some of the
flow‐through of the demand in New Zealand actually being stronger for the next couple of years, even
though it still remains behind pre‐Covid levels, so New Zealand is still performing particularly well and
when you look at, [00:27:07] synergies and cost lines flowing those through [00:27:10 Recording cuts
out]
AB
Okay, I think I get that. In terms of confidence levels, to be able to put that number in your release,
clearly you are still reasonably confident that that is achievable. I guess that’s not really a question,
it’s a statement, but, if you’d like to comment at all, Grant?
GW [00:27:38‐00:27:47 Recording cuts out]
AB I’m not sure if others are having the same problem as me, but I’m failing to hear you here, Grant
GW Yeah [00:27:57‐00:28:18 Recording cuts out]
GW Desmond, are you there?
DE Yes, please go ahead
GW Andy, can you hear us now?
AB Loud and clear Grant
GW Okay, alright
AB I’m not sure if you picked up my question/statement with regards to, effectively confidence levels
around your $100M of MPAT in [00:28:37 26]
GW
Yeah. So we believe that there’s enough tolerance there for us to have that goal. Clearly, it’s a much
bigger step from 25 to 26, there’s no doubt about that and it is predicated on a recovery in the vehicle
sales market, which we do confidently believe will occur. It is one of those cyclical areas and that’s
where it comes up, right, if you look at those core assumptions and that’s the big thing that’s changed
to the down. You put that back to the positive and recognise that we’ve had a bit of domestic issues
in rentals over our winter period. It’s not hard to get back there
AB
And maybe lastly, in relation to that $100M, can you give us an idea of how big your gain on sales for
used vehicles is within that number, to at least provide some level of confidence that 1) it’s achievable
but 2) it’s realistic relative to where vehicle sales have been historically?
GW So the two assumptions that we’ve indicated are
1) That ex fleet sales will be in line with pre‐Covid levels or slightly above where we’ve got
changes like new sites in New Zealand and so forth, nothing significant, and
2) That margins are in line with pre‐Covid, allowing for where there are synergies, for example,
North America. So in essence, the value of vehicle sales won’t be significantly different to
pre‐Covid levels
AB Albeit, pre‐Covid was a little bit muddied by the North American challenges in terms of that slowing
used vehicle market and new vehicle market. I don’t know if you can clarify that answer in any sense
with regards to those changing dynamics in the pre‐Covid era
GW
Look, so, the US/North American fleet numbers that we have in there for sales, we would consider
have definitely numbers that have been achieved pre‐Covid but weren’t achieved, you’re right, in the
worst of those years, when we had the excess fleet situation in the market. But they’re not out of
the norm
AB Yep, okay, thanks Grant
GW Okay
DE Thank you for the questions. One moment for the next question. Our next question comes from
[00:31:21] Grant Lowe from Jarden. Please go ahead
GL Hi Team, can you hear me okay?
GW Yeah, thank you. I think the issue was at our end
GL
Yeah, yeah, that’s all good. Just to pursue the $100M a bit further. So, building on Andy’s question
around the lower starting point. You still held the $100M to the lower starting point. How much of
this reflects conservativism in the original forecasts relative to where we are now and are there any
sort of subsequent changes to when you put out that $100M target that it might have lifted things
slightly as an offset to that lower starting point?
GW That’s a really good question. Clearly, this is [00:32:12] so there is a different assumption in terms of
where vehicle sales needs to get to from where we are today. Clearly, we’ve got a down point now,
so if you’re going to say, is there a change in conservatism, it’s in the leap that you make from FY24
to 26 is clearly different but the 26 assumptions aren’t all that different. What I’d say, the other thing
around that 9‐and‐a‐half to below 9, that’s also a point in time, so again, that’s what I was trying to
infer when I was saying, in answering Andy’s questions, we do this on a month‐by‐month basis and
when you run that through, it actually all sort of works out very effectively. So the short answer is,
it's not a big change in conservatism, it wasn’t like there was a massive amount of tolerance and now
there’s now, it’s actually very, very similar numbers, it’s just that leap from 24 to 26 is clearly much
larger. So it’s that assumption around vehicle sales recovery
GL
Right. So, if I interpret correctly, whilst the year‐end FY25 might be a lower point, we’ve got some
various assumptions in there for [00:33:27 higher days and stuff] for a couple of years, but, basically
what you’re saying is that, it’s probably [00:33:34 the...variant .... higher days] across the North
American season and then, obviously acquire some higher vehicle numbers through the first half of
26 and generate higher [00:33:47] average vehicles in the ANZ region. And just in terms of the current
status of. Obviously, we’ve got very high margins in those ANZ vehicles, as you’ve mentioned. How
much opportunity is there to stimulate demand through pricing at the moment, lowering those
margins due to the plus volume trade‐off, or is it simply the case that you’re just simply not getting
the people walking onto the shop floor to buy these vehicles at the same rate you would normally
expect?
GW We’re not getting the people on the shop floor or, obviously, on‐line, to buy the vehicles that we
were seeing previously. We had put price activity in place. There’s a question, how far do you go,
dot, dot, dot, it’s always a question, right? We had priced and done specials to a degree, everyone in
New Zealand hopefully would’ve [00:34:41] marketing activity for the campaign in New Zealand,
likewise in Australia, so we believed we were where we needed to be. Maybe there’s a better
stimulation at a slightly different price but I don’t know, but the reality is it’s believed and numbers
coming in the front door haven’t been where they were expected to be at all.
GL Okay, thank you, that’s all for me.
DE Thank you for the questions. As a reminder, to ask a question, please press star 11. One moment for
the next question. Next question comes from [00:35:18] Ben Wilson from Wilsons Advisory. Please
go ahead
BW Thank you. Morning, Team. Just my first question, Grant. You said that the lowered EBIT guidance
in Australia is overwhelmingly geared towards ex rental sales. Can you give us a rough breakdown of
the split between ex rental and new RV sales. I guess, [00:35:46 surplus part of that] given that the
new RV retail sales are skewed more towards towables. Are you seeing much of an impact there, just
given they do typically have a lower price point?
GW I won’t give the exact skew Ben, we’ll just a have a [00:36:02] something that we want to release.
We’ve obviously given the total number for Australia in the waterfall and we’ve given the number for
the ex vehicle sales in that total of 13.5M that was across Australia and New Zealand, so make an
assumption about how that might split. You are right, Ben, the towables in Australia are not down as
much as the expectations for the ex fleet. There is margin pressure at that end, but we’ve seen that
margin pressure for a little bit of time and have allowed for that accordingly.
BW Thank you, and can you remind me what the seasonality is like in sales volumes in Australia/New
Zealand. I had thought that they were more typically skewed towards the summer high season, but
it sounds as though you do sell vehicles [00:36:58] volume right throughout the year, just given, I
guess, the contribution to this is [00:37:04] downgrade
GW Yeah, correct, we sell right throughout the year. In Australia, it’s show season, so WA, Sydney,
Victoria and Brisbane have all had their major shows and Brisbane’s got it’s major show coming up,
but they’ve all had shows in just the recent 6 weeks and likewise, New Zealand, in the last 6 weeks as
well. So it is show season, that end‐of‐summer season sale period that occurs every year
BW Thanks Grant. Last question on the sale side of things. Just wondering, is there any potential to put
some of those ex rental vehicles that you haven’t sold yet back into the rental fleet to earn income
on, or is that just not practical or feasible? [00:37(Overtalking) rebranded some of them already...]
GW Over this winter period, it’s not worth doing that at all. We’ve got plenty of fleet available in both
countries right at the moment, so it’s not feasible from that perspective, no, but you’re right in
general terms, if you’re in the middle, if it was a different time of year, you would absolutely consider
moving vehicles from sales back onto rent, depending on the vehicle type and so forth and so on. But
it’s just not the right time of year to do that
BW
Next one. Actually, sorry, one more question on the sales side of things before I go to my final
question. I guess it’s with the outlook for interest rates, certainly in Australia and the US to be higher
for longer now. Is a decline in rates quite important in your assumptions, is there increasing demand
and is there recovery in sales volumes?
GW Yeah, look, the short answer is most likely yes. I mean, we don’t sit here as core economists, but
certainly what we’ve seen in demand and leads as sentiment is moved around interest rates, would
say that the gut feel is that there is a reasonable correlation there, certainly what we’ve seen in the
US, there definitely is in North American [00:39:17]
BW Thanks Grant and, just my last question, more on the rental side of things. You’ve said that you’re
still seeing good performance in the tourism business. The most recent inbound tourist arrival
numbers out of New Zealand and Australia, I think are as at February still, but they still show
significant increase of year‐on‐year and a lowering of the gap towards 2019 peaks, so are you still
saying there’s a strong international tourist demand for rentals in Australia/New Zealand [00:39:55]
it’s really more a sales issue, obviously, that’s driven all [00:40:00 this forward ...]
GW Yeah, Ben you’re absolutely right, you’re completely onto it. April, May, June just aren’t international
months from the rental perspective, but much more domestic months, especially April, with that
Easter and school holiday period, that was well down on expectations. We did say at the half‐year
that when people were asking the question, what’s your rentals outlook, it should be reasonably well
booked, we made the point that with Easter being at the start of April, that that was a real question
mark for us in this market, not quite knowing exactly what would happen and we did see that post‐
March, that Easter and school holidays period below our expectations, but that is a domestic point
not an international one.
BW Great. Thanks very much, Grant, that’s all my questions
GW Thanks Ben
DE
Thank you for the questions. As a reminder, if you’d like to ask question, please press star 11. At this
time, there are no further questions from the [00:40:59] Allow me to hand the call back to
Management for closing
GW Thanks Desmond, appreciate it. Thank you everybody for your. Oh, it looks like in the Q&A queue,
Desmond, Belinda might have just jumped in there, is that correct? Or am I [00:41:15 overtalking]
DE (Overtalking... ) allow me to open the lines
BM Yeah, hi Grant
DE Yes, go ahead please Belinda
BM Grant, you’re talking about the different mix between international and domestic bookings and the
impact it has on [00:41:29] can you give us some flavour there? And also, now I suspect, given you
couldn’t sell your fleet, your end will be maybe a bit higher than what you were thinking and then
now you’ve lowered your 25, I mean, does that impact your synergies? I thought you always had to
have a certain fleet size to get your synergies. And even if you can give us a range, can you tell us
where you’re roughly seeing net debit year‐end now, in 24 please?
GW Sure. Just your first question on international verse domestic. The US has that differential, so
domestics actually are high‐yield and so that’s where that mix is slightly different. New Zealand/
Australia actually isn’t all that different on a daily yield basis. Then you’re talking about, [00:42:27
are] the vehicle sales shortfall create a higher debt position? Absolutely it does, we haven’t given a
debt number, so we’ll just have to have a look and see whether we put that out there. I think, if you
take the broad number of vehicle sales, or the shortfall that we’ve got, how much we are attributing
to vehicle sales, flow that back, you should get a reasonable sort of number, take off the profitability
shortfall and you should see where debt goes up versus where [00:42:57] as a previous number, but
we haven’t given that number out at this point
BM And you see, with the lower fleet, how that may impact your synergy [00:43:11]
GW Sorry Belinda, you did ask that. The synergy on that front is basically one of the points of bringing the
fleet down, right? It’s a utilisation synergy and not having to run as much fleet. They’re all variable
from that perspective, they’re variable savings and indeed, if you have lower fleet then it’s less
vehicles that you’ve achieved to bill in materials, but overall, that will still [00:43:39] synergies and a
proportionate amount of variable synergies flows through. So nothing that significantly impacts
synergy number, no
BM Thank you
GW Great, thanks Belinda, appreciate it
DE Thank you for the questions. Back to the Management for closing
GW Right, thank you. Thank you, Desmond, for managing us through. Thanks, everybody, for your time.
We look forward to getting some runs back on the Board and rebuilding some confidence in
expectations around THL because we certainly have that confidence in the future. So, we’ll have to
deliver the results to get you on‐side and we will do so. Thank you all very much
DE This concludes today’s conference call, thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
[END OF AUDIO RECORDING AT 00:44:22 MINS]
ENDS
About thl (www.thlonline.com)
thl is a global tourism operator listed on the NZX and ASX (code: THL) and is the largest commercial RV rental operator in the world.
In New Zealand/Australia, thl operates rental brands (Maui, Britz, Apollo, Mighty, Hippie, Cheapa Campa), manufacturing (Action
Manufacturing, Apollo), retail brands (Talvor, Kea, Winnebago, Adria, Coromal, Windsor), retail dealerships (RV Super Centre,
Apollo RV Sales, Kratzmann, George Day, Sydney RV, Camperagent, E‐Camperco), travel technology (TripTech) and tourism
attractions (Kiwi Experience and the Discover Waitomo Group, which includes Waitomo Glowworm Caves, Ruakuri Cave, Aranui
Cave and The Legendary Black Water Rafting Co.). In North America, thl operates the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV, CanaDream,
Britz and Mighty rental brands. In UK and Europe, thl operates the Just go, Apollo and Bunk Campers rental brands.
=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: FY24 Full Year Results Investor Call Transcript ===
Tourism Holdings Limited
The Beach houses
Level 1, 83 Beach Rd
Auckland Central
PO Box 4293
Auckland 1010, New Zealand
www.thlonline.com
Tourism Holding Limited
FY24 Full Year Results Investor Call Transcript
Operator: Thank you for standing by, and welcome to the Tourism Holdings Limited
2024 Annual Results Call. All participants are in listen-only mode. There will
be a presentation followed by a question-and-answer session. If you wish to
ask a question, you will need to press the star key followed by the number
one on your telephone keypad.
I would now like to hand the conference over to Mr. Grant Webster, CEO and
Managing Director. Please go ahead.
Grant Webster: Thanks, Kaylee, really appreciate that. Thank you everybody for your time.
And welcome to the FY24 Annual Results Presentation for thl. You know, I've
just been introduced, so Grant Webster, CEO of thl. I am here today with
Cameron Mathewson, our new CFO; Steven Hall, our Deputy CFO; and Amir
Ansari is here as well in his role of Leader of IR.
I'm going to move through the presentation, as always, at a reasonable pace
today. We'll skip several slides, making sure that we leave plenty of time for
Q&A towards the end of the meeting.
So, let's go straight through to Slide Four, the executive summary. It is well
understood, our underlying profit after tax was within the guidance range of
51.8 million. Statutory net profit of 39.4 million included the well-flagged
12.4 million impairment for the goodwill attributable to the UK and Ireland
divisions.
Pleasingly, we had record EBIT results for New Zealand Rentals & Sales,
Action Manufacturing and the New Zealand Tourism businesses. We're very
pleased as well as to continue to have strong confidence in our balance sheet
and accordingly, we have declared a final dividend of $0.05 per share, taking
us to $0.095 for the full year. We continue to grow our fleet and have
expectations for growth in the coming year.
We note very clearly that our returns on funds employed declined, but that
was reflective of the economic situation. Despite the operating conditions
for the coming period, as I just mentioned, we do expect to see an increase
in our underlying NPAT for FY25 compared to FY24. But I would note that it is
too soon to say exactly what that number will be. And we will continue to
review when we are likely to provide any particular guidance.
Given the prevailing economic conditions, it's also clear that to achieve the
100 million net profit after tax goal in FY26 is unlikely. And so, we've
removed that timing, but we remain absolutely steadfast in the belief that
we have the necessary components and will advance towards this goal as
Tourism rebounds further and the general economy improves.
We'll skip through to Slide Seven on return on funds employed. We know
this is a critical metric for our business. We remain focused on delivering a
higher than 15% return-on-funds employed for several periods to account for
these lower periods, making sure that we are delivering an average above
WACC return over the long term.
When you look at the slide, it is easy to ask the question, can we really see a
50% improvement in the Group result moving forward? My answer is,
absolutely yes. When you look at the New Zealand Rentals & Sales Division
achieving 22%, and you look at the Action Manufacturing and Tourism
numbers also achieving outstanding results, you can see that we do have the
core ingredients for success, and we know how to make this happen in this
business and industry.
We take similar lessons into the other markets that we operate, and we
make the changes that we know we need to make. Our global systems, our
accountability to people to hold them to achieve the results and our product
knowledge will ensure that those changes we make deliver to our future
goals.
I'm now, early in the piece, going to pass over to Cameron to talk through
the capital situation, our banking and depreciation rates. Welcome,
Cameron.
Cameron Matthewson Thank you, Grant. We are pleased to have recently refinanced our banking
facility with ASB and Royal Bank of Canada joining our long-term partners,
Westpac and ANZ in the syndicate, which has increased from 250 million to
475 million as we look to further optimise our funding between
uncommitted asset financing and bank debt.
Our process was well received and was oversubscribed both in terms of
participants and volume. This level of engagement resulted not only in
greater capacity, but also better covenants, improved pricing and extended
security with tranches extending out to 4 years. With this facility effective
from 15 August, we've already started to draw down on it.
Moving forward to capital management. thl has a demonstrated ability to
manage capital. Being able to avoid a raise during COVID is one such
example. thl has risen over the course of the year [inaudible] continue to
regrow our rental fleet, and we also have higher retail sales inventory.
Referring to my initial point, this growth has been carried out in a controlled
manner that has maintained appropriate leverage ratios particularly in the
current macroeconomic environment. thl will continue to manage its capital
in a dynamic manner as we balance growth within whatever prevailing
conditions require.
Looking forward at capex, gross capex has increased marginally in FY24 as we
continue to regrow fleet. And pleasingly, proceeds from ex-fleet were higher
than prior year. In response to overall economic conditions, moving forward
into FY25, we expect fleet capex to be lower than each of the past 2 years, as
we respond to excess retail inventory levels and in return firm up utilisation
on existing fleet.
On to dividends. As Grant mentioned earlier, we are pleased to be able to
declare a final dividend of 0.05 per share which takes our full FY24 dividend
to 0.095 per share. This represents a 5.3% cash yield for New Zealand
shareholders or 7.4% when taking into account imputation.
With Australia currently in a position of tax losses there is no franking credits
for AU shareholders. The dividend reinvestment plan continues to apply with
the 2% discount available.
Next, moving on to depreciation. Real depreciation rates or RDRs, are a key
metric for thl, as they represent how well we recover the purchase cost of a
vehicle upon sale and thus remove complexity as the vehicle moves through
rentals and into sales. RDRs have been excessively low in recent years as
motorhomes have achieved abnormally high sales margins and as such, we
have not been reporting them. However, as conditions normalise, we have
resumed this reporting.
Looking forward, we expect RDRs for New Zealand and Australia to be below
historical norms due to a greater portion of ex-fleet vehicles being sold
through our own retail dealerships and the ongoing realisation of
manufacturing synergies. We review our accounting depreciation rates
annually to ensure earnings are appropriately apportioned between rentals
and sales. And at a total thl level, we expect depreciation costs to increase in
FY25.
It's important to note that these annual depreciation rate changes do not
affect the lifetime earnings of a vehicle. And as such, we encourage investors
to use RDRs when assessing our efficiency and purchasing and selling fleet.
Back to you, Grant.
Grant Webster: That's great. Thanks, Cameron. Now I'd like to talk through the merger
synergies and cost efficiencies. It's very clear to us that we still have a strong
definable advantage in thl through these cost efficiencies and merger
synergies, despite the challenging economic conditions.
We are performing above our targets. We're not immune to the inflationary
pressures over the last 3 years but we're certainly in a position where we can
positively absorb them relative to others in the market.
Fleet costs has certainly continued to be an area of focus for the business
and pleasingly fleet costs going into FY25 are decreasing, which clearly
benefits to a small degree FY25. But more importantly, it provides a good
foundation for reduced costs into future years depreciation and interest.
What is clear is that it's become more and more challenging for us to assess
and determine what exactly is the synergy and what's a standard cost-out
from this purely through the course of time. When you think about our
modelling for the synergies being completed in 2022, there's lots of things
that have changed across the business.
So, we're now focused on a cost-out opportunity, which we think puts us in a
far better position. We've got the benefit of the synergy models that we did,
the direction that they provided us, but we're more able to more accurately
assess our current day performance against costs in the current economic
environment.
So, the key focal point for us in terms of this new cost-out approach will be
fleet and fleet cost, procurement, everything from living equipment through
to electricity, duplication across the business, which still exists, and we're
moving out through technology, insurance and a whole lot of other
operating costs in the rentals divisions, a simple example being relocations as
we look at more fleet efficiencies and bringing the systems closer and closer
together across the business.
Moving on to the divisional reviews. It's great to see the New Zealand
Rentals & Sales had a record result. We have got a strong rentals return in
terms of the total number of hire days. We still have growth available. We've
noted though that, that growth rate is slowing into calendar '25. To be fair,
the winter business domestically has been slower than expected, as have the
Australian Trans-Tasman visitor numbers.
But overall, the New Zealand business has managed well in this economic
environment. We do see growth in vehicle sales moving forward with the
two additional sites that we have in Palmerston North and in Hamilton. And
some time, probably later quarter 3 of this financial year, we will move to
the new Waitomokia site near the Auckland Airport. It's a really exciting
opportunity for us.
We'll have Group support with operations together, which has been our
long-held desire finally fulfilled, we'll have an incredible customer offering
for rentals, for sales and for service. And on top of that, we've got a great
opportunity for us to connect with local Iwi, Te Kawerau, Te Akitai Waiohua
and Ngati Te Ata Waiohua.
These new locations all make our direct sales business in New Zealand much
stronger and reinforces our leadership position in the market. Our belief in
New Zealand is strong. We'll continue to invest as the conditions warrant.
Moving to Australia. The rental revenue Australia is flat primarily due to the
non-tourism revenue that existed in the prior corresponding period. Non-
tourism does continue to be a focal point. We do see that there will be more
opportunities in the future, but it is cyclical with events. We're growing our
relationships and we're growing our position in this market for those future
opportunities.
We would note, as we've mentioned in May that domestically, Rentals
wasn't as strong as what we expected, and the international shoulder season
wasn't what we expected post summer. Forward bookings are positive. But
again, the growth rate isn't at the same rate as it has been over the last
couple of years. The retail business in Australia was tough, we know that,
and it will continue to be tough in FY25. We're doing reasonably well with
used motorised ex-rental fleet but have seen margins in all categories
squeezed.
So, our key focal points for this area of the business, we need to adjust our
stock levels and bring those down and that is in train and working effectively.
We want to see systems alignment across the business, and we have a single
dealer management system entering into the business in this financial year in
Australia. That's going to give us much more timely transparency and
influence over exactly what we're doing with stock and pricing right across
the group.
We are updating our product range, we're adjusting our product range from
a cost perspective, and we're ensuring that we've got really strong leadership
in every one of our locations. Manufacturing in Australia has also had some
significant improvements in what I consider a very short period of time.
Action Manufacturing have joined the business. We're aligning our people,
our systems and our processes. What we've seen is quality improvement,
speed of build improving, we're seeing greater efficiency through new
investments and equipment, and we've seen inventory reductions as well.
Now this will all flow through to an improvement in our RDR for Australia
moving forward for rentals and a reduction in warranty cost for retail and
improvement in our brand position across the market. Moving on to the
USA. There's no doubt that the result is disappointing and quite frankly,
unacceptable. It's fair to say that it has been a very tough market, and that's
well evidenced by commentary from other publicly listed operators in the RV
sector. However, we need to continue to change.
We've taken a number of actions starting from January this year. We have
refocused the business on domestic revenue more and are achieving some
real success in that space. We're investing in alternative revenue streams,
non-tourism opportunities and again, winning and refocusing the business in
that direction. And we've got a rejuvenated retail sales team, and they are
performing in what is a challenging, challenging market. There's more still to
do.
Both the USA and Canadian businesses have clearly had some very high-
priced vehicles over the last 2 years, and we are clearing those particularly
high-priced model year '23 units, which have seen excessively depressed
sales margins. From a rentals perspective, this high season has improved on
the previous year, but sales still remains concerning. But we're starting to
see the mid-market priced vehicles starting to stabilise.
Again, like we've seen in some other markets, we're starting to see some
price reductions in fleet available for manufacturers, and that will ultimately
flow through better rentals returns and better retail opportunities. We're
very pleased to see Kate Meldrum take up the role of North American Chief
Operating Officer. And I'd have to say in visiting the market a couple of times
recently, the business is building very positively, and it's in a good place for
recovery.
We've got strong expectations for a significantly improved result in FY25.
However, it's going to be at least FY26 before we deliver our ROFE
expectation -- a ROFE result above our 15% expectations. Canada. The
Canadian business has a return on funds of 8.3%. However, if you take into
account the acquisition accounting adjustment, it would be just over 10%,
but clearly still below our expectations.
The sales has again been a struggle in Canada, below our expectations, albeit
an increase in RV sales on the prior year. FY25 will still be a struggling year
for the Canadian business, again, as we transition our fleet from the higher-
priced vehicles to lower-priced vehicles, also change out our core fleet
management system, but we do have confidence in the future.
The North American synergies appear very real, and they will be realised and
continue to grow over the coming years. Inherently, Canada has strong
demand from a rental perspective, and it is going to be one of the true
beneficiaries of the global efficiencies from our global system development.
The opportunities here are very real. Once we see a full fleet rotation, we
will see a significant improvement in return on funds employed. And it
should be noted that this is the one jurisdiction, which has had an increase in
depreciation rates, which were particularly low historically.
Going through the hard stuff, UK and Ireland, another concerning result,
impairment is clearly disappointing, particularly given the investment to
acquire the remaining 51% of the Just go business just before the merger
with Apollo in late 2022. A post-investment review is being completed. But
through that process, we would note that the largest change in the valuation
was actually in the cost of capital, which moved from just over 8% to just
over 11% through that time.
It seems in some ways that it's been a bit of a perfect storm for the UK
business. Vehicle supply remained an issue with again around 200 vehicles
not arriving in time for the high season, significant increase in insurance
costs, some legacy vehicles, which had excess of R&M and low sales value
and an increase in overhead costs. There is a path to a better future, and we
are working through the execution of that at this time. Action Manufacturing
had a great result. We are definitely seeing the benefit of the acquisitions
over the recent period of time, and we're seeing the linkages with Brisbane
as we talked about before.
We've got a new product that the business is launching. We've got new
suppliers that have been very effective, new technology, and we're clearly
taking more market share in the heavy transport space.
We'd note, however, that, that heavy transport part of the business is going
through a tough patch as we see long-haul transport operators in New
Zealand pull back on capital expenditure for new fleet. We expect, based on
our historical lessons going back right through to the GFC, that this period of
pullback in capital expenditure from customers will be no longer than 12
months, they need to renew fleet and will be back on the order books.
There are parts of this industry, the long-haul transport sector that are saying
to us that the current conditions are worse than the GFC and expected to last
into -- well into calendar year 2025. Obviously, we're adjusting costs in our
approach appropriately. The Tourism business had a record profit result.
Waitomo still isn't at pre-COVID levels from a visitor number, but we are
getting a better profit result, obviously. So, we're doing more with less. We
see growth in Tourism in the coming year, clearly at a slower rate than we've
had over the last 2 years.
GSS costs, look, there is a decent movement there. There are transaction
costs, some changes in recharges, which skewed the result, but there was
some inflation increases in there as well. Let's quickly move on to the
outlook. So just reiterating what we said before, despite the operating
conditions in the coming periods still being uncertain, we do expect an
increase in underlying profit after tax in FY25 when compared to the prior
year.
Our current rental forward bookings demonstrate year-on-year growth in
hire days within our key markets, New Zealand, Australia and North America.
The booking intakes in recent weeks indicate that the recovery is slowing,
but potentially impact in the rentals calendar year -- rentals for the calendar
year 2025, clearly indicates that it may take longer than initially expected to
return to pre-COVID levels. That clearly aligns with broader industry
feedback we see and that broader sentiment. Fleet purchases and
production for 2025 have been adjusted accordingly with lower capital
expenditure planned.
It's important for us to reiterate that these headwinds we see is very much
cyclical and associated with the wider economic downturn rather than any
structural change for the RV industry. We've got a positive long-term
outlook, and we believe we're well positioned. We are the global leader in
RV rentals. We've got opportunities, synergies, cost reduction, supported by
a balance sheet that is strong and strong capital management disciplines.
We continue to be focused on return on funds employed. We recognise that
the returns from the USA, UK, Ireland and Canada divisions in FY24 are
unacceptable. Addressing the Northern Hemisphere is a key focus for
management. And while we expect return on funds employed in '25 of these
divisions to remain below our 15% target, the changes we've implemented
should lead to future improvements, particularly in the way that we bring
those North American businesses more closely together.
Our future NPAT goal has been covered, and as previously noted, it's a case
of not now, but we have confidence that we will achieve this goal. The
assumptions that we detailed earlier in May, still stand true. So, the
summary for the thl today from my perspective. As I said, we're a strong
business, continued focus on managing capital and balance sheet position.
We've had excess fleet in FY24, which impacted the result because we didn't
achieve our rentals and sales expectations, but it provides us with an
opportunity to be more capital efficient moving forward. And we should not
underestimate the future benefits, synergies and cost-out from our global
systems approach.
A real simple example to leave you on with that. Canada is the last
destination for our Motek system to be implemented. From here, all our
enhancements are global. If we beta test something in one region rather
than benefiting, say, 300,000 or 400,000 hire days, it can be applied across
five jurisdictions getting 5x the benefit. We've got great crew and the vast,
vast majority of them are moving forward at an enormous speed dealing
with change and accepting the challenges.
As I said in the Integrated Annual Report, throughout my tenure, I continue
to be amazed at how thl responds to challenges and changes in a way that
creates more opportunities for growth, growth for crew, for customers, for
our footprint for financial returns and our global position in this industry.
We've come off a record high, and we are enduring a decent fall, but we've
adapted, and we are responding with passion and energy and a commitment
to deliver. We are in a positive place.
We're shortly going to open up for questions. However, with Cameron
having joined the business a few months ago, I thought it was a really good
opportunity for him to provide just his initial insights and views on the
business. So, Cameron, I'll pass over to you, and then Kaylee will come back
to you for Q&A.
Cameron Matthewson: Thanks very much, Grant. Across the 100 days or so I've been on board, the
thing I notice every day is that thl is a business that never settles. It's
constantly evolving, whether it be the implementation of common digital
platforms that Grant has referred to throughout this meeting or the dynamic
capital management that business is always pushing forward.
Underlying this is a culture of merged thl, which stitches together common
behaviour such as teamwork and speed to outcome. Across the business,
there are crew members with substantial tenure and deep operational
knowledge that translates the complexity of thl's vertically integrated
business model into a competitive advantage.
As I mentioned earlier, the discipline of capital management on a large scale
is a core strength of thl with our ROFE measure part of the everyday
vocabulary of the business. Managing through COVID without a capital raise
and also the support of the banks through our recent refinancing are
examples of the skill that thl has in this discipline.
From my perspective, as a new starter, there are a few signs of -- there are a
few signs that has been affecting us as a result of the merger of two
established businesses, which were bought together with pace and during a
very difficult time. The synergies generated from this merger are evident, as
are the further opportunities not yet captured, as we continue the likes of
our North American plan and our ways of working efficiency initiatives.
The downgrade in May was disappointing, but it's obvious that thl is an
organisation that is quick to front foot issues, and thl demonstrated this
when we were one of the first to disclose the impact on our expectations
caused largely by the sudden fall in consumer confidence. As I look forward,
we are further building and refining our planning mindset and tools across
the short, medium and long term, particularly in relation to the interplay
between medium-term fleet decisions and the more short-term market and
economic dynamics such as those we face today. Thank you, Grant.
Grant Webster: Thanks, Cameron. Kaylee, we'll hand over to you for questions from those on
the call.
Operator: Thank you. If you wish to ask a question, please press star one on your
telephone and wait for your name to be announced. If you wish to cancel
your request, please press star two. If you're on a your request, please press
star two. If you're on a speakerphone, please pick up the handset to ask your
question. Your first question comes from Andy Bowley with Forsyth Barr.
Andy Bowley: Thanks operator, good morning or good afternoon, guys. A few questions
from me. The first of which is around the near-term outlook, and I recognise
Grant, you provided some commentary on a market-by-market basis and
some of those comments around forward bookings. But can you give us a
sense of how you see the RevPARV outlook on or in each market for FY25 at
this stage, please?
Grant Webster: Look, to be fair, Andy. I think we've given the best commentary that we can
at this point in time. We considered what was right to release to the total
market, and we've put that out there. So probably nothing further to add on
that right at this point in time.
Andy Bowley: Not even on a kind of a broader Group basis in terms of how you see broader
RevPARV aggregate across the Group for the year ahead?
Grant Webster: All right. So, I guess, the way to interpret the commentary that we've put out
there is that we've still got hire days growth. And we've talked about the
facts -- back in May, we talked about the fact that peak season yields are still
coming back. So, the net of those, we still see RevPARV growth into FY25.
And what we're saying is calendar '25 is just that growth rate has -- certainly
looks like it's slowing. I don't expect it to go backwards. And when you think
about the scope that we've still got to get back to pre-COVID levels, I think
the market will still absorb quite a bit more growth yet. So that's probably a
slightly different way of wording the information we provided over this
release in the previous one.
Andy Bowley: That’s helpful. Thanks Grant. Maybe one for Cameron around the
depreciation changes. You referenced in the presentation that you are
making some changes in FY25 now. Historically, we've had quite a gap
between the RDRs and actual depreciation rates.
I just wonder if you could give us a sense of how the changes will impact the
difference between RDRs and actual depreciation rates over time relative to
what you've reported historically and forgetting the last few years in light of
the inflationary impacts?
Cameron Matthewson: I think I've sort of stated Andy, that we're looking at efficiencies and how we
procure and manufacture and also a better return from our retail network.
And as such, that should improve historic rates that we've seen. So, we're
positive in terms of continuing to push forward in that space. And from a
broader perspective, as Grant mentioned, we still see opportunity in the
business to capture more efficiency synergy as we continue to implement
our various strategies.
Grant Webster: Yes. I think I'd just probably add to that because, obviously, I've been here a
little bit longer than Cameron. So, Andy, those differences when you go back
pre-COVID, so depreciation -- and real depreciation rates are probably going
to be closer than they were then, acknowledging Cameron's point that we
don't currently expect to get back to the height of those previous RDRs
because we are seeing inherent efficiencies as he talked about in our build
and the retail percentage.
Andy Bowley: So, I guess, actual depreciation rates are going to be coming down faster
than RDRs relative to pre-COVID, is that a fair summation? I guess what I'm
getting at here is, are we closing the gap between net realisable value of
fleet and net book value?
Grant Webster: Yes. The simple answer is yes.
Andy Bowley: Great. So maybe last question from me. Grant, you talked about the full fleet
rotation in Canada providing some benefits and similar commentary in the
US. Just to clarify what you mean there. Are we talking about that's just the
higher-priced 2023 vehicles or is it related to vehicle type with suboptimal
product mix in the broader North American market?
Grant Webster: So really good question. Thank you for that. So, A, it's the high-priced
vehicles in the middle of '23, absolutely. I would reword -- I don't think it was
necessarily suboptimal purchasing before. It's relative to -- as we've talked
about for the last 12 months, the detail that we've gone into in creating an
essentially combined North American fleet.
It's not entirely combined, but just working through every single vehicle type
across both jurisdictions, looking at exactly what the build price has been
from different manufacturers, what the content has been in those vehicles,
whether we get return on that content and maximising that. So -- but it ends
up being substantial.
Andy Bowley: And the realisation of that is over a number of years, I'd imagine?
Grant Webster: Correct, over three years.
Andy Bowley: Brilliant. Thanks guys.
Grant Webster: Thank you. Andy.
Operator: Your next question comes from Grant Lowe with Jarden.
Grant Lowe: Hi team. Just around the refinancing side of things just starting with that. So,
you called out at the May update that there was -- I think, June 2024 was
sort of a pinch point, if we want to call it that, but then improving from
there. You've obviously been through a refinancing now. Can you just sort of
update us as to where things sit relative to covenants, whether those have
changed otherwise?
Grant Webster: So, we've got -- we've said that we've got more funds. We've got better
terms, which you can take as a more favourable covenants and better
pricing. And that doesn't change the point that our metrics are still improving
anyway. So, a really good job by Cameron, Steve and Bruce.
Grant Lowe: That’s great. And in terms of -- obviously, you haven't given net capex
guidance this year. I appreciate the sales environment is difficult to sort of
assess this early stage of the year. Do you have -- what are the -- you can say
around the gross capex side of things, expectations?
Obviously, you haven't called out this as far as I've seen the -- you have
mentioned the 9,000 vehicles at the end of FY25 or at less than 9,000. How
should we think about that the gross capex side of things for the year?
Grant Webster: So similarly to the net -- it's the same sort of reason. So, you would see if you
look in the financial statements that we talk about the committed capex and
that's around 160 million around that Amir?
Amir Ansari: 106 million.
Grant Webster: 106 million, not 160 million. I got the 1 and the 6, right 106 million. That
obviously is way low, and we've got the North American fleet to come in. So,
you can generally expect gross capex to be less than last year, but we haven't
given any indications of what that will be. In terms of the exact fleet
numbers, I mean, that's a deliberate choice for us not to release those
numbers at this point in time.
And in lines with the fact that if we want to look at fleet that we still see
growth, we just see that growth softening. We also have noted the fact that
we think our fleet has been inefficient in the last 12 months because we
didn't achieve quite the volumes of sales that we wanted.
So, you can see some efficiency coming in there as well. So basically, overall
utilisation of the fleet should be improving. So, we just don't need to buy
quite as much as we would have originally planned.
Grant Lowe: Yeah, okay. And in terms of the closing net debt at 466, I think it was at
halfway where there was some timing difference between the spend and
obviously, delivery of vehicles if I'm getting my dates right. Is there anything
to call out at this stage across the balance date in terms of timing or
otherwise?
Grant Webster: No, there or thereabout. And so out of all of that when you take earnings
and everything into account, net capex, the whole thing, it will move a bit
upwards, but it's not going to be a substantial move. Certainly nothing like
the last 12 months, obviously. That won't move dramatically in FY25.
Grant Lowe: Okay that’s great. And just last one for me around the May expectations that
you sort of set. You did touch on some of this in the various geography
segments. But just coming back to that, you had a couple of useful slides in
that pack in May.
How would you sort of characterise the overall performance relative to your
expectations and I guess, specifically around the ANZ, you had a slide on that
with, I think it was – [inaudible] a $13 million impact on lower sales volumes
primarily?
Grant Webster: Yes. So, we were broadly in line with our expectations for that last quarter.
Yes. If I started getting into detail, it's minor. It's not material movement. It's
broadly in line, yes.
Grant Lowe: Okay. Excellent. Thank you.
Operator: Your next question comes from Ben Wilson with Wilsons Advisory.
Ben Wilson: Thank you and good morning gentlemen in Brisbane time. Just touching
further on the Australian sales environment, just given that was sort of a
major part of the May update. Firstly, maybe on the retail sales volumes, in
particular. Your GP margins did fall but you actually managed to increase
your sales volumes there. Just wondering if you can give an update on how
you're seeing retail sales demand unfolding in Australia?
Grant Webster: So, by the numbers that we see, we think we have picked up some market
share. But margins and pricing in the market continue to squeeze and
continue to come down. So, I think that summarises sort of quarter 4. Going
into the next period, we've clearly indicated that we think it's still a very
tough market. But you've also gotten that sales volume, just remembering
that we've got Camperagent in those numbers. So, sort of on a same-store
basis, we were down -- Camperagent was February. So, we'll start to roll that
over next half.
Ben Wilson: Yes, thanks Grant. And then just moving to the ex-rental sales side of things
in Australia, your gross profit margin actually increased on last year. So, is it a
stronger sort of demand environment for the ex-rental sort of more
motorised vehicles?
Grant Webster: No, it becomes a bit of a mix issue with that, Ben. So, we've obviously -- one
of the things we said in May is that we will continue to push that ex-rental
motorised fleet really hard. And a reminder, we said that we are confident
that we will sell it at some point in time. And we're on track. We're selling it.
We continue to sell it. We're continuing for it to move in July and August.
Again, some margin pressure on that to keep those vehicles moving, but
we're still delivering those good margins out of it.
Ben Wilson: Thanks, Grant. And then just last one for me. Just switching to the US, I saw
Camping World in their second quarter update mentioned that they're
ramping up their used vehicle stocking levels. So just wondering if you're
seeing some stronger signs for ex-rental sales volumes off the back of that?
Grant Webster: So, if you dive into the detail of what those dealers, including Camping World
are buying, they're looking at anything from a 2010 through to sort of 2016,
2017 as being the primary price points that they're after. So, on a motorised
basis, they're tagging anything from a US 39,999 up to 49,999 unit. So, it's
not exactly where we're playing. We're obviously paying sort of 20,000
above that. We're at the model year 22, 23, 24s.
So, at those really low-price points, towables, they're up there at 19,999 to
29,999. That's where the market is paying at the moment. As interest rates
come down as the overall sort of pricing comes down that will probably
change back again. So, we are seeing some improvement. June was a good
month. But as we talked about May, it's very wavy. So, June was a good
month. July not as good. We've got to see how August closes out.
Ben Wilson: Thanks Grant, That's helpful. That's all from me. Thank you.
Operator: Our next question comes from John O'Shea with Ord Minnett.
John O'Shea: Morning, Grant. Thanks for taking my questions. A couple for me. Obviously,
the excess fleet and the weakness in used vehicle sales, am I -- is it a fair
comment to say that the US we're seeing certainly light at the end of the
tunnel there. And in contrast to that in Australia, would it be fair to say that
we've got a fair way to go just sort of clear that excess inventory, I guess
that's the first question. Do you think that's a fair summary?
Grant Webster: I think you're probably up to the minute in terms of that commentary
because there's definitely -- there's some data that came out of the US today
that sort of indicates that towable up there has started to recover and
motorised the indicators you could definitely take are probably at the
bottom there or thereabouts. So, I think you could make that comment
based on industry data for the US.
And I think your commentary for Australia is correct. I think there's still some
pain to come. We have seen a number of small manufacturers going through
liquidation in Australia and some small dealerships go into liquidation and
some major larger manufacturers change ownership structures and merged
with other entities in the last 3 months. So, you can definitely see that it's
impacting the industry.
John O'Shea: Yes, sure. Thank you for that. Now at the same time, you mentioned you're
starting to see a few signs of lower purchase costs from the manufacturing
side. Do you think that that's kind of -- do you think there will be further
declines? Or would you -- given that the US has kind of turned the corner or
turning the corner in my view. Is there a situation here where you've got --
you still got all the negative impact of the used vehicles flowing through but
not necessarily any benefit or relief from the purchase side. Do you think
those declines you've seen in the prices of buying the vehicles are better
temporary? Or do you think you'll see further reductions? Or do you think
and what do you think about the purchase cost side?
Grant Webster: So, the purchase cost side, just to put it in context certainly from third-party
manufacturers it's small single digit, so 2%, 3%, 4% kind of savings. You're
seeing the chassis manufacturers' sort of hold price will go up 1 or 2. So it's
small. I think that what -- no one that I've talked to in the industry from a
manufacturing perspective sees that there's been -- if there is any real
benefit in discounting significantly to try and increase volume. They don't
think it's going to raise the pie.
They want to wait to see interest rates drop and order demand grow. So,
they're not going to get any overhead leverage by dropping price. So, there's
no value in them doing that. So, they are passing through what I would
consider as structural changes in price. So, steel prices coming back down,
aluminium, fiberglass, so forth, all those componentry elements coming back
down for them. So that's what's been passed through that sort of small digit
perspective. So, I think they will hold. And I think there will be a little bit
more to come into next year, but not -- nothing like the magnitude that went
up. I think the pricing generally is here to stay.
John O'Shea: So, you're kind of getting hammered both ways, right? You're having to pay
more but you're not getting anywhere near the prices on the used vehicles?
Grant Webster: Yes. That's just the swing back from where we were getting the arbitrage the
other way.
John O'Shea: Absolutely. Yes. And look, the final thing from me was maybe slightly bit of a
comment rather than a question. But on the rental side here, we're seeing a
slowing from the peak in terms of domestic travel. And so that's really a
cyclical factor. Do you agree with that? Obviously, the international travel
side, it will be a reflection of a whole range of things inbounding into
Australia. But the domestic side, whether it’s Australia and New Zealand is
purely a reflection of a moderation in that travel as we've come out of the
pandemic.
In other words, the levels that they reached in terms of the domestic travel
were unsustainable and was always going to slow. Do you think that's a
reflection of that? Or is it more in international demand being softer than
you thought?
Grant Webster: I think it's -- well, international growth rate is slowing but domestically
completely agreed that it's cyclical. And what the research that we've seen
and there's some of the big advisers out there have done some interesting
tourism reports recently which reinforced the fact that those paying rent
those with mortgages are just hit that next point of pain where tourism is
being put on the back burner as well as the buying of vehicles and
refurbishing homes, so forth and so on.
John O'Shea: Yes. No worries, guys. Thanks very much for taking my questions.
Grant Webster: Thanks, John.
Operator Once again, if you wish to ask a question, please press star one on your
telephone and wait for your name to be announced. Your next question
comes from Kieran Carling with Craigs Investment Partners.
Kieran Carling: Good morning, guys, thanks for the presentation. Can you provide some
more colour around the China procurement project for Action
Manufacturing? And what sort of EBIT uplift that might be able to provide
the division? And maybe also touch on what we can expect from the cost-out
program that you've mentioned for FY25 and FY26?
Grant Webster: Incredibly fair questions, incredibly appropriate questions. I'm not going to
dive into the detail on them. But really, good questions. So, the cost-out
program, we've given some indication of the areas that we'll focus on. We'll
consider with what the right sort of information is around that as we get to
the annual meeting and see whether that's an appropriate point to release
something or not.
From a China perspective, again, going to be careful around not giving away
any competitive advantage or items. But we have spent quite a bit of time up
there over the last 12 months and have been working with a large number of
different suppliers and have a number of different projects underway in
products that we're already putting into the market very shortly, which I
think are great quality, really good quality, much lower cost, really efficient
from a lead time perspective and inventory management perspective. So, we
see them providing really good benefit but not indicating on an actual dollar
value of that, sorry.
Kieran Carling: No, sure, that's okay. And I appreciate you've already given a bit of a steer on
capex for FY25. But can you just tell us what you've assumed in terms of your
vehicle sales, particularly in Australasia for the year ahead relative to what
you've achieved in FY24?
Grant Webster: So again, you'd be wary of not giving too much information, particularly that
we haven't provided the market. I think we've said that it's still -- you got to
look at it by market. We see that it's still a tough market. New Zealand, we've
in dicated that we should see growth in New Zealand, particularly with
Palmerston North, Hamilton and Waitomokia.
So, we expect that growth, and we think we're in a strong position there.
Australia, we've said it's going to be tough and will remain tough. And North
America is still a tough market. But depending on how that goes, we should
see growth, should certainly see growth in the USA.
Kieran Carling: And then I guess just a high-level one on your outlook statement to finish.
Vehicle sales are still obviously very challenging. You've indicated there's
going to be some growth in hire days, but yields are probably starting to
slow. And we're going to see some fairly limited fleet growth based on your
capex guidance.
So, is it fair to say that the key drivers for your NPAT improvement year-on-
year are just going to be around the cost-out and slightly higher rental fleet
with yields kind of slightly up? Is that the right way to be thinking about it?
Or are there other kind of factors that play also?
Grant Webster: So, the nuance that I'd probably add to that is Andy's question around
RevPARV. So, we do see an improvement in that in FY25. In fact, all
jurisdictions should see an improvement in that. United States, in particular,
should see a really good improvement in that. Australia should see an
improvement. So, you've got to look at the utilisation, the yield and then
you've got to add the fleet numbers on top of it.
So, we do expect fleet growth, just not at the rate that we've been seeing
over the last 2 years. So yes, some fleet growth, some utilisation
improvement. Those 2 things coming together offset any yield and then use
this cost-out opportunity on top of that as well.
Kieran Carling: And then just a quick follow-on to that question. Would you see that at a
high level, again, kind of weighted towards the second half? Are you able to
provide any sort of steer on how we should be thinking about NPAT in the
first half of '25 versus the first half of '24?
Grant Webster: I don't think there'd be any surprise, given the results in H2 the growth in
FY25 is weighted to the second half.
Kieran Carling: Okay, cool. Thanks guys.
Operator: Your next question comes from Vignesh Nair with UBS.
Vignesh Nair: Hi, good morning, team. Just a couple of clarifications more than anything.
Just following on from the previous question, on RevPARV growth, are you
able to just dissect that across utilisation and yield? You mentioned sort of
growth year-on-year. So, can you maybe just give a guide on what the
quantum of utilisation growth would be versus the yield contraction?
Grant Webster: Amir Ansari will shoot me, if I give that -- because he's pushed so hard for us
to give the RevPARV numbers, which I think makes a lot of sense and works
for us from several different perspectives. So, if I break it down, then we're
just back to yield neutral. Happy to give the general guidance as is just that
we see a decent utilisation opportunity in the business, and that comes from
as I said before.
We ended up being less efficient than we should have in fleet in most
jurisdictions in FY24 as a result of primarily vehicle sales not being at the
levels that we thought, harder to adjust your purchases immediately, and the
growth rate in rentals not being quite what we expected. So more to the
utilisation improvement than yield within net RevPARV. I hope that helps.
Vignesh Nair: So, is it fair to say, that you're not currently discounting all that much to keep
utilisation up if yields aren't contracting all that much or -- provided that's
the best case assumption?
Grant Webster: Look, it's slightly different by period of the year and by jurisdiction. We
indicated in May that yields -- we gave an indication of where yields were
generally hitting by market, and there isn't any substantive change to that
commentary at this point in time.
Vignesh Nair: And the second point, on each of the regional slides you've given kind of
what the total RV sales would be under normal operating conditions. But
based on your sort of view over the next sort of 1 to 2 years, firstly, when do
you get normal operating conditions? And kind of is the 100 million NPAT
target, I suppose, contingent on those volumes of RV sales?
Grant Webster: Yes, the 100 million target is definitely including those kind of volumes within
it. Those volumes are -- again, if you look at them, they're not ridiculous
numbers, but you would be asking me to say exactly what the GDP growth
will be in each of our jurisdictions, what the interest rate will be in each of
our jurisdictions and -- so I can't give an indication of exactly when, because
we are definitely seeing that it's the slowdown so closely related to the
economic uncertainty.
Vignesh Nair: So, it's fair to say, internally, you're thinking that's beyond FY26 given that's
when you think you'll get to 100 million?
Grant Webster: I don't know. Well, no, because there's a number of factors. I mean, the
biggest difference to FY26 is obviously the total fleet number. We're not
going to be at the previous total fleet number in FY26 that we were
previously. So that's the biggest change there. We could achieve all these
numbers in FY26. That's possible.
Vignesh Nair: And I suppose the final question, just on the mix between ex-fleet and retail,
specifically in Australia. Is it 2,200, I suppose, sales kind of a reasonable level
into '25? Or is -- would you expect growth on that number? Or just kind of
trying to get a steer on what an appropriate kind of retail sales numbers
given that's jumped around a little bit?
Grant Webster: Look, given that we've seen that it's still a tough market, I think we're really
seeing sort of flat to some growth.
Vignesh Nair: Okay, that's very helpful. Thanks, guys.
Operator: There are no further questions at this time. I'll now hand back to Mr.
Webster for closing remarks.
Grant Webster: All I want to say is thank you very much, everybody, for your time. We look
forward to catching up with as many people as we can over the coming
week. We've got lots of catch-up. So, thank you, Kaylee, for hosting us, and
we'll talk to everybody shortly. Thanks.
Operator: That does conclude our conference for today. Thank you for participating.
You may now disconnect.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.